Altair HyperCrash 12.

0
User's Guide

www.altairhyperworks.com | HyperWorks is a division of

Altair Engineering Support Contact Information
Web site www.altairhyperworks.com

Location Telephone e-mail

Australia 61.3.9016.9042 anzsupport@altair.com

Brazil 55.11.3884.0414 br_support@altair.com

China 86.21.6117.1666 support@altair.com.cn

France 33.1.4133.0992 francesupport@altair.com

Germany 49.7031.6208.22 hwsupport@altair.de

India 91.80. 6629.4500 support@india.altair.com

1.800.425.0234 (toll free)

Italy 39.800.905.595 support@altairengineering.it

Japan 81.3.5396.2881 support@altairjp.co.jp

Korea 82.70.4050.9200 support@altair.co.kr

Mexico 55.56.58.68.08 mx-support@altair.com

New Zealand 64.9.413.7981 anzsupport@altair.com

North America 248.614.2425 hwsupport@altair.com

Scandinavia 46.46.286.2052 support@altair.se

United Kingdom 01926.468.600 support@uk.altair.com

In addition, the following countries have resellers for Altair Engineering: Colombia, Czech Republic, Ecuador, Israel, Russia,
Netherlands, Turkey, Poland, Singapore, Vietnam, Indonesia
Official offices with resellers: Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Malaysia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Spain, Taiwan, United
Kingdom, USA

Copyright© Altair Engineering Inc. All Rights Reserved for:

HyperMesh® 1990-2013; HyperCrash® 2001-2013; OptiStruct® 1996-2013; RADIOSS®1986-2013; HyperView®1999-2013;
HyperView Player® 2001-2013; HyperStudy® 1999-2013; HyperGraph®1995-2013; MotionView® 1993-2013; MotionSolve® 2002-
2013; HyperForm® 1998-2013; HyperXtrude® 1999-2013; Process Manager™ 2003-2013; Templex™ 1990-2013; MediaView™
1999-2013; BatchMesher™ 2003-2013; TextView™ 1996-2013; HyperMath® 2007-2013; ScriptView™ 2007-2013; Manufacturing
Solutions™ 2005-2013; HyperWeld® 2009-2013; HyperMold® 2009-2013; solidThinking® 1993-2013; solidThinking Inspire™
2009-2013; solidThinking Evolve™ 1993-2013; Durability Director™ 2009-2013; Suspension Director™ 2009-2013; AcuSolve®
1997-2013; and AcuConsole® 2006-2013.

In addition to HyperWorks® trademarks noted above, GridWorks™, PBS GridWorks®, PBS Professional®, PBS™, PBS Works™
and Portable Batch System® are trademarks of ALTAIR ENGINEERING INC. All are protected under U.S. and international laws
and treaties. Copyright© 1994-2013.

Additionally, the Altair software is protected under patent #6,859,792 and other patents pending.
All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

ALTAIR ENGINEERING INC. Proprietary and Confidential. Contains Trade Secret Information. Not for use or disclosure outside of
ALTAIR and its licensed clients. Information contained in HyperWorks® shall not be decompiled, disassembled, or “unlocked”,
reverse translated, reverse engineered, or publicly displayed or publicly performed in any manner. Usage of the software is only as
explicitly permitted in the end user software license agreement.

Copyright notice does not imply publication.

 HyperCrash 12.0

User Guide
Introduction to HyperCrash
...........................................................................................................................................2
RADIOSS Supported Keywords
...........................................................................................................................................3
LS-DYNA Supported Keywords
...........................................................................................................................................14
New Supported Keywords
...........................................................................................................................................34
Starting HyperCrash
...........................................................................................................................................64
LS-DYNA and RADIOSS Profiles
...........................................................................................................................................66
Start-up Settings
...........................................................................................................................................67
Main Window
...........................................................................................................................................71
Toolbars
...........................................................................................................................................75
Display..............................................................................................................................81
Options
Information Options
..............................................................................................................................82
Dialog Menu Bar
...........................................................................................................................................87
Mouse and Keyboard Controls
...........................................................................................................................................88
Tree...........................................................................................................................................93
Edit Material, Property and Thickness
...........................................................................................................................................103
Delete Parts
...........................................................................................................................................107
Export Parts
...........................................................................................................................................108
Replace Parts
...........................................................................................................................................112
File...........................................................................................................................................115
Import
...........................................................................................................................................116
Export
...........................................................................................................................................120
Print
...........................................................................................................................................122
Exit
...........................................................................................................................................124
Quality
...........................................................................................................................................126
Contact
...........................................................................................................................................128
Element
...........................................................................................................................................135
Connectivity
...........................................................................................................................................140
Load Criteria File
...........................................................................................................................................142
Thickness Contour
...........................................................................................................................................143
Model Checker
...........................................................................................................................................145
Check..............................................................................................................................147
List
Connections
...........................................................................................................................................163
Disconnection
...........................................................................................................................................165
Spotweld
...........................................................................................................................................168
To create a spotweld
..............................................................................................................................170
To modify a spotweld
..............................................................................................................................173

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 i

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 To check a spotweld
..............................................................................................................................175
To delete a spotweld
..............................................................................................................................177
To import spotwelds
..............................................................................................................................178
To extract spotwelds
..............................................................................................................................179
Bolt
...........................................................................................................................................181
To create a bolt
..............................................................................................................................183
To modify a bolt
..............................................................................................................................186
To check a bolt
..............................................................................................................................188
To delete a bolt
..............................................................................................................................189
Glue
...........................................................................................................................................191
To create a glue
..............................................................................................................................192
To modify a glue
..............................................................................................................................196
To check a glue
..............................................................................................................................198
To delete a glue
..............................................................................................................................200
Welding Line
...........................................................................................................................................201
Clip (LS-DYNA Only)
...........................................................................................................................................202
To create a clip
..............................................................................................................................203
To modify a clip
..............................................................................................................................206
To check a clip
..............................................................................................................................208
Mig Weld (LS-DYNA Only)
...........................................................................................................................................211
To create a Mig weld
..............................................................................................................................212
To modify a Mig weld
..............................................................................................................................215
To check a Mig weld
..............................................................................................................................217
Laser (LS-DYNA Only)
...........................................................................................................................................219
Friction Stir Welding (LS-DYNA Only)
...........................................................................................................................................220
Hemming
...........................................................................................................................................221
Export File
...........................................................................................................................................222
Time History Setting
...........................................................................................................................................225
Mesh Editing
...........................................................................................................................................227
Node
...........................................................................................................................................228
To create nodes
..............................................................................................................................229
To merge nodes
..............................................................................................................................231
To disconnect nodes
..............................................................................................................................233
To delete nodes
..............................................................................................................................235
Element
...........................................................................................................................................237
1D Element
..............................................................................................................................240
2D Element
..............................................................................................................................245
3D Element
..............................................................................................................................248
All Types
..............................................................................................................................250
Convert Element (Radioss only)
..............................................................................................................................251
Part
...........................................................................................................................................252

ii HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 To create a stiffener
..............................................................................................................................253
To split a part
..............................................................................................................................256
To change the element orientation of a part
..............................................................................................................................258
To offset the mesh of parts
..............................................................................................................................260
To create simple parts
..............................................................................................................................261
To duplicate parts
..............................................................................................................................266
Rigid Body
...........................................................................................................................................268
To create a rigid body
..............................................................................................................................269
To modify or delete a rigid body
..............................................................................................................................273
To check and correct a rigid body
..............................................................................................................................276
Constrained (LS-DYNA Only)
...........................................................................................................................................281
Extra ..............................................................................................................................282
Nodes
Generalized Weld
..............................................................................................................................285
Interpolation
..............................................................................................................................287
Joints..............................................................................................................................289
Nodal ..............................................................................................................................291
Rigid Bodies
Node Sets
..............................................................................................................................293
Rigid Bodies
..............................................................................................................................295
Rivets..............................................................................................................................297
Spotwelds
..............................................................................................................................299
Tie-Break
..............................................................................................................................301
Tied Nodes Failure
..............................................................................................................................303
Rigid Link
...........................................................................................................................................305
Cylindrical Joint
...........................................................................................................................................306
Common Node
...........................................................................................................................................307
Move
...........................................................................................................................................308
To move Nodes using Defined Displacement
..............................................................................................................................313
To move Nodes with Translations
..............................................................................................................................314
To move Nodes with Rotations
..............................................................................................................................316
To move Nodes with Multi-Movings
..............................................................................................................................318
To move Nodes with Symmetries
..............................................................................................................................320
To move Nodes with Scaling
..............................................................................................................................321
To undo or redo a Defined Displacement
..............................................................................................................................325
Renumber
...........................................................................................................................................326
Specific Renumber
...........................................................................................................................................327
Clean
...........................................................................................................................................329
Mass
...........................................................................................................................................330
Part Mass Details
...........................................................................................................................................331
Rigid Bodies Details
...........................................................................................................................................332
Balancing
...........................................................................................................................................333
Model
...........................................................................................................................................336

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 iii

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 Browser
...........................................................................................................................................337
Material
...........................................................................................................................................343
To create a material
..............................................................................................................................344
To modify a material
..............................................................................................................................345
To allocate a material
..............................................................................................................................347
Property
...........................................................................................................................................349
To create a property
..............................................................................................................................350
To modify a property
..............................................................................................................................351
To allocate a property
..............................................................................................................................353
Include Settings
...........................................................................................................................................356
Units Manager
...........................................................................................................................................357
Statistic
...........................................................................................................................................358
LoadCase
...........................................................................................................................................361
Added Masses
...........................................................................................................................................362
To create an added mass
..............................................................................................................................363
To modify or delete an added mass
..............................................................................................................................364
To check an added mass
..............................................................................................................................365
Boundary Condition
...........................................................................................................................................366
To create a boundary condition
..............................................................................................................................367
To modify or delete a boundary condition
..............................................................................................................................369
Concentrated Load
...........................................................................................................................................370
To create a concentrated load
..............................................................................................................................371
To modify or delete a concentrated load
..............................................................................................................................374
Contact Interface
...........................................................................................................................................375
To create an interface
..............................................................................................................................376
To modify or delete an interface
..............................................................................................................................377
To check an interface
..............................................................................................................................379
Gravity Load
...........................................................................................................................................380
To create a Gravity Load
..............................................................................................................................381
To modify or delete a Gravity Load
..............................................................................................................................383
Imposed Acceleration
...........................................................................................................................................384
Imposed Body Velocity
...........................................................................................................................................385
Imposed Displacement
...........................................................................................................................................386
To create an Imposed Displacement
..............................................................................................................................387
To modify or delete an Imposed Displacement
..............................................................................................................................389
Imposed Velocity
...........................................................................................................................................391
To create an Imposed Velocity
..............................................................................................................................392
To modify or delete an Imposed Velocity
..............................................................................................................................394
Initial Velocity
...........................................................................................................................................395
To create an Initial Velocity
..............................................................................................................................397
Imposed Temperature
...........................................................................................................................................398

iv HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 Initial Temperature
...........................................................................................................................................399
Monitored Volumes
...........................................................................................................................................400
To create a Monitored Volume
..............................................................................................................................401
To modify a Monitored Volume
..............................................................................................................................405
To delete a Monitored Volume
..............................................................................................................................406
To customize the Monitored Volume Types
..............................................................................................................................407
Pressure Load
...........................................................................................................................................408
Rigid Wall
...........................................................................................................................................409
To create a Rigid Wall
..............................................................................................................................410
To modify or delete a Rigid Wall
..............................................................................................................................414
Radioss Tools
...........................................................................................................................................415
Unit system
...........................................................................................................................................416
Rayleigh Damping
...........................................................................................................................................417
Failure Model
...........................................................................................................................................418
Transformation
...........................................................................................................................................420
Encrypt all Materials and Properties
...........................................................................................................................................422
Lsdyna Tools (LS-DYNA Only)
...........................................................................................................................................428
Define Transformation
...........................................................................................................................................430
Parameter
...........................................................................................................................................433
Data History
...........................................................................................................................................438
Node
...........................................................................................................................................439
To create a time history node
..............................................................................................................................440
To modify a time history node
..............................................................................................................................441
To delete a time history node
..............................................................................................................................442
To import node positions from test data
..............................................................................................................................443
Element
...........................................................................................................................................444
To create a time history element
..............................................................................................................................445
To modify a time history element
..............................................................................................................................446
To delete a time history element
..............................................................................................................................447
Part
...........................................................................................................................................448
To create a time history part
..............................................................................................................................449
To modify a time history part
..............................................................................................................................450
To delete a time history part
..............................................................................................................................451
Assembly
...........................................................................................................................................452
To create a time history assembly
..............................................................................................................................453
To modify a time history assembly
..............................................................................................................................454
To delete a time history assembly
..............................................................................................................................455
Section
...........................................................................................................................................456
To create a section
..............................................................................................................................457
To modify a section
..............................................................................................................................459
To delete a section
..............................................................................................................................460

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 v

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 To import section test data
..............................................................................................................................461
Accelerometer
...........................................................................................................................................465
To create an accelerometer
..............................................................................................................................466
To modify an accelerometer
..............................................................................................................................467
To delete an accelerometer
..............................................................................................................................468
To import an accelerometer position from test data
..............................................................................................................................469
Relative Displacement
...........................................................................................................................................470
To create a relative displacement
..............................................................................................................................471
To modify a relative displacement
..............................................................................................................................472
To delete a relative displacement
..............................................................................................................................473
Safety
...........................................................................................................................................474
Dummy Positioner
...........................................................................................................................................475
To save the dummy positioning
..............................................................................................................................476
To merge a dummy in the model
..............................................................................................................................477
To view the dummy in different perspectives
..............................................................................................................................479
To move the dummy to the right location
..............................................................................................................................480
To move the torso and the head
..............................................................................................................................482
To move the upper limbs
..............................................................................................................................484
To move the lower limbs
..............................................................................................................................485
To restore a dummy
..............................................................................................................................486
To delete a dummy
..............................................................................................................................487
Dummy Positioner with an FTSS Dummy
...........................................................................................................................................488
Seat Deformer
...........................................................................................................................................490
To select model direction
..............................................................................................................................491
To select seat parts
..............................................................................................................................493
To select dummy parts
..............................................................................................................................495
To select back seat nodes
..............................................................................................................................497
To select fixed nodes
..............................................................................................................................499
Belt Generator
...........................................................................................................................................501
Airbag Folder
...........................................................................................................................................506
Before..............................................................................................................................507
Starting to Fold
Folder..........................................................................................................................508
Overview
Airbag..........................................................................................................................509
Geometry
Batch..........................................................................................................................510
Language
A Few..........................................................................................................................511
Notions of Geometry
A Quickstart Guide to the First Fold
..............................................................................................................................513
Step 1: Initial Geometry Input
..........................................................................................................................514
Step 2: Call the Safety Tool
..........................................................................................................................515
Step 3: Create the Initial Geometry
..........................................................................................................................516
Step 4: The Fold Definition
..........................................................................................................................519
Airbag..............................................................................................................................526
Folder Theoretical Manual

vi HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 Basic ..........................................................................................................................527
Notions
Simple..........................................................................................................................529
Fold — the Shape
Tuck-Type Fold — the Shape
..........................................................................................................................530
Double-Tuck Fold
..........................................................................................................................533
Cut Operator
..........................................................................................................................536
Guidelines for Folding
..........................................................................................................................537
Batch..............................................................................................................................538
Language Reference Manual
Types..........................................................................................................................539
Operators — Introduction
..........................................................................................................................540
Operators and Instructions Syntax
..........................................................................................................................543
Surface Distortion and Diminishing Area
..............................................................................................................................572
The rectangle.nas Example
..............................................................................................................................576
HComfort Module
...........................................................................................................................................577
Scaling and Positioning HUMOS2 Model
..............................................................................................................................578
Scan2Mesh
..............................................................................................................................582
User’s..........................................................................................................................583
Organs Identification Interface
Meshing
..........................................................................................................................588
Installation and Configuration
..............................................................................................................................590
Process
...........................................................................................................................................592
Parameterization
...........................................................................................................................................593
Stochastic Analysis
..............................................................................................................................594
To create Variables in a Property
..........................................................................................................................597
To create Variables in a Material
..........................................................................................................................599
To create Variables in a Loadcase
..........................................................................................................................601
To create Variables in a Connection
..........................................................................................................................602
To create Translation/Scaling/Rotation Variables
..........................................................................................................................603
To create Global Response
..........................................................................................................................605
To create Responses on Parts
..........................................................................................................................606
To create Responses on Nodes
..........................................................................................................................607
To create Responses on Elements
..........................................................................................................................608
To create Responses on Sections, Accelerometers, Rigid Walls, Rigid
Bodies, Monitored Volumes, Contact Interfaces
..........................................................................................................................610
To modify a Variable or a Response
..........................................................................................................................612
To delete a Variable or a Response
..........................................................................................................................613
Optimization Study
..............................................................................................................................614
List of..............................................................................................................................617
Variables and Responses
Results Mapper
...........................................................................................................................................630
To import a stamping result or a previous session
..............................................................................................................................631
To assign a stamping result
..............................................................................................................................632
To project a stamping result
..............................................................................................................................633
To display the projected stamping result
..............................................................................................................................634

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 vii

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 To save the projected stamping result
..............................................................................................................................635
Element Timestep
...........................................................................................................................................636
Submodeling
...........................................................................................................................................638
Cutting the Model
..............................................................................................................................639
Model Manager
...........................................................................................................................................644
Import..............................................................................................................................645
Store/Modify
..............................................................................................................................647
Search
..............................................................................................................................652
Database/Keyword
..............................................................................................................................654
Options
...........................................................................................................................................655
To change the part color
...........................................................................................................................................656
To change the part display mode
...........................................................................................................................................657
To change the background color
...........................................................................................................................................658
To change the part move mode
...........................................................................................................................................659
To change the grid
...........................................................................................................................................660
To change the rendering options
...........................................................................................................................................661
To change current start-up settings
...........................................................................................................................................662
To switch mouse setting
...........................................................................................................................................663
Function
...........................................................................................................................................664
Global: Function — Curve
...........................................................................................................................................666
Global: Group Selection
...........................................................................................................................................668
To create a group
...........................................................................................................................................669
To modify a group
...........................................................................................................................................671
To define a box
...........................................................................................................................................672
Global: Skew Frame
...........................................................................................................................................674
Global: Sensor
...........................................................................................................................................675
Settings
...........................................................................................................................................676
HyperCrash Reference Manuals

Environment File Description

...........................................................................................................................................684
Main Module Reference Manual
...........................................................................................................................................685
Main Module Environment File Description
...........................................................................................................................................687
Accelerometer
..............................................................................................................................688
Bolt ..............................................................................................................................689
General Connection
..............................................................................................................................691
Databases
..............................................................................................................................703
D01 ..............................................................................................................................705
Include List
..............................................................................................................................706
Default Material and Property Setting
..............................................................................................................................707
Menu ..............................................................................................................................711
Messages
..............................................................................................................................717
Option..............................................................................................................................718

viii HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 Section Force
..............................................................................................................................721
Spotweld
..............................................................................................................................722
Themes..............................................................................................................................726
Quality Criteria
..............................................................................................................................728
Intersections / Penetrations Criteria
..............................................................................................................................733
Model..............................................................................................................................741
Checker
Specific HyperCrash Input Files
...........................................................................................................................................748
.mcrash File
..............................................................................................................................749
Spotwelds
..........................................................................................................................754
Bolt ..........................................................................................................................756
Glue ..........................................................................................................................759
Weldline
..........................................................................................................................762
Hemming..........................................................................................................................764
.mesh..............................................................................................................................766
File
Spotweld File Format Description
...........................................................................................................................................773
Post-Processing Input File
...........................................................................................................................................776
Nastran File Format
...........................................................................................................................................777
ANSYS File Format
...........................................................................................................................................781
Universal File Format
...........................................................................................................................................783
M00 File Description for Main Module
...........................................................................................................................................786
Spotweld
..............................................................................................................................796
Bolt ..............................................................................................................................800
Glue ..............................................................................................................................805
Weldline
..............................................................................................................................810
Hemming ..............................................................................................................................812
Model Manager Module Reference Manual
...........................................................................................................................................815
Model Manager Module Environment File Description
...........................................................................................................................................816
Loadcase Main Table
..............................................................................................................................818
Database Main Table
..............................................................................................................................824
B00 File Description
...........................................................................................................................................827
Safety Module Reference Manual
...........................................................................................................................................829
Belt
...........................................................................................................................................830
Dummy Manager
...........................................................................................................................................831
Database Main Table
...........................................................................................................................................833
M00 File Description for Safety Module
...........................................................................................................................................836
Belt ..............................................................................................................................841
Results Mapper Module Reference Manual
...........................................................................................................................................845
Format Introduction for Results Mapper Module
...........................................................................................................................................846
Results Mapper Format
...........................................................................................................................................847
Fast Form 3D Format
...........................................................................................................................................851
PamStamp Format
...........................................................................................................................................854

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 ix

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

 LS-DYNA Format
...........................................................................................................................................858
Altair Help Home

x HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

User Guide

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 1

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Introduction to HyperCrash

HyperCrash is a CAE pre-processor tool developed to support the non-linear finite element
solver, Altair RADIOSS. It empowers engineers to study occupant simulations and other
requirements in the crash-safety environment.

All features specific to various crash analyses such as model building, import/export, and
quality checking are fully supported.

HyperCrash was previously known as M-Crash, and following the acquisition of Mecalog by
Altair Engineering, has been integrated into the Altair HyperWorks suite.

HyperCrash has recently become a multi-solver preprocessor adding PAM-CRASH 2G and LS-
DYNA to the list of supported codes; this is also shown by the addition of powerful tools to
convert input decks from one solver to another.

HyperCrash 11.0 supports the latest output format of RADIOSS versions 9.0 and 10.0. It also
includes useful modules such as the Safety module for dummy positioning, seat deforming,
belt generator and airbag folding, and the Results Mapper module for mapping metal forming
results.

Benefits

In addition, HyperCrash is also a very intuitive and a user-friendly preprocessor that:

Offers support to the extensive library of LS-DYNA and RADIOSS dummies with
advanced positioning and seat belt routing tools

Minimizes user errors in LS-DYNA and RADIOSS with a reliable model check on the input
deck

Provides a state-of-the-art tool to check and remove penetrations and intersections

Offers a complete suite of welding techniques such as glue, bolts, and spotwelds

Provides numerous panels tailored to create and update the many cards needed to
setup LS-DYNA and RADIOSS models

2 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

RADIOSS Supported Keywords

The following RADIOSS keywords are supported by HyperCrash:

#enddata
#include
#RADIOSS Starter
/ACCEL
/ACTIV (Partially Supported)
/ADMAS
/ANALY (Partially Supported)
/ANIM/VERS (Partially Supported)
/ARCH (Partially Supported)
/ATFILE
/BCS
/BEGIN
/BEAM
/BRIC20
/BRICK
/CLOAD
/CNODE
/CYL_JOINT
/DAMP
/DEF_SHELL (Partially Supported)
/DEF_SOLID (Partially Supported)
/END
/EULER/MAT
/FAIL
/FAIL/CHANG
/FAIL/ENERGY
/FAIL/FLD
/FAIL/HASHIN
/FAIL/JOHNSON
/FAIL/LAD_DAM
/FAIL/PUCK
/FAIL/SPALLING
/FAIL/TBUTCHER
/FAIL/TENSSTRAIN

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 3

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/FAIL/WIERZBICKI
/FAIL/WILKINS
/FAIL/XFEM
/FAIL/XFEM_FLD
/FAIL/XFEM_JOHNS
/FAIL/XFEM_TBUTC
/FRAME/FIX
/FRAME/MOV
/FUNCT
/GRAV
/GRBEAM
/GRBEAM/BEAM/
/GRBEAM/BOX/
/GRBEAM/BOX2/
/GRBEAM/GRBEAM/
/GRBEAM/MAT/
/GRBEAM/PART/
/GRBEAM/PROP/
/GRBEAM/SUBMODEL/
/GRBEAM/SUBSET/
/GRBRIC
/GRBRIC/BRIC/
/GRBRIC/BOX/
/GRBRIC/BOX2/
/GRBRIC/GRBRIC/
/GRBRIC/MAT/
/GRBRIC/PART/
/GRBRIC/PROP/
/GRBRIC/SUBMODEL/
/GRBRIC/SUBSET/
/GRNOD
/GRNOD/BOX/
/GRNOD/GENE/
/GRNOD/GRBEAM/
/GRNOD/GRBRIC/
/GRNOD/GRNOD/
/GRNOD/GRQUAD/
/GRNOD/GRSH3N/

4 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/GRNOD/GRSHEL/
/GRNOD/GRSPRI/
/GRNOD/GRTRUS/
/GRNOD/MAT/
/GRNOD/NODE/
/GRNOD/NODENS/
/GRNOD/PART/
/GRNOD/PROP/
/GRNOD/SUBMODEL/
/GRNOD/SUBSET/
/GRNOD/SURF/
/GRQUAD
/GRQUAD/BOX/
/GRQUAD/BOX2/
/GRQUAD/GRQUAD/
/GRQUAD/MAT/
/GRQUAD/PART/
/GRQUAD/PROP/
/GRQUAD/QUAD/
/GRQUAD/SUBMODEL/
/GRQUAD/SUBSET/
/GRSH3N
/GRSH3N/BOX/
/GRSH3N/BOX2/
/GRSH3N/GRSH3N/
/GRSH3N/MAT/
/GRSH3N/PART/
/GRSH3N/PROP/
/GRSH3N/SH3N/
/GRSH3N/SUBMODEL/
/GRSH3N/SUBSET/
/GRSHEL
/GRSHEL/BOX/
/GRSHEL/BOX2/
/GRSHEL/GRSHEL/
/GRSHEL/MAT/
/GRSHEL/PART/
/GRSHEL/PROP/

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 5

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/GRSHEL/SHEL/
/GRSHEL/SUBMODEL/
/GRSHEL/SUBSET/
/GRSPRI
/GRSPRI/BOX/
/GRSPRI/BOX2/
/GRSPRI/GRSPRI/
/GRSPRI/MAT/
/GRSPRI/PART/
/GRSPRI/PROP/
/GRSPRI/SPRI/
/GRSPRI/SUBMODEL/
/GRSPRI/SUBSET/
/GRTRUS
/GRTRUS/BOX/
/GRTRUS/BOX2/
/GRTRUS/GRTRUS/
/GRTRUS/MAT/
/GRTRUS/PART/
/GRTRUS/PROP/
/GRTRUS/SUBMODEL/
/GRTRUS/SUBSET/
/GRTRUS/TRUS/
/IBVEL
/IMPACC
/IMPDISP
/IMPTEMP
/IMPVEL
/IMPVEL/LAGMUL (Partially Supported)
/INITEMP
/INIVEL (Block Format)
/INIVEL/AXIS/1
/INTER (Block Format)
/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE2 (Partially Supported)
/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE7 (Partially Supported)
/INTER/SUB
/INTER/TYPE2
/INTER/TYPE3

6 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/INTER/TYPE5
/INTER/TYPE6
/INTER/TYPE7
/INTER/TYPE8
/INTER/TYPE10
/INTER/TYPE11
/INTER/TYPE14
/INTER/TYPE15
/INTER/TYPE16
/INTER/TYPE17
/INTER/TYPE18
/INTER/TYPE19
/INTER/TYPE21
/IOFLAG (Partially Supported)
/KEY
/LINE
/LINE/BOX/
/LINE/BOX2/
/LINE/EDGE/
/LINE/GRBEAM/
/LINE/GRTRUS/
/LINE/MAT/
/LINE/PART/
/LINE/PROP/
/LINE/SEG/
/LINE/SUBMODEL/
/LINE/SUBSET/
/LINE/SURF/
/MADYMO/EXFEM (Partially Supported)
/MADYMO/LINK (Partially Supported)
/MAT (Block Format)
/MAT (ALE) (Partially Supported)
/MAT (CFD) (Partially Supported)
/MAT/BARLAT3 (LAW57)
/MAT/BIPHAS (LAW37)
/MAT/BOLTZMAN (LAW34)
/MAT/CHANG (LAW15)
/MAT/COMPSH (LAW25)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 7

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/MAT/COMPSO (LAW14)
/MAT/CONC (LAW24)
/MAT/CONNECT (LAW59)
/MAT/COSSER (LAW68)
/MAT/COWPER (LAW44)
/MAT/DAMA (LAW22)
/MAT/DPRAG (LAW21)
/MAT/ELAST (LAW1)
/MAT/FABR_A (LA 58)
/MAT/FABRI (LAW19)
/MAT/FOAM_PLAS (LAW33)
/MAT/FOAM_VISC (LAW35)
/MAT/GAS
/MAT/GURSON (LAW52)
/MAT/HILL (LAW32)
/MAT/HILL_TAB (LAW43)
/MAT/HONEYCOMB (LAW28)
/MAT/HYD_JCOOK (LAW4) (Block Format)
/MAT/HYDPLA (LAW3)
/MAT/HYDRO (LAW6) (Block Format)
/MAT/LEE-TARVER (LAW41)
/MAT/K-EPS (LAW6)
/MAT/KELVINMAX (LAW40)
/MAT/LAW10
/MAT/LAW12
/MAT/LAW23
/MAT/LAW50
/MAT/LAW51
/MAT/LAW53
/MAT/LAW54
/MAT/LAW62
/MAT/LAW63
/MAT/LAW64
/MAT/LAW65
/MAT/LAW70
/MAT/LAW72
/MAT/LAW82
/MAT/OGDEN (LAW42)

8 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/MAT/PLAS_BRIT (LAW27)
/MAT/PLAS_JOHNS (LAW2)
/MAT/PLAS_T3 (LAW60)
/MAT/PLAS_TAB (LAW36)
/MAT/PLAS_ZERIL (LAW2)
/MAT/STEINB (LAW49)
/MAT/USERij
/MAT/VISC_TAB (LAW38)
/MAT/VOID (LAW0)
/MAT/ZHAO (LAW48)
/MEMORY (Partially Supported)
/MONVOL
/MONVOL/AIRBAG
/MONVOL/AIRBAG1
/MONVOL/AREA
/MONVOL/COMMU
/MONVOL/FVMBAG
/MONVOL/GAS
/MONVOL/PRES
/MOVE_FUNC (Partially Supported)
/NODE
/PART
/PENTA6
/PLOAD
/PROP (Block Format)
/PROP/BEAM (TYPE3)
/PROP/INJECT1 (TYPE17)
/PROP/INJECT2 (TYPE19)
/PROP/INT_BEAM (TYPE18)
/PROP/KJOINT (TYPE 33)
/PROP/NSTRAND (TYPE28)
/PROP/PREDIT (TYPE36)
/PROP/RIVET (TYPE5)
/PROP/SHELL (TYPE1)
/PROP/SH_COMP (TYPE10)
/PROP/SH_FABR (TYPE16)
/PROP/SH_ORTH (TYPE9)
/PROP/SH_PLY (TYPE19)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 9

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/PROP/SH_SANDW (TYPE11)
/PROP/SH_STACK (TYPE17)
/PROP/SOL_ORTH (TYPE6)
/PROP/SOLID (TYPE14)
/PROP/SPH
/PROP/SPRING (TYPE4)
/PROP/SPR_AXI (TYPE25)
/PROP/SPR_BEAM (TYPE13)
/PROP/SPR_GENE (TYPE8)
/PROP/SPR_PRE (TYPE32)
/PROP/SPR_PUL (TYPE12)
/PROP/STITCH (TYPE35)
/PROP/TRUSS (TYPE2)
/PROP/TSHELL (TYPE20)
/PROP/TSH_COMP(TYPE22)
/PROP/TSH_ORTH (TYPE21)
/PROP/USER4
/PROP/VOID (TYPE0)
/QUAD (Partially Supported)
/RANDOM (Partially Supported)
/RBODY
/REFSTA (Partially Supported)
/RFILE/n
/RIVET (Partially Supported)
/RLINK
/RWALL
/RWALL/CYL/
/RWALL/LAGMUL (Partially Supported)
/RWALL/PARAL/
/RWALL/PLANE/
/RWALL/SPHER/
/RWALL/THERM
/SECT (Partially Supported)
/SENSOR (Partially Supported)
/SENSOR/DIST/
/SENSOR/TIME/
/SH3N
/SHEL16

10 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/SHELL
/SKEW/FIX
/SKEW/MOV
/SPMD (Partially Supported)
/SPRING
/STATE/DT
//SUBMODEL (Partially Supported)
/SUBSET
/SURF (Partially Supported)
/SURF/BOX/
/SURF/BOX2/ (Partially Supported)
/SURF/GRSH3N/
/SURF/GRSHEL/
/SURF/MAT/
/SURF/PART/
/SURF/PROP/
/SURF/SEG/
/SURF/SUBMODEL/
/SURF/SUBSET/
/SURF/SURF/
/SURF/type/ALL
/SURF/type/EXT
/TETRA4
/TETRA10
/TFILE
/TH ... /ATH, /BTH
/TH/ACCEL/
/TH/BEAM/
/TH/BRIC/
/TH/CYL_JO/
/TH/FRAME
/TH/INTER/
/TH/MONV/
/TH/NODE/
/TH/NSTRAND/ (Partially Supported)
/TH/PART
/TH/QUAD/
/TH/RBODY/

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 11

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/TH/RWALL/
/TH/SECTIO/
/TH/SH3N/
/TH/SHEL/
/TH/SPRING/
/TH/SPHCEL (Partially Supported)
/TH/SUBS/
/TH/TRUSS/
/TITLE (Partially Supported)
/TRANSFORM
/TRANSFORM/ROT
/TRANSFORM/SCA
/TRANSFORM/SYM
/TRANSFORM/TRA
/TRUSS
/UNIT
/VISC_PRONY
/XELEM

12 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 13

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

LS-DYNA Supported Keywords

The following LS-DYNA cards are supported by HyperCrash:

*AIRBAG_ADIABATIC_GAS_MODEL
*AIRBAG_ADVANCED_ALE
*AIRBAG_ALE
*AIRBAG_HYBRID
*AIRBAG_HYBRID_CHEMKIN
*AIRBAG_HYDBRID_JETTING
*AIRBAG_INTERACTION
*AIRBAG_LINEAR_FLUID
*AIRBAG_LOAD_CURVE
*AIRBAG_PARTICLE
*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY (Partially Supported)
*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY_BIRTH (Partially Supported)
*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY_BIRTH_RDT (Partially Supported)
*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY_RDT (Partially Supported)
*AIRBAG_SHELL_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY (Partially Supported)
*AIRBAG_SIMPLE_AIRBAG_MODEL
*AIRBAG_SIMPLE_PRESSURE_VOLUME
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING_CM
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING_POP
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING_POP_CM
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING_CM
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING_POP
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING_POP_CM
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_POP
*ALE_MULTI-MATERIAL_GROUP
*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_CURVE
*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_GROUP
*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_NODE
*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_SWITCH
*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_NODE
*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_RIGID

14 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_RIGID_LOCAL
*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_SET
*BOUNDARY_SPC_NODE
*BOUNDARY_SPC_SET
*CONSTRAINED_EXTRA_NODES_NODE
*CONSTRAINED_EXTRA_NODES_SET
*CONSTRAINED_GENERALIZED_WELD_BUTT
*CONSTRAINED_INTERPOLATION
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_CYLINDERICAL
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_LOCKING
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_PLANAR
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_REVOLUTE
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_ROTATIONAL_MOTOR
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_SPHERICAL
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_STIFFNESS_FLEXION-TORSION
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_STIFFNESS_GENERALIZED
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_STIFFNESS_TRANSLATIONAL
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_TRANSLATIONAL
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_TRANSLATIONAL_MOTOR
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_UNIVERSAL
*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY
*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY_INERTIA
*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY_SPC
*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY_TITLE
*CONSTRAINED_NODE_SET
*CONSTRAINED_RIGID_BODIES
*CONSTRAINED_RIVET_ID
*CONSTRAINED_SPOTWELD_FILTERED_FORCE_ID
*CONSTRAINED_SPOTWELD_ID
*CONSTRAINED_TIED-BREAK
*CONTACT_1D
*CONTACT_AIRBAG_SINGLE_SURFACE
*CONTACT_AUTO_MOVE
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_GENERAL
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_GENERAL_INTERIOR
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_NODES_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 15

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_TIEBREAK
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SINGLE_SURFACE
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SINGLE_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_TIEBREAK
*CONTACT_CONSTRAINT_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_CONSTRAINT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_COUPLING
*CONTACT_DRAWBEAD
*CONTACT_ENTITY
*CONTACT_ERODING_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_ERODING_SINGLE_SURFACE
*CONTACT_ERODING_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_FORCE_TRANSDUCER_CONSTRAINT
*CONTACT_FORCE_TRANSDUCER_PENALTY
*CONTACT_FORMING_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_FORMING_NODES_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_FORMING_ONEWAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_FORMING_ONEWAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_FORMING_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_FORMING_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_GEBOD_OPTION
*CONTACT_GUIDED_CABLE
*CONTACT_GUIDED_CABLE_SET
*CONTACT_INTERIOR
*CONTACT_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_NODES_TO_SURFACE_INTERFERENCE
*CONTACT_NODES_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_INTERFERENCE
*CONTACT_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_RIGID_BODY_ONE_WAY_TO_RIGID_BODY
*CONTACT_RIGID_BODY_TWO_WAY_TO_RIGID_BODY
*CONTACT_RIGID_NODES_TO_RIGID_BODY
*CONTACT_RIGID_SURFACE
*CONTACT_SINGLE_EDGE

16 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*CONTACT_SINGLE_SURFACE
*CONTACT_SLIDING_ONLY
*CONTACT_SLIDING_ONLY_PENALTY
*CONTACT_SPOTWELD
*CONTACT_SPOTWELD_WITH_TORSION
*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_CONTRACTION_JOINT
*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_INTERFERENCE
*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH
*CONTACT_TIEBREAK_NODES_ONLY
*CONTACT_TIEBREAK_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_TIEBREAK_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_TIED_NODES_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_TIED_NODES_TO_SURFACE_CONSTRAINED_OFFSET
*CONTACT_TIED_NODES_TO_SURFACE_OFFSET
*CONTACT_TIED_SHELL_EDGE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_TIED_SHELL_EDGE_TO_SURFACE_BEAM_OFFSET
*CONTACT_TIED_SHELL_EDGE_TO_SURFACE_OFFSET
*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_CONSTRAINED_OFFSET
*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_FAILURE
*CONTROL_ACCURACY
*CONTROL_ADAPSTEP
*CONTROL_ADAPTIVE
*CONTROL_ADAPTIVE_CURVE
*CONTROL_ALE
*CONTROL_BULK_VISCOSITY
*CONTROL_CHECK
*CONTROL_CHECK_SHELL
*CONTROL_COARSEN
*CONTROL_CONTACT
*CONTROL_COUPLING
*CONTROL_CPU
*CONTROL_DAMPING (Old dyna card for input only)
*CONTROL_DYNAMIC_RELAXATION
*CONTROL_EFG
*CONTROL_ENERGY

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 17

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*CONTROL_EXPLOSIVE_SHADOW
*CONTROL_FORMING_POSITION
*CONTROL_FORMING_PROJECTION
*CONTROL_FORMING_TEMPLATE
*CONTROL_FORMING_TRAVEL
*CONTROL_FORMING_USER
*CONTROL_HOURGLASS
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_AUTO
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_BUCKLE
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_DYNAMICS
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_EIGENVALUE
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_GENERAL
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_INERTIA_RELIEF
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_JOINTS
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_MODES
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_SOLUTION
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_SOLVER
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_STABILIZATION
*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_TERMINATION
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_AUTOMATIC
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_CHECK_SPEED
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_CONTACT_DISTRIBUTE
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_CONTACT_ISOLATE
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_FILE
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_METHOD
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_NUMPROC
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_SHOW
*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_TRANSFORMATION
*CONTROL_MPP_IO_NOD3DUMP
*CONTROL_MPP_IO_NODUMP
*CONTROL_MPP_IO_NOFULL
*CONTROL_MPP_IO_SWAPBYTES
*CONTROL_NONLOCAL
*CONTROL_OUTPUT
*CONTROL_PARALLEL
*CONTROL_REMESHING
*CONTROL_RIGID
*CONTROL_SHELL

18 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*CONTROL_SOLID
*CONTROL_SOLUTION
*CONTROL_SPH
*CONTROL_SPOTWELD_BEAM
*CONTROL_STAGED_CONSTRUCTION
*CONTROL_STRUCTURED
*CONTROL_STRUCTURED_TERM
*CONTROL_SUBCYCLE
*CONTROL_TERMINATION
*CONTROL_THERMAL_NONLINEAR
*CONTROL_THERMAL_SOLVER
*CONTROL_THERMAL_TIMESTEP
*CONTROL_TIMESTEP
*DAMPING_GLOBAL
*DAMPING_PART_STIFFNESS_SET
*DAMPING_POROSITY
*DAMPING_RELATIVE
*DAMPING_FREQUENCY_RANGE (Partially Supported)
*DAMPING_PART_MASS (Partially Supported)
*DAMPING_PART_MASS_SET (Partially Supported)
*DAMPING_PART_STIFFNESS (Partially Supported)
*DATABASE_ABSTAT
*DATABASE_ADAMS
*DATABASE_AVSFLT
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3CRACK
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3DRLF
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3DUMP
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3PART
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3PLOT
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3PROP
*DATABASE_BINARY_D3THDT
*DATABASE_BINARY_FSIFOR
*DATABASE_BINARY_INTFOR
*DATABASE_BINARY_RUNRSF
*DATABASE_BINARY_XTFILE
*DATABASE_BNDOUT
*DATABASE_CROSS_SECTION_PLANE (Partially Supported)
*DATABASE_CROSS_SECTION_SET

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 19

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*DATABASE_DCFAIL
*DATABASE_DEFGEO
*DATABASE_DEFORC
*DATABASE_ELOUT
*DATABASE_EXTENT_AVS
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY
*DATABASE_EXTENT_MOVIE
*DATABASE_EXTENT_MPGS
*DATABASE_EXTENT_SSSTAT
*DATABASE_FORMAT
*DATABASE_FSI
*DATABASE_GCEOUT
*DATABASE_GLSTAT
*DATABASE_H3OUT
*DATABASE_HISTORY_BEAM
*DATABASE_HISTORY_BEAM_ID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_BEAM_SET (Partially Supported)
*DATABASE_HISTORY_DISCRETE
*DATABASE_HISTORY_DISCRETE_ID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE
*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE_ID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE_LOCAL
*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE_SET (Partially Supported)
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SEATBELT
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SEATBELT_ID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SHELL
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SHELL_ID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SOLID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SOLID_ID
*DATABASE_HISTORY_SPH
*DATABASE_HISTORY_TSHELL
*DATABASE_HISTORY_TSHELL_ID
*DATABASE_JNTFORC
*DATABASE_MATSUM
*DATABASE_MOVIE
*DATABASE_MPGS
*DATABASE_NCFORC
*DATABASE_NODFOR

20 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*DATABASE_NODOUT
*DATABASE_RBDOUT
*DATABASE_RCFORC
*DATABASE_RWFORC
*DATABASE_SBTOUT
*DATABASE_SECFORC
*DATABASE_SLEOUT
*DATABASE_SPCFORC
*DATABASE_SPHOUT
*DATABASE_SPRING_FORWARD
*DATABASE_SSSTAT
*DATABASE_SUPERPLASTIC_FORMING
*DATABASE_SWFORC
*DATABASE_TPRINT
*DATABASE_TRACER
*DATABASE_TRHIST
*DEFINE_ALEBAG_BAG
*DEFINE_ALEBAG_HOLE
*DEFINE_ALEBAG_INJECTOR
*DEFINE_BOX
*DEFINE_BOX_ADAPTIVE
*DEFINE_BOX_COARSEN
*DEFINE_BOX_DRAWBEAD
*DEFINE_BOX_SPH
*DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES
*DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES_ADD
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_VECTOR
*DEFINE_CURVE
*DEFINE_FRICTION
*DEFINE_GROUND_MOTION
*DEFINE_SD_ORIENTATION
*DEFINE_TABLE
*DEFINE_TRANSFORMATION
*DEFINE_VECTOR
*DEFORMABLE_TO_RIGID
*DEFORMABLE_TO_RIGID_AUTOMATIC

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 21

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*DEFORMABLE_TO_RIGID_INERTIA
*ELEMENT_BEAM
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID_SCALAR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID_SCALR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALAR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALAR_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALR_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SECTION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SECTION_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SECTION_PID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS_PID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS_SCALAR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID_SCALAR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID_SCALR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALAR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALAR_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALR_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SECTION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SECTION_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_SECTION_PID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS_PID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS_SCALAR (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_BEAM_WARPAGE (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_DISCRETE
*ELEMENT_MASS

22 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*ELEMENT_MASS_NODE_SET
*ELEMENT_MASS_PART
*ELEMENT_MASS_PART_SET
*ELEMENT_PLOTEL (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SEATBELT
*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_ACCELEROMETER
*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_PRETENSIONER
*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_RETRACTOR
*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_SENSOR
*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_SLIPRING
*ELEMENT_SHELL
*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_DOF (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_MCID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_MCID_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_BETA (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_BETA_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_MCID (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_MCID_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_OFFSET (Partially Supported)
*ELEMENT_SOLID
*ELEMENT_TSHELL
*EOS_GASKET
*EOS_GRUNEISEN
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS
*EOS_IGNITION_AND_GROWTH_OF_REACTION_IN_HE
*EOS_JWL
*EOS_JWLB
*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL
*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL_WITH_ENERGY_LEAK
*EOS_PROPELLANT_DEFLAGRATION
*EOS_RATIO_OF_POLYNOMIALS
*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY
*EOS_TABULATED
*EOS_TABULATED_COMPACTION

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 23

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*EOS_TENSOR_PORE_COLLAPSE
*HOURGLASS
*INCLUDE
*INCLUDE_TRANSFORM
*INITIAL_AXIAL_FORCE_BEAM
*INITIAL_DETONATION
*INITIAL_FOAM_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY (Partially Supported)
*INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE
*INITIAL_STRESS_SECTION
*INITIAL_TEMPERATURE_NODE
*INITIAL_TEMPERATURE_SET
*INITIAL_VEHICLE_KINEMATICS
*INITIAL_VELOCITY
*INITIAL_VELOCITY_GENERATION
*INITIAL_VELOCITY_NODE
*INITIAL_VELOCITY_RIGID_BODY
*INITIAL_VOID_PART
*INITIAL_VOID_SET
*INITIAL_VOLUME_FRACTION_GEOMETRY (Partially Supported)
*INTEGRATION_BEAM (Partially Supported)
*INTEGRATION_SHELL (Partially Supported)
*KEYWORD
*KEYWORD_ID
*LOAD_BEAM_ELEMENT
*LOAD_BEAM_SET
*LOAD_BODY_GENERALIZED
*LOAD_BODY_PARTS
*LOAD_BODY_RX
*LOAD_BODY_RY
*LOAD_BODY_RZ
*LOAD_BODY_X
*LOAD_BODY_Y
*LOAD_BODY_Z
*LOAD_NODE_POINT
*LOAD_NODE_SET
*LOAD_RIGID_BODY
*LOAD_SEGMENT
*LOAD_SEGMENT_SET

24 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*LOAD_SHELL_ELEMENT
*LOAD_SHELL_SET
*LOAD_STIFFEN_PART
*LOAD_THERMAL_CONSTANT
*LOAD_THERMAL_CONSTANT_NODE
*LOAD_THERMAL_LOAD_CURVE
*LOAD_THERMAL_TOPAZ
*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE
*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE_NODE
*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE_SHELL
*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE_SHELL_SET
*LOAD_THERMAL_VIBRO_ACOUSTIC
*LOAD_VOLUME_LOSS
MAT001: *MAT_ELASTIC
MAT001: *MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID
MAT002: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC
MAT002: *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_ELASTIC
MAT003: *MAT_PLASTIC_KINEMATIC
MAT004: *MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_THERMAL
MAT005: *MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
MAT006: *MAT_VISCOELASTIC
MAT007: *MAT_BLATZ-KO_RUBBER
MAT008: *MAT_HIGH_EXPLOSIVE_BURN
MAT009: *MAT_NULL
MAT010: *MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO
MAT011: *MAT_STEINBERG
MAT011: *MAT_STEINBERG_LUND
MAT012: *MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
MAT013: *MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_FAILURE
MAT014: *MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM_FAILURE
MAT015: *MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
MAT016: *MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
MAT017: *MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK
MAT018: *MAT_POWER_LAW_PLASTICITY
MAT019: *MAT_STRAIN_RATE_DEPENDENT_PLASTICITY
MAT020: *MAT_RIGID
MAT021: *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_THERMAL
MAT022: *MAT_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 25

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

MAT023: *MAT_TEMPARATURE_DEPENDENT_ORTHOTROPIC
MAT024: *MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
MAT025: *MAT_GEOLOGIC_CAP_MODEL
MAT026: *MAT_HONEYCOMB
MAT027: *MAT_MOONEY-RIVLIN_RUBBER
MAT028: *MAT_RESULTANT_PLASTICITY
MAT029: *MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
MAT030: *MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
MAT031: *MAT_FRAZER_NASH_RUBBER_MODEL
MAT032: *MAT_LAMINATED_GLASS
MAT033: *MAT_BARLAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTICITY
MAT033_96: *MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
MAT034: *MAT_FABRIC
MAT035: *MAT_PLASTIC_GREEN-NAGHDI_RATE
MAT036: *MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT
MAT037: *MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
MAT037: *MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_ECHANGE
MAT038: *MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM
MAT039: *MAT_FLD_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC
MAT040: *MAT_NONLINEAR_ORTHOTROPIC
MAT041-050: *MAT_USER_DEFINED_MATERIAL
MAT051: *MAT_BAMMAN
MAT052: *MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE
MAT053: *MAT_CLOSED_CELL_FOAM
MAT054-055: *MAT_ENHANCED_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE
MAT057: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM
MAT058: *MAT_LAMINATED_COMPOSITE_FABRIC
MAT059: *MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_MODEL
MAT059: *MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_SHELL_MODEL
MAT059: *MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_SOLID_MODEL
MAT060: *MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY
MAT061: *MAT_KELVIN-MAXWELL_VISCOELASTIC
MAT062: *MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM
MAT063: *MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
MAT064: *MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POWERLAW_PLASTICITY
MAT065: *MAT_MODIFIED_ZERILLI_ARMSTRONG
MAT066: *MAT_LINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT067: *MAT_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM

26 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

MAT068: *MAT_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT069: *MAT_SID_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT070: *MAT_HYDRAULIC_GAS_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT071: *MAT_CABLE_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT072: *MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE
MAT073: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_VISCOUS_FOAM
MAT074: *MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT075: *MAT_BILKU/DUBOIS_FOAM
MAT076: *MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC
MAT077_H: *MAT_HYPERELASTIC_RUBBER
MAT077_O: *MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
MAT078 :*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
MAT079: *MAT_HYSTERIC_SOIL
MAT080: *MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD
MAT081-082: *MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE
MAT083: *MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
MAT084_085: *MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETER
MAT086: *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_VISCOELASTIC
MAT087: *MAT_CELLULAR_RUBBER
MAT088: *MAT_MTS
MAT089: *MAT_PLASTICITY_POLYMER
MAT090: *MAT_ACOUSTIC
MAT091: *MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
MAT093: *MAT_ELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT094: *MAT_INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT095: *MAT_INELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT096: *MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE
MAT097: *MAT_GENERAL_JOINT_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT098: *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK
MAT099: *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK_ORTHOTROPIC_DAMAGE
MAT100: *MAT_SPOTWELD
MAT100: *MAT_SPOTWELD _DAMAGE
MAT100_DA:*MAT_SPOTWELD_DAIMLER_CHRYSLER
MAT101: *MAT_GEPLASTIC_SRATE_2000a
MAT102: MAT_INV_HYPERBOLIC_SIN
MAT103: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTIC
MAT103: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC
MAT104: *MAT_DAMAGE_1

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 27

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

MAT105: *MAT_DAMAGE_2
MAT106: *MAT_ELASTIC_VISCOPLASTIC_THERMAL
MAT110: *MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CERAMICS
MAT111: *MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CONCRETE
MAT112: *MAT_FINITE_ELASTIC_STRAIN_PLASTICITY
MAT114: *MAT_LAYERED_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
MAT115: *MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP
MAT116: *MAT_COMPOSITE_LAYUP
MAT117: *MAT_COMPOSITE_MATRIX
MAT118: *MAT_COMPOSITE_DIRECT
MAT119: *MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT120: *MAT_GURSON
MAT120: *MAT_GURSON_JC
MAT120: *MAT_GURSON_RCDC
MAT121: *MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_1DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT122: *MATHILL_3R
MAT123: *MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
MAT123: *MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY_RATE
MAT124: *MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION
MAT126: *MAT_MODIFIED_HONEYCOMB
MAT127: *MAT_ARRUDA_BOYCE_RUBBER
MAT128: *MAT_HEART_TISSUE
MAT129: *MAT_LUNG_TISSUE
MAT130: *MAT_SPECIAL_ORTHOTROPIC
MAT133: *MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
MAT139: *MAT_MODIFIED_FORCE_LIMITED
MAT140: *MAT_VACUUM
MAT141: *MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POLYMER
MAT142: *MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
MAT143: *MAT_WOOD_OPTION
MAT144: *MAT_PITZER_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
MAT145: *MAT_SCHWER_MURRAY_CAP_MODEL
MAT146: *MAT_1DOF_GENERALIZED_SPRING
MAT147: *MAT_FHWA_SOIL
MAT147: *MAT_FHWA_SOIL_NBRASKA
MAT148: *MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
MAT150: *MAT_CFD_OPTION
MAT154: *MAT_DESHPANDE_FLECK_FOAM

28 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

MAT158: *MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_COMPOSITE_FABRIC
MAT161,162: *MAT_COMPOSITE_{OPTION}
MAT163: *MAT_MODIFIED_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
MAT165: *MAT_PLASTIC_NONLINEAR_KINEMATIC
MAT166: *MAT_MOMENT_CURVATURE_BEAM
MAT167: *MAT_MCCORMICK
MAT168: *MAT_POLYMER
MAT169: *MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
MAT170: *MAT_RESULTANT_ANISOTROPIC
MAT176: *MAT_QUASILINEAR_VISCOELASTIC
MAT177: *MAT_HILL_FOAM
MAT178: *MAT_VISCOELASTIC_HILL_FOAM
MAT179: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM
MAT179: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM _WITH_FAILURE
MAT179: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_ORTHO
MAT179: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_ORTHO _WITH_FAILURE
MAT181: *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER
MAT187: *MAT_SAMP-1
MAT190: *MAT_FLD_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT
MAT191: *MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
MAT192: *MAT_SOIL_BRIC
MAT193: *MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER
MAT194: *MAT_RS_SHEAR_WALL
MAT195: *MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM
MAT196: *MAT_GENERAL_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
MAT197: *MAT_SEISMIC_ISOLATOR
MAT198: *MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
S01: *MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC
S02: *MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS
S03: *MAT_SPRING_ELASTOPLASTIC
S04: *MAT_SPRING_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC
S05: *MAT_DAMPER_NONLINEAR_VISCOUS
S06: *MAT_SPRING_GENERAL_NONLINEAR
S07: *MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL
S08: *MAT_SPRING_INELASTIC
S13: *MAT_SPRING_TRILINEAR_DEGRADING
S14: *MAT_SPRING_SQUAT_SHEARWALL
S15: *MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 29

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

T01: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC
T02: *MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC
T03: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD
T04: *MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC_TD
T05: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_PHASE_CHANGE
T06: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD_LC
B01: *MAT_SEATBELT
*NODE_TRANSFORM
*PARAMETER
*PART
*PART_ADAPTIVE_FAILURE
*PART_ATTACHMENT_NODES (Partially Supported)
*PART_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT (Partially Supported)
*PART_COMPOSITE
*PART_COMPOSITE_CONTACT
*PART_CONTACT
*PART_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES (Partially Supported)
*PART_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT (Partially Supported)
*PART_CONTACT_PRINT
*PART_INERTIA
*PART_INERTIA_ATTACHMENT_NODES (Partially Supported)
*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT
*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES (Partially Supported)
*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT (Partially Supported)
*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT_PRINT
*PART_INERTIA_PRINT
*PART_MODES
*PART_MOVE
*PART_PRINT
*PART_REPOSITION
*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT
*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES (Partially Supported)
*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT (Partially Supported)
*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT_INERTIA
*PART_REPOSITION_PRINT
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_CYLINDER
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_CYLINDER_MOTION
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_FLAT

30 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_FLAT_MOTION
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_PRISM
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_PRISM_MOTION
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_SPHERE
*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_SPHERE_MOTION
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE_FORCES
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE_MOVING
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE_MOVING_FORCES
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FORCES
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_MOVING
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_MOVING_FORCES
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO_FINITE
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO_FINITE_FORCES
*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO_FORCES
*SECTION_BEAM
*SECTION_DISCRETE
*SECTION_SEATBELT
*SECTION_SHELL
*SECTION_SHELL_ALE
*SECTION_SHELL_EFG
*SECTION_SOLID
*SECTION_SOLID_ALE
*SECTION_SOLID_EFG
*SECTION_SPH
*SECTION_SPRING_DAMPER
*SECTION_TSHELL
*SENSOR_CONTROL
*SENSOR_DEFINE_CALC-MATH
*SENSOR_DEFINE_ELEMENT
*SENSOR_DEFINE_FORCE
*SENSOR_DEFINE_NODE
*SENSOR_SWITCH
*SENSOR_SWITCH_CALC-LOGIC
*SET_BEAM
*SET_BEAM_GENERAL

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 31

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

*SET_BEAM_GENERATE
*SET_DISCRETE
*SET_MULTI-MATERIAL_GROUP_LIST
*SET_NODE_ADD
*SET_NODE_COLUMN (Partially Supported)
*SET_NODE_LIST
*SET_NODE_LIST_GENERAL
*SET_NODE_LIST_GENERATE
*SET_PART_COLUMN (Partially Supported)
*SET_PART_LIST
*SET_SEGMENT
*SET_SHELL_COLUMN (Partially Supported)
*SET_SHELL_LIST
*SET_SOLID
*SET_TSHELL
*TITLE

32 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 33

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

New Supported Keywords
New RADIOSS Block Format Supported Keywords

New Starter Keywords HyperMesh HyperCrash

/BOX - Box definition HC11.0-403

/BOX/BOX - Multi-box combination for groups HC11.0-403

/EOS/GRUNEISEN - Gruneisen equation of state HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/EOS/POLYNOMIAL - Linear polynomial equation of state HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/EOS/PUFF - Linear polynomial equation of state HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/EOS/SESAME - SESAME table equation of state HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/EOS/TILLOTSON - Tillotson equation of state HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/FAIL/TAB - Strain failure model

/FAIL/XFEM_FLD - Failure model for XFEM crack HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

initialization and propagation (Forming Limit Diagram
based)

/FAIL/XFEM_JOHNS - Failure model for XFEM crack HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

initialization and propagation (Johnson-Cook based)

/FAIL/XFEM_TBUTC - Failure model for XFEM crack HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

initialization (modified Tuler-Butcher failure)

/GAUGE - Defines a gauge HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/IMPLICIT - Change default value for implicit HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

calculations

/INIBRI/ORTHO - Initialization of orthotropy direction for

a brick or for a thick shell

/INIVOL - Initial volume fractions of different materials

/MAT/LAW69 - Tabulated input for hyper-elastic HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

material

/MAT/LAW73 - Thermal Hill orthotropic material for shell HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

elements

/MAT/LAW74 - Thermal tabulated Hill orthotropic law HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

for solids

/PLYXFEM/BCS - Boundary conditions for ply

/PROP/TYPE26 - Tabulated spring property set

/RADIATION - Radiation to environment HC11.0-402

/STATE/STR_FILE - Read a stress file HC11.0-402

34 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 New Starter Keywords HyperMesh HyperCrash

/SUBDOMAIN - Multidomain decomposition

/SURF/PLANE - Infinite PLANE surface defined by a

normal vector MM1

/TABLE - Defines a table, using up to 4 entries HC11.0-403

/TH/GAUGE - TH output for option /GAUGE HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

Modified Starter Keywords

/ADMAS - Added new sub-options within /ADMAS

/DAMP - Added Tstart and Tstop and optional coefficients to HC11.0-402

define non-isotropic damping

/DEF_SHELL - Changed the default value for Iplas and HM11.0-101

added new flag Idril for drilling degree of freedom stiffness

/FAIL/LAD_DAMA - Corrected the damage function and

change flag Y0 and Yc to Z0 and Zc

/GRBEAM, /GRBRIC, /GRNOD, /GRQUAD, /GRSH3N, / HC11.0-403

GRSHEL,
/GRSPRI, /GRTRUS - Updated BOX format

/INTER/TYPE5 - Added flag Inacti HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/INTER/TYPE7, /INTER/TYPE11 - Added new option %

mesh_size and
Igap =3

/INTER/TYPE20 - Added new option Fpenmax

/INTER/TYPE21 - Motion with regard to a skew added HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/IOFLAG - Removed flags: Irtyp and Itryp_r HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/LINE - Updated BOX Format HC11.0-403

/MAT/LAW4 - Removed flag Psh HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/MAT/LAW19 - Removed flag Arel HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/MAT/LAW42 - Removed flag Jstrain and modified N_prony to M HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/MAT/LAW58 - Removed flag Arel and added new identifier, HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402
sens_ID

/MONVOL/FVMBAG - Removed flag for volumetric viscosity HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 35

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 New Starter Keywords HyperMesh HyperCrash

/PROP/TYPE1, /PROP/TYPE9, /PROP/TYPE10, /PROP/

TYPE11 -
Added new flag Idril for drilling degree of freedom stiffness

/RBODY - New flag Ioptoff HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/SENSOR - Added sensor type pressure gauge HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/SPMD - Replaced Nproc with Nspmd and added Nthread HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

/SURF, /SURF/BOX/ALL and /SURF/BOX/EXT - Updated BOX HM11.0-101 HC11.0-403

Formats

/VISC_PRONY - Modified the option N_prony to M HM11.0-101 HC11.0-402

New Engine Keywords

/ABF - Output of .abf files

/ANIM/LSENSOR - Writes additional animation files

/DT/AMS - Elementary time step for Advanced Mass Scaling

/DT/NODA/Keyword3 - Nodal time step control

/DTSDE - Alternative time step for degenerated solid 6-node

element

/IMPL/DYNA/DAMP - Dynamic implicit damping option

/IMPL/NONLIN/SMDISP - Small displacement implicit nonlinear

option

/IMPL/RREF/LIMIT - Reference force residual limit values

/STATE/BRICK/ORTHO - Orthotropy direction for orthotropic

solid

/STATE/NODE/TEMP - Temperature for node

/STATE/STR_FILE - Write a stress file

Modified Engine Keywords

/ATFILE - Default: IEEE 32 bits

/MADYMO - Sets parameters for Hybrid Massively Parallel

Program (HMPP) computation

/RFILE - Removed flags Iread and Iw rite

36 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 New Starter Keywords HyperMesh HyperCrash

/RFILE/n - Removed flags Iread and Iw rite

/STATE/DT - Modified Engine option

/TFILE - Default: IEEE 32 bits

New Multidomain Keywords

/TIMEOUT - Timeout duration

LS-DYNA Supported Keywords

The following table indicates the versions that support LS-DYNA cards.

LS-DYNA Supported Keywords HyperCrash HyperMesh

*AIRBAG_ADIABATIC_GAS_MODEL

*AIRBAG_ADVANCED_ALE

*AIRBAG_ALE

*AIRBAG_HYBRID

*AIRBAG_HYBRID_CHEMKIN

*AIRBAG_HYDBRID_JETTING

*AIRBAG_INTERACTION

*AIRBAG_LINEAR_FLUID

*AIRBAG_LOAD_CURVE

*AIRBAG_PARTICLE

*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY
(Partially Supported)

*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY_BIRTH (Partially
Supported)

*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY_BIRTH_RDT (Partially
Supported)

*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY_RDT (Partially
Supported)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 37

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *AIRBAG_SHELL_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY (Partially
Supported)

*AIRBAG_SIMPLE_AIRBAG_MODEL

*AIRBAG_SIMPLE_PRESSURE_VOLUME

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING_CM

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING_POP

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_JETTING_POP_CM

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING_CM

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING_POP

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_MULTIPLE_JETTING_POP_CM

*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE_POP

*ALE_MULTI-MATERIAL_GROUP

*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_CURVE

*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_GROUP

*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_NODE

*ALE_REFERENCE_SYSTEM_SWITCH

*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_NODE

*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_RIGID

*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_RIGID_LOCAL

*BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_SET

*BOUNDARY_SPC_NODE

*BOUNDARY_SPC_SET

*CONSTRAINED_EXTRA_NODES_NODE

*CONSTRAINED_EXTRA_NODES_SET

*CONSTRAINED_GENERALIZED_WELD_BUTT

*CONSTRAINED_INTERPOLATION

38 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *CONSTRAINED_JOINT_CYLINDERICAL

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_LOCKING

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_PLANAR

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_REVOLUTE

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_ROTATIONAL_MOTOR

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_SPHERICAL

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_STIFFNESS_FLEXION-TORSION

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_STIFFNESS_GENERALIZED

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_STIFFNESS_TRANSLATIONAL

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_TRANSLATIONAL

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_TRANSLATIONAL_MOTOR

*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_UNIVERSAL

*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY

*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY_INERTIA

*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY_SPC

*CONSTRAINED_NODAL_RIGID_BODY_TITLE

*CONSTRAINED_NODE_SET

*CONSTRAINED_RIGID_BODIES

*CONSTRAINED_RIVET_ID

*CONSTRAINED_SPOTWELD_FILTERED_FORCE_ID

*CONSTRAINED_SPOTWELD_ID

*CONSTRAINED_TIED-BREAK

*CONTACT_1D

*CONTACT_AIRBAG_SINGLE_SURFACE

*CONTACT_AUTO_MOVE

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_GENERAL

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_GENERAL_INTERIOR

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_NODES_TO_SURFACE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 39

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_NODES_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURF
ACE

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURF
ACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_
TIEBREAK

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SINGLE_SURFACE

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SINGLE_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_AUTOMATIC_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_TIEBRE
AK

*CONTACT_CONSTRAINT_NODES_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_CONSTRAINT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
*CONTACT_COUPLING

*CONTACT_DRAWBEAD

*CONTACT_ENTITY

*CONTACT_ERODING_NODES_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_ERODING_SINGLE_SURFACE

*CONTACT_ERODING_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_FORCE_TRANSDUCER_CONSTRAINT

*CONTACT_FORCE_TRANSDUCER_PENALTY

*CONTACT_FORMING_NODES_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_FORMING_NODES_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_FORMING_ONEWAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_FORMING_ONEWAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_FORMING_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_FORMING_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_GEBOD_OPTION

40 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *CONTACT_GUIDED_CABLE

*CONTACT_GUIDED_CABLE_SET

*CONTACT_INTERIOR

*CONTACT_NODES_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_NODES_TO_SURFACE_INTERFERENCE

*CONTACT_NODES_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_INTERFE
RENCE

*
CONTACT_ONE_WAY_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_RIGID_BODY_ONE_WAY_TO_RIGID_BODY

*CONTACT_RIGID_BODY_TWO_WAY_TO_RIGID_BODY

*CONTACT_RIGID_NODES_TO_RIGID_BODY

*CONTACT_RIGID_SURFACE

*CONTACT_SINGLE_EDGE

*CONTACT_SINGLE_SURFACE

*CONTACT_SLIDING_ONLY

*CONTACT_SLIDING_ONLY_PENALTY

*CONTACT_SPOTWELD

*CONTACT_SPOTWELD_WITH_TORSION

*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_CONTRACTION_JOIN
T

*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_INTERFERENCE

*CONTACT_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_SMOOTH

*CONTACT_TIEBREAK_NODES_ONLY

*CONTACT_TIEBREAK_NODES_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_TIEBREAK_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_TIED_NODES_TO_SURFACE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 41

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *CONTACT_TIED_NODES_TO_SURFACE_CONSTRAINED_
OFFSET

*CONTACT_TIED_NODES_TO_SURFACE_OFFSET

*CONTACT_TIED_SHELL_EDGE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_TIED_SHELL_EDGE_TO_SURFACE_BEAM_OF
FSET

*CONTACT_TIED_SHELL_EDGE_TO_SURFACE_OFFSET

*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE

*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_CONSTRAINED
_OFFSET

*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE_FAILURE

*CONTROL_ACCURACY

*CONTROL_ADAPSTEP

*CONTROL_ADAPTIVE

*CONTROL_ADAPTIVE_CURVE

*CONTROL_ALE

*CONTROL_BULK_VISCOSITY

*CONTROL_CHECK

*CONTROL_CHECK_SHELL

*CONTROL_COARSEN

*CONTROL_CONTACT

*CONTROL_COUPLING

*CONTROL_CPU

*CONTROL_DAMPING (Old DYNA card for input only)

*CONTROL_DYNAMIC_RELAXATION

*CONTROL_EFG

*CONTROL_ENERGY

*CONTROL_EXPLOSIVE_SHADOW

42 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *CONTROL_FORMING_POSITION

*CONTROL_FORMING_PROJECTION

*CONTROL_FORMING_TEMPLATE

*CONTROL_FORMING_TRAVEL

*CONTROL_FORMING_USER

*CONTROL_HOURGLASS

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_AUTO

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_BUCKLE

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_DYNAMICS

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_EIGENVALUE

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_GENERAL

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_INERTIA_RELIEF

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_JOINTS

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_MODES

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_SOLUTION

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_SOLVER

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_STABILIZATION

*CONTROL_IMPLICIT_TERMINATION

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_AUTOMATIC

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_CHECK_SPEED

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_CONTACT_DISTRIBUTE

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_CONTACT_ISOLATE

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_FILE

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_METHOD

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_NUMPROC

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_SHOW

*CONTROL_MPP_DECOMPOSITION_TRANSFORMATION

*CONTROL_MPP_IO_NOD3DUMP

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 43

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *CONTROL_MPP_IO_NODUMP

*CONTROL_MPP_IO_NOFULL

*CONTROL_MPP_IO_SWAPBYTES

*CONTROL_NONLOCAL

*CONTROL_OUTPUT

*CONTROL_PARALLEL

*CONTROL_REMESHING

*CONTROL_RIGID

*CONTROL_SHELL

*CONTROL_SOLID

*CONTROL_SOLUTION

*CONTROL_SPH

*CONTROL_SPOTWELD_BEAM

*CONTROL_STAGED_CONSTRUCTION

*CONTROL_STRUCTURED

*CONTROL_STRUCTURED_TERM

*CONTROL_SUBCYCLE

*CONTROL_TERMINATION

*CONTROL_THERMAL_NONLINEAR

*CONTROL_THERMAL_SOLVER

*CONTROL_THERMAL_TIMESTEP

*CONTROL_TIMESTEP

*DAMPING_GLOBAL

*DAMPING_PART_STIFFNESS_SET

*DAMPING_POROSITY

*DAMPING_RELATIVE

*DAMPING_FREQUENCY_RANGE (Partially Supported)

*DAMPING_PART_MASS (Partially Supported)

44 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *DAMPING_PART_MASS_SET (Partially Supported)

*DAMPING_PART_STIFFNESS (Partially Supported)

*DATABASE_ABSTAT

*DATABASE_ADAMS

*DATABASE_AVSFLT

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3CRACK

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3DRLF

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3DUMP

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3PART

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3PLOT

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3PROP

*DATABASE_BINARY_D3THDT

*DATABASE_BINARY_FSIFOR

*DATABASE_BINARY_INTFOR

*DATABASE_BINARY_RUNRSF

*DATABASE_BINARY_XTFILE

*DATABASE_BNDOUT

*DATABASE_CROSS_SECTION_PLANE
(Partially Supported)

*DATABASE_CROSS_SECTION_SET

*DATABASE_DCFAIL

*DATABASE_DEFGEO

*DATABASE_DEFORC

*DATABASE_ELOUT

*DATABASE_EXTENT_AVS

*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY

*DATABASE_EXTENT_MOVIE

*DATABASE_EXTENT_MPGS

*DATABASE_EXTENT_SSSTAT

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 45

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *DATABASE_FORMAT

*DATABASE_FSI

*DATABASE_GCEOUT

*DATABASE_GLSTAT

*DATABASE_H3OUT

*DATABASE_HISTORY_BEAM

*DATABASE_HISTORY_BEAM_ID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_BEAM_SET (Partially Supported)

*DATABASE_HISTORY_DISCRETE

*DATABASE_HISTORY_DISCRETE_ID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE

*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE_ID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE_LOCAL

*DATABASE_HISTORY_NODE_SET (Partially Supported)

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SEATBELT

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SEATBELT_ID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SHELL

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SHELL_ID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SOLID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SOLID_ID

*DATABASE_HISTORY_SPH

*DATABASE_HISTORY_TSHELL

*DATABASE_HISTORY_TSHELL_ID

*DATABASE_JNTFORC

*DATABASE_MATSUM

*DATABASE_MOVIE

*DATABASE_MPGS

*DATABASE_NCFORC

46 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *DATABASE_NODFOR

*DATABASE_NODOUT

*DATABASE_RBDOUT

*DATABASE_RCFORC

*DATABASE_RWFORC

*DATABASE_SBTOUT

*DATABASE_SECFORC

*DATABASE_SLEOUT

*DATABASE_SPCFORC

*DATABASE_SPHOUT

*DATABASE_SPRING_FORWARD

*DATABASE_SSSTAT

*DATABASE_SUPERPLASTIC_FORMING

*DATABASE_SWFORC

*DATABASE_TPRINT

*DATABASE_TRACER

*DATABASE_TRHIST

*DEFINE_ALEBAG_BAG

*DEFINE_ALEBAG_HOLE

*DEFINE_ALEBAG_INJECTOR

*DEFINE_BOX

*DEFINE_BOX_ADAPTIVE

*DEFINE_BOX_COARSEN

*DEFINE_BOX_DRAWBEAD

*DEFINE_BOX_SPH

*DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES

*DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES_ADD

*DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 47

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *DEFINE_COORDINATE_SYSTEM

*DEFINE_COORDINATE_VECTOR

*DEFINE_CURVE

*DEFINE_FRICTION

*DEFINE_GROUND_MOTION

*DEFINE_SD_ORIENTATION

*DEFINE_TABLE

*DEFINE_TRANSFORMATION

*DEFINE_VECTOR

*DEFORMABLE_TO_RIGID

*DEFORMABLE_TO_RIGID_AUTOMATIC

*DEFORMABLE_TO_RIGID_INERTIA

*ELEMENT_BEAM

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID_ORIENTATION (Partially
Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID_SCALAR
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_PID_SCALR
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALAR
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALAR_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALR (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SCALR_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SECTION
(Partially Supported)

48 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SECTION_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_SECTION_PID
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS_PID
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_OFFSET_THICKNESS_SCALAR
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_ORIENTATION (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID_SCALAR (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_PID_SCALR (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALAR (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALAR_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALR (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALR_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SECTION (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SECTION_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_SECTION_PID (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS_ORIENTATION
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS_PID (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_BEAM_THICKNESS_SCALAR
(Partially Supported)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 49

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *ELEMENT_BEAM_WARPAGE (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_DISCRETE

*ELEMENT_MASS

*ELEMENT_MASS_NODE_SET

*ELEMENT_MASS_PART

*ELEMENT_MASS_PART_SET

*ELEMENT_PLOTEL (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SEATBELT

*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_ACCELEROMETER

*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_PRETENSIONER

*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_RETRACTOR

*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_SENSOR

*ELEMENT_SEATBELT_SLIPRING

*ELEMENT_SHELL

*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA_OFFSET (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_DOF (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_MCID (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_MCID_OFFSET (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_OFFSET (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS (Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_BETA
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_BETA_OFFSET (Partially
Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_MCID
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_MCID_OFFSET
(Partially Supported)

50 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS_OFFSET
(Partially Supported)

*ELEMENT_SOLID

*ELEMENT_TSHELL

*EOS_GASKET

*EOS_GRUNEISEN

*EOS_IDEAL_GAS

*EOS_IGNITION_AND_GROWTH_OF_REACTION_IN_HE

*EOS_JWL

*EOS_JWLB

*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL

*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL_WITH_ENERGY_LEAK

*EOS_PROPELLANT_DEFLAGRATION

*EOS_RATIO_OF_POLYNOMIALS

*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY

*EOS_TABULATED

*EOS_TABULATED_COMPACTION

*EOS_TENSOR_PORE_COLLAPSE

*HOURGLASS

*INCLUDE

*INCLUDE_TRANSFORM

*INITIAL_AXIAL_FORCE_BEAM

*INITIAL_DETONATION

*INITIAL_FOAM_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY
(Partially Supported)

*INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE

*INITIAL_STRESS_SECTION

*INITIAL_TEMPERATURE_NODE

*INITIAL_TEMPERATURE_SET

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 51

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *INITIAL_VEHICLE_KINEMATICS

*INITIAL_VELOCITY

*INITIAL_VELOCITY_GENERATION

*INITIAL_VELOCITY_NODE

*INITIAL_VELOCITY_RIGID_BODY

*INITIAL_VOID_PART

*INITIAL_VOID_SET

*INITIAL_VOLUME_FRACTION_GEOMETRY
(Partially Supported)

*INTEGRATION_BEAM (Partially Supported)

*INTEGRATION_SHELL (Partially Supported)

*KEYWORD

*KEYWORD_ID

*LOAD_BEAM_ELEMENT

*LOAD_BEAM_SET

*LOAD_BODY_GENERALIZED

*LOAD_BODY_PARTS

*LOAD_BODY_RX

*LOAD_BODY_RY

*LOAD_BODY_RZ

*LOAD_BODY_X

*LOAD_BODY_Y

*LOAD_BODY_Z

*LOAD_NODE_POINT

*LOAD_NODE_SET

*LOAD_RIGID_BODY

*LOAD_SEGMENT

*LOAD_SEGMENT_SET

*LOAD_SHELL_ELEMENT

52 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *LOAD_SHELL_SET

*LOAD_STIFFEN_PART

*LOAD_THERMAL_CONSTANT

*LOAD_THERMAL_CONSTANT_NODE

*LOAD_THERMAL_LOAD_CURVE

*LOAD_THERMAL_TOPAZ

*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE

*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE_NODE

*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE_SHELL

*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE_SHELL_SET

*LOAD_THERMAL_VIBRO_ACOUSTIC

*LOAD_VOLUME_LOSS

MAT001: *MAT_ELASTIC

MAT001: *MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID

MAT002: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC

MAT002: *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_ELASTIC

MAT003: *MAT_PLASTIC_KINEMATIC

MAT004: *MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_THERMAL

MAT005: *MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM

MAT006: *MAT_VISCOELASTIC

MAT007: *MAT_BLATZ-KO_RUBBER

MAT008: *MAT_HIGH_EXPLOSIVE_BURN

MAT009: *MAT_NULL

MAT010: *MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO

MAT011: *MAT_STEINBERG

MAT011: *MAT_STEINBERG_LUND

MAT012: *MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC

MAT013: *MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_FAILURE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 53

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MAT014: *MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM_FAILURE

MAT015: *MAT_JOHNSON_COOK

MAT016: *MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR

MAT017: *MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK

MAT018: *MAT_POWER_LAW_PLASTICITY

MAT019: *MAT_STRAIN_RATE_DEPENDENT_PLASTICITY

MAT020: *MAT_RIGID

MAT021: *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_THERMAL

MAT022: *MAT_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE

MAT023:
*MAT_TEMPARATURE_DEPENDENT_ORTHOTROPIC

MAT024: *MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY

MAT025: *MAT_GEOLOGIC_CAP_MODEL

MAT026: *MAT_HONEYCOMB

MAT027: *MAT_MOONEY-RIVLIN_RUBBER

MAT028: *MAT_RESULTANT_PLASTICITY

MAT029: *MAT_FORCE_LIMITED

MAT030: *MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY

MAT031: *MAT_FRAZER_NASH_RUBBER_MODEL

MAT032: *MAT_LAMINATED_GLASS

MAT033: *MAT_BARLAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTICITY

MAT033_96: *MAT_BARLAT_YLD96

MAT034: *MAT_FABRIC

MAT035: *MAT_PLASTIC_GREEN-NAGHDI_RATE

MAT036: *MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT

MAT037:
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC

MAT037:
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
_ECHANGE

54 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MAT038: *MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM

MAT039: *MAT_FLD_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC

MAT040: *MAT_NONLINEAR_ORTHOTROPIC

MAT041-050: *MAT_USER_DEFINED_MATERIAL

MAT051: *MAT_BAMMAN

MAT052: *MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE

MAT053: *MAT_CLOSED_CELL_FOAM

MAT054-055: *MAT_ENHANCED_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE

MAT057: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM

MAT058: *MAT_LAMINATED_COMPOSITE_FABRIC

MAT059: *MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_MODEL

MAT059: *MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_SHELL_MODEL

MAT059: *MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_SOLID_MODEL

MAT060: *MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY

MAT061: *MAT_KELVIN-MAXWELL_VISCOELASTIC

MAT062: *MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM

MAT063: *MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM

MAT064:
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POWERLAW_PLASTICITY

MAT065: *MAT_MODIFIED_ZERILLI_ARMSTRONG

MAT066: *MAT_LINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT067: *MAT_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT068: *MAT_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT069: *MAT_SID_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT070:
*MAT_HYDRAULIC_GAS_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT071: *MAT_CABLE_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT072: *MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE

MAT073: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_VISCOUS_FOAM

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 55

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MAT074: *MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT075: *MAT_BILKU/DUBOIS_FOAM

MAT076: *MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC

MAT077_H: *MAT_HYPERELASTIC_RUBBER

MAT077_O: *MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER

MAT078 :*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE

MAT079: *MAT_HYSTERIC_SOIL

MAT080: *MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD

MAT081-082: *MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE

MAT083: *MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM

MAT084_085: *MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETER

MAT086: *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_VISCOELASTIC

MAT087: *MAT_CELLULAR_RUBBER

MAT088: *MAT_MTS

MAT089: *MAT_PLASTICITY_POLYMER

MAT090: *MAT_ACOUSTIC

MAT091: *MAT_SOFT_TISSUE

MAT093:
*MAT_ELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT094: *MAT_INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT095:
*MAT_INELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT096: *MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE

MAT097: *MAT_GENERAL_JOINT_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT098: *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK

MAT099:
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK_ORTHOTROPIC_DAM
AGE

MAT100: *MAT_SPOTWELD

MAT100: *MAT_SPOTWELD _DAMAGE

56 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MAT100_DA:*MAT_SPOTWELD_DAIMLER_CHRYSLER

MAT101: *MAT_GEPLASTIC_SRATE_2000a

MAT102: MAT_INV_HYPERBOLIC_SIN

MAT103: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTIC

MAT103: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC

MAT104: *MAT_DAMAGE_1

MAT105: *MAT_DAMAGE_2

MAT106: *MAT_ELASTIC_VISCOPLASTIC_THERMAL

MAT110: *MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CERAMICS

MAT111: *MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CONCRETE

MAT112: *MAT_FINITE_ELASTIC_STRAIN_PLASTICITY

MAT114: *MAT_LAYERED_LINEAR_PLASTICITY

MAT115: *MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP

MAT116: *MAT_COMPOSITE_LAYUP

MAT117: *MAT_COMPOSITE_MATRIX

MAT118: *MAT_COMPOSITE_DIRECT

MAT119:
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT120: *MAT_GURSON

MAT120: *MAT_GURSON_JC

MAT120: *MAT_GURSON_RCDC

MAT121:
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_1DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT122: *MATHILL_3R

MAT123:
*MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY

MAT123:
*MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY_RATE

MAT124: *MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION

MAT126: *MAT_MODIFIED_HONEYCOMB

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 57

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MAT127: *MAT_ARRUDA_BOYCE_RUBBER

MAT128: *MAT_HEART_TISSUE

MAT129: *MAT_LUNG_TISSUE

MAT130: *MAT_SPECIAL_ORTHOTROPIC

MAT133: *MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000

MAT139: *MAT_MODIFIED_FORCE_LIMITED

MAT140: *MAT_VACUUM

MAT141: *MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POLYMER

MAT142:
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_CRUSHABLE_FOA
M

MAT143: *MAT_WOOD_OPTION

MAT144: *MAT_PITZER_CRUSHABLE_FOAM

MAT145: *MAT_SCHWER_MURRAY_CAP_MODEL

MAT146: *MAT_1DOF_GENERALIZED_SPRING

MAT147: *MAT_FHWA_SOIL

MAT147: *MAT_FHWA_SOIL_NBRASKA

MAT148: *MAT_GAS_MIXTURE

MAT150: *MAT_CFD_OPTION

MAT154: *MAT_DESHPANDE_FLECK_FOAM

MAT158: *MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_COMPOSITE_FABRIC

MAT161,162: *MAT_COMPOSITE_{OPTION}

MAT163: *MAT_MODIFIED_CRUSHABLE_FOAM

MAT165: *MAT_PLASTIC_NONLINEAR_KINEMATIC

MAT166: *MAT_MOMENT_CURVATURE_BEAM

MAT167: *MAT_MCCORMICK

MAT168: *MAT_POLYMER

MAT169: *MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE

MAT170: *MAT_RESULTANT_ANISOTROPIC

58 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MAT176: *MAT_QUASILINEAR_VISCOELASTIC

MAT177: *MAT_HILL_FOAM

MAT178: *MAT_VISCOELASTIC_HILL_FOAM

MAT179: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM

MAT179: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM
_WITH_FAILURE

MAT179:
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_ORTHO

MAT179:
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_ORTHO
_WITH_FAILURE

MAT181: *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER

MAT187: *MAT_SAMP-1

MAT190: *MAT_FLD_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT

MAT191: *MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM

MAT192: *MAT_SOIL_BRIC

MAT193: *MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER

MAT194: *MAT_RS_SHEAR_WALL

MAT195: *MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM

MAT196: *MAT_GENERAL_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM

MAT197: *MAT_SEISMIC_ISOLATOR

MAT198: *MAT_JOINTED_ROCK

S01: *MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC

S02: *MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS

S03: *MAT_SPRING_ELASTOPLASTIC

S04: *MAT_SPRING_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC

S05: *MAT_DAMPER_NONLINEAR_VISCUOUS

S06: *MAT_SPRING_GENERAL_NONLINEAR

S07: *MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL

S08: *MAT_SPRING_INELASTIC

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 59

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 S13: *MAT_SPRING_TRILINEAR_DEGRADING

S14: *MAT_SPRING_SQUAT_SHEARWALL

S15: *MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE

T01: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC

T02: *MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC

T03: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD

T04: *MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC_TD

T05: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_PHASE_CHANGE

T06: *MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD_LC

B01: *MAT_SEATBELT

*NODE_TRANSFORM

*PARAMETER

*PART

*PART_ADAPTIVE_FAILURE

*PART_ATTACHMENT_NODES (Partially Supported)

*PART_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT
(Partially Supported)

*PART_COMPOSITE

*PART_COMPOSITE_CONTACT

*PART_CONTACT

*PART_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES
(Partially Supported)

*PART_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT (Partially
Supported)

*PART_CONTACT_PRINT

*PART_INERTIA

*PART_INERTIA_ATTACHMENT_NODES
(Partially Supported)

*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT

60 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *PART_INERTIA_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES
(Partially Supported)

*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES_PRINT
(Partially Supported)

*PART_INERTIA_CONTACT_PRINT

*PART_INERTIA_PRINT

*PART_MODES

*PART_MOVE

*PART_PRINT

*PART_REPOSITION

*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT

*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES
(Partially Supported)

*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT_ATTACHMENT_NODES_P
RINT

*PART_REPOSITION_CONTACT_INERTIA

*PART_REPOSITION_PRINT

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_CYLINDER

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_CYLINDER_MOTION

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_FLAT

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_FLAT_MOTION

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_PRISM

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_PRISM_MOTION

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_SPHERE

*RIGIDWALL_GEOMETRIC_SPHERE_MOTION

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE_FORCES

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE_MOVING

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 61

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FINITE_MOVING_FORCES

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_FORCES

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_MOVING

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_MOVING_FORCES

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO_FINITE

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO_FINITE_FORCES

*RIGIDWALL_PLANAR_ORTHO_FORCES

*SECTION_BEAM

*SECTION_DISCRETE

*SECTION_SEATBELT

*SECTION_SHELL

*SECTION_SHELL_ALE

*SECTION_SHELL_EFG

*SECTION_SOLID

*SECTION_SOLID_ALE

*SECTION_SOLID_EFG

*SECTION_SPH

*SECTION_SPRING_DAMPER

*SECTION_TSHELL

*SENSOR_CONTROL

*SENSOR_DEFINE_CALC-MATH

*SENSOR_DEFINE_ELEMENT

*SENSOR_DEFINE_FORCE

*SENSOR_DEFINE_NODE

*SENSOR_SWITCH

*SENSOR_SWITCH_CALC-LOGIC

*SET_BEAM

62 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 *SET_BEAM_GENERAL

*SET_BEAM_GENERATE

*SET_DISCRETE

*SET_MULTI-MATERIAL_GROUP_LIST

*SET_NODE_ADD

*SET_NODE_COLUMN (Partially Supported)

*SET_NODE_LIST

*SET_NODE_LIST_GENERAL

*SET_NODE_LIST_GENERATE

*SET_PART_COLUMN (Partially Supported)

*SET_PART_LIST

*SET_SEGMENT

*SET_SHELL_COLUMN (Partially Supported)

*SET_SHELL_LIST

*SET_SOLID

*SET_TSHELL

*TITLE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 63

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Starting HyperCrash

Launching HyperCrash on Windows:

1. From the Start menu, select All Pro gra m s .

2. Select Alta ir H y pe rW o rks [v e rs io n].

3. Select H y pe rC ra s h.

Upon launching HyperCrash, the Startup screen will appear. At the bottom of the startup
screen the following can be set:

the Working directory

the User profile

the Unit system

the User interface style

64 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 65

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

LS-DYNA and RADIOSS Profiles
HyperCrash includes support for LS-DYNA and RADIOSS. Included in this support are the
following:

A user has the ability to define contact interfaces, initial velocities, control cars, etc.

All available parameters can be set.

Extended descriptions from the LS-DYNA and RADIOSS manuals are included.

Intuitive visualization and review is included.

HyperCrash includes support for LS-DYNA cards and RADIOSS keywords.

There are some features in the LS-DYNA and RADIOSS profiles that do not exist or are limited
in other User profiles.

LS-DYNA

The menu option Lsdyna Tools is only available in the LS-DYNA profile. This menu option
allows you to create additional LS-DYNA cards that are not loads.

In addition, there are other sub-menu options that are unique to the LS-DYNA profile in the
Connections, Mesh Editing, Model, LoadCase and Data History menus.

You can create and edit properties for most of the Lsdyna Tools, Connections, Mesh
Editing, Model and LoadCase menus by right-clicking in the panel that opens when you
make a menu selection and choose C re a te Ne w.

In the lower panel, right-click in each field corresponding to an aspect of the card to choose
an option for that field, or modify the entry by typing a new value.

The Dummy Positioner differs in the LS-DYNA profile, as well. Instead of importing a dummy
model using the Dummy Positioner, LS-DYNA users will import the dummy file by using the File
> Im po rt menu option. The dummy is then manipulated using the Dummy Positioner. This is
discussed in more detail in Dummy Positioner.

RADIOSS

The menu option Radioss Tools is only available in the RADIOSS profile. In addition, some
sub-menu options are unique to the RADIOSS profile.

Only in the RADIOSS profile, when setting Unit systems, a dialog appears confirming the
conversion.

Support of long path file names is now supported for RADIOSS.

The option to rename the RADIOSS sub-model is now available from the browser listing.

66 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Start-up Settings

Working Directory - Windows

1. Click the open folder icon.

A Browse for Folder dialog appears.

2. Select the working directory path.

3. Click O K.

Working Directory - Linux

When launching HyperCrash from Linux, the pop-up that appears allows the option to set the
HyperCrash Start directory as the working directory.

1. ..cd to the directory which you want to run HyperCrash.

User Profile

The choices available in the User profile pull-down are:

LSDYNA

PAM2G

RADIOSS V4

RADIOSS V5

RADIOSS V9

RADIOSS V10

RADIOSS V11

For most of these profiles, the sub-menus in HyperCrash may differ slightly from one to
another.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 67

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

The LS-DYNA profile, however, is the most noticeably different when contrasted to the other
profiles. There is a menu option that is only found in the LS-DYNA profile called Lsdyna
Tools, and there are some other differences in the sub-menus of Connections, Mesh
Editing, Model and LoadCase. In this document, options that are only applicable to the LS-
DYNA profile will be marked as such. For additional information on the LS-DYNA user profile,
refer to LS-DYNA and RADIOSS Profiles.

Unit System

The choices in the Unit system pull-down are:

N m s kg

N mm ms g

N mm s T

kN mm ms kg

kgf mm s

When a units environment has been chosen for a model, only the databases within that
particular units environment will be available to you for the model.

The following table is an explanation of the units environment choices:

Environmen Force Length Time Weight

t

N_m_s_kg N = Newton m = meter s = second kg =

kilogram
= 103 gram

N_mm_ms_g N = Newton mm = ms = g = gram

millimeter millisecond
= 10-3 = 10-3
meter second

68 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Environmen Force Length Time Weight
t

N_mm_s_T N = Newton mm = s = second T = ton

millimeter
= 10-3
meter

kN_mm_ms_k kN = mm = ms = kg =
g kilonewton millimeter millisecond kilogram
= 103 = 10-3 = 10-3 = 103 gram
Newton meter second

kgf_mm_s kgf = mm = s = second

kilogram millimeter
force = 10-3
meter

RADIOSS User Profile (Only)

The following Import Choice for Units dialog will appear if the units of measure chosen is in
question.

Clicking the M o re Info ... button, which is only available when in the RADIOSS user profile,
will produce the following Info dialog stating the importance of correctly selecting the units
for the session.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 69

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

User Interface Style

There are three interface styles available to select from:

New

Standard

Classic

Start-up Setting

If Always show at start-up is selected, the user profile will open with the option to change
the settings. If Always show at start-up is not selected, HyperCrash will open with the
settings previously set.

After HyperCrash is invoked, this feature can be changed through the Options menu.

70 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Main Window

HyperCrash's main window includes the following components:

Menu bar

Toolbar

Notebook window

Message window

HyperCrash Main Window

The graphics area occupies the right portion of the screen.

Menu Bar

The menu bar contains menus for each module in HyperCrash, as well as sub-menus for
performing common functions.

RADIOSS menu bar

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 71

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 LS-DYNA Menu Bar

Select the desired menu:

File From the File menu, you can import, export, or merge model files, or print
the contents of a window to output as a .jpeg or .png file. For details
about using the File menu, go to File.
Quality From the Quality menu, you can check the quality of different aspects of
the model, such as connections, intersections, and elements. You can
access the Model Checker from this menu. For details about using the
Quality menu, go to Quality.

Connections From the Connections menu, you can create, modify, and manage
connections in a model, such as spotwelds, bolts, glues, weldlines, and
hemmings. For details about using the Connections menu, go to
Connections.

In LS-DYNA, new connections are available: Solid spotweld, clip, Mig weld,
adhesive, laser and more.

Mesh Editing From the Mesh Editing menu, you can create and modify nodes, elements,
parts, and rigid bodies in a model. For details about using the Mesh Editing
menu, go to Mesh Editing.

Mass From the Mass menu, you can compute, manage, and modify the mass of a
model or of specific parts of a model. For details on using the Mass menu, go
to Mass.

Model From the Model menu, you can create or modify materials, or encrypt the
materials and properties in a model. You can also access the Units Manager
, view statistical data, or run failure models. For details on using the Model
menu, go to Model.

LoadCase From the LoadCase menu, you can create or modify different types loads,
masses, volumes, displacements, etc. For details on using the LoadCase
menu, go to Loadcase.

Radioss Tools From the Radioss Tools menu, you can create Rayleigh damping, failure
model, transformations and encryptions. For details on using the Radioss
Tools menu, go to Radioss Tools.

Lsdyna Tools From the Lsdyna Tools menu, you can create additional LS-DYNA cards that
are not loads. For details on using the Lsdyna Tools menu, go to Lsdyna
Tools.

Data History From the Data History menu, you can create, modify, and import data
about a model. For details on using the Data History menu, go to Data
History.

72 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Safety From the Safety menu, you can access the Dummy Positioner, Seat
Deformer, Belt Generator, or Airbag Folder applications. You can also use
the HComfort application to scale and position the human model and detect
and mesh 3D organs. For details on using the Safety menu, go to Safety.

Process From the Process menu, you can access the Parameterization applications,
Results Mapper, and the Model Manager. You can also work with submodeling
and element timestep. For details on using the Process menu, go to Process
.

Options From the Options menu, you can choose options for the display and start-
up settings, rendering options, as well as the mouse settings, and picking
behaviors. For details on using the Options menu, go to Options.

Help From the Help menu, you can access this online help document. Click the
H e lp menu, and select H y pe rC ra s h. For details on using online help, go to
Using HyperWorks Help in Introduction to Altair HyperWorks.

Toolbar

Directly below the menu bar is the toolbar which contains icons that control the view of the
model in the graphic display and provides information about the model and its entities. For
details on using the toolbar, go to Toolbars.

Notebook Window

All the open menus are displayed as different tabbed panels in the Notebook window.

The default panel is the Tree window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 73

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Message Window

All messages and information are displayed in the Message window, located beneath the
Notebook window.

Click (C le a r) to clear all messages from the window.

74 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Toolbars

The toolbar above the graphic window contains options for controlling the model display, and
for finding information about entities in the display. These options are accessed by clicking
the icon buttons on the toolbar.

The Module Choice Toolbar and Active Menu Bar from the Classic interface have been
replaced with a Menu Bar for the New and Standard interface.

The Model Display and Pick Info options from the Classic interface have been reorganized
and moved to a horizontal toolbar across the top of the HyperCrash window in the New or
Standard interface.

Review the following table to find an icon button in Classic mode and the corresponding icon
button in New and Standard mode.

When you are loading your model, all the parts are visible in the Graphic Window, called the
Front Screen. To get a better view of the parts you are working on, or to help you gain a
better understanding of the model, you can remove the selected parts from the Front Screen
. The unselected parts are visible in the Graphic Window, called the Reverse Screen. This
is the HyperCrash Show / No Show system.

Model Display functions: Classic, New and Standard

Behavior Classic Button New and Standard

Button

Refresh

Views

, , ,
, , ,

Draw Move

, , , , ,
, , , ,
,
, ,

Reverse
Display

Fit Model

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 75

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Behavior Classic Button New and Standard
Button

Display All

Isolate by
Element Type
, , , , , , , , ,

Mask by
Element Type
, , , , ,
, , , ,

Display by
Element Type
, , , , ,
, , , ,

Display by
Tree Selection

, , , , , ,

On/Off Details

Control
Transparency
Level

On/Off Free
Nodes

On/Off Solid
Skin

Display Graphic
Objects
see FE objects icons see FE objects icons

Mask All

76 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Behavior Classic Button New and Standard
Button

Unmask
Selected Parts

Display Parts
Connected to
Selected Parts

Display Parts in
Node Proximity

Mask Selected
Parts

Display
Connected
Elements
, ,
, ,

Control Display
Element

, , , , , ,

Mask Boxed
Parts

Isolate
Selected Parts

Isolate Boxed
Parts

Display Mode

, , , , ,
, , , ,

Pick Info functions: Classic, New and Standard

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 77

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Behavior Classic Button New and Standard
Button

Show Node Info

Node Info by ID

Show Element
Info

Element Info by
ID

Show Object
Info

Object Info by
ID

Distance
Between Two
Nodes

Angle Between
Three Nodes

Pick Part, Add to --

Selected Part in
the Tree

Use box to Add --

Selected Parts
in the Tree

FE objects icons - New and Standard mode

Some of the FE objects and their icons in the HyperCrash 11.0 toolbar vary from LS-DYNA to
RADIOSS, and even from version to version of RADIOSS.
However, all the available FE objects' icons are accessible by clicking the Display Graphics

icon in the toolbar. Mousing over each icon will display its function.

78 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

FE objects icons - Classic mode

The FE objects' icons in the Classic mode are accessible by clicking in the Model Display
area. Mousing over each icon will display its function.

Button Behavior

Show / No Show Rigid Walls (F5)

Show / No Show Rigid Bodies (F6)

Show / No Show Initial Velocities (F7)

Show / No Show Interfaces (SHIFT / F7)

Show / No Show Imposed Velocities

Show / No Show Imposed Displacements

Show / No Show Concentrated Loads

Show / No Show Pressure Loads

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 79

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Show / No Show Gravity

Show / No Show Added Masses (SHIFT / F5)

Show / No Show Boundary Conditions (SHIFT / F6)

Show / No Show Cylindrical Joints

Show / No Show Rigid Links

Show / No Show Monitored Volumes

Show / No Show Section

Show / No Show Accelerometer

Show / No Show RBE3

Show / No Show Bolt

Show / No Show Glue

Show / No Show Hemming

Show / No Show Spotweld

Show / No Show Welding Line

80 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Display Options
Control the Graphic Display

Click (or CTRL + F) to refresh the screen.

Click (or CTRL + R) to fit the displayed parts to the screen in the graphic window.

Click and choose an option from the drop-down menu to display the model in a
predefined view:

to display XY view (same as F9 key)

to display YZ view (same as F10 key)

to display XZ view (same as F11 key)

to display XYZ (perspective) view (same as F12 key)

Click to adjust the transparency level of visible parts displayed in order to control
the control the visibility of other selected visible parts (same as the plus (+) and
minus ( - ) keys). This icon is used in conjunction with another corresponding module
transparency icon.
For example, to control the visibility of one part of a model, select the part in the Tree

panel, click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio n with Tra ns pa re ncy icon ( ), then click
and use the slider to adjust the transparency of all the rest of the parts.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 81

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Information Options

Finding node information

There are two options available in which to find node information:

select a node

enter a node identification number

To select a node:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Pick a node in the graphic window: the information about the node and the linked parts
are displayed in the message window.

3. If needed, pick another node.

4. When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the selection.

To enter a node ID:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. In the new sub-window, enter a node identification number.

3. Click O K or right-click the mouse button to validate the selection: the information
about the node and the linked parts are displayed in the message window.

4. Click C a nce l to cancel the selection.

Finding element information

There are two options available in which to find element information:

select an element

enter an element identification number

To select an element:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Pick an element in the graphic window: the information about the element and the
linked parts are displayed in the message window.

3. If needed, pick another element.

82 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 4. When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the selection.

To enter an element ID:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. In the new sub-window, enter an element identification number.

3. Click O K or right-click the mouse button to validate the selection: the information
about the element and the linked parts are displayed in the message window.

4. Click C a nce l to cancel the selection.

Finding part information

Note: To accept selection(s), either press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse
button; or select C a nce l.

There are four options available in which to find part information:

select a part

drag a box

pick parts and add to previous selection

drag a box and add to previous selection

To pick a part:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Pick parts in the graphic window.

To drag a box:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Select parts by dragging a box in the graphic window:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

To pick parts and add to a previous selection:

1. Click on the toolbar.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 83

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 2. Pick parts in the graphic window.

To drag a box and add to a previous selection:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Select parts by dragging a box in the graphic window:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Finding object information

There are two options available in which to find object information:

select an object

enter an object identification number

To pick an object:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Pick an object in the graphic window: the information about the object and the linked
parts are displayed in the message window.

3. If needed, pick another object.

4. When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the selection.

To enter an object ID:

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. In the new sub-window, enter an object identification number.

3. Click O K or right-click the mouse button to validate the selection: the information
about the object and the linked parts are displayed in the message window.

4. Click C a nce l to cancel the selection.

Finding distances and angles

84 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Distances

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Pick two nodes in the graphic window: the distance between the two selected nodes is
displayed in the message window.

3. If needed, pick two other nodes to find another distance.

4. When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the selection.

Angles

1. Click on the toolbar.

2. Pick three nodes in the graphic window: the angle between the three selected nodes is
displayed in the message window.

3. If needed, pick three other nodes to find another angle.

4. When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the selection.

See also
Display Options

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 85

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

86 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Dialog Menu Bar

Click Y e s , No or C a nce l to answer the question displayed on the Dialog menu bar which
appears at the bottom of the screen.

The following shortcuts can also be used:

The ENTER and Y keys have the same function as Y e s .

The N key has the same function as No .

The ESC key has the same function as C a nce l.

Right-click the mouse to accept part(s) selected.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 87

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Mouse and Keyboard Controls

Two mouse settings are now available:

the Classic HyperCrash mode

the HyperMesh/HyperWorks approach (New and Standard)

You can now switch from one mode to another while in an active session.

HyperMesh/HyperWorks Mouse Mode

Task Description

Rotations Press the CTRL key + left mouse button and move the mouse around.
The model rotates with the movement of the mouse.

Release the left mouse button and press it again to rotate the model
in a different direction.

Press the CTRL key and quick-click the left mouse button anywhere
on the model to pick a new center of rotation. Press the CTRL key +
left mouse button to rotate the model on this new center of rotation.

Translations Press the CTRL key + right mouse button and move the mouse
around. The model is panned (translated) according to the mouse
movement.

Zoom Press the CTRL key + middle mouse button, move the mouse around,
and then release the mouse button.

A white box is drawn according to the area of the mouse movement.

When the mouse button is released, HyperCrash zooms in on the
portion of the model where the box was drawn.

Press the CTRL key + quick-click the middle mouse button. The model
is fitted to the graphic window.

Press the CTRL key and spin the mouse wheel. The model zooms in or
out depending on which direction you spin the mouse wheel.

Classic HyperCrash Mouse Mode

Task Description

Rotations Middle + right mouse button:

88 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Press the C key and pick a node with the left mouse button to
change the center of rotation.

Press the CTRL and C keys to switch OFF the automatic center of
rotation.

Press the SHIFT and C keys to switch ON the automatic center of

rotation.

Translations Right mouse button:

Zoom Zoom in: middle mouse button and slide up:

Zoom out: middle mouse button and slide down.

Zoom box in: press the Z key and drag a box in the graphic window
with the left mouse button.

Zoom box out: press the SHIFT and Z keys and drag a box in the
graphic window with the left mouse button.

Display Controls

Display/hide Press the SHIFT key + left mouse button to display a part using quick
controls windows in any panel, as long as you are NOT in entity selection
mode.

Press the SHIFT key + right mouse button to hide a part using quick
windows in any panel, as long as you are NOT in entity selection
mode.

Pre-highlight Press the CTRL-SHIFT keys + left/right mouse button, move over the
part to pre-highlight.

Release the mouse button to display/hide the part.

Entity Selection

Advanced Press the SHIFT key + left mouse button to add an entity to the
selection selection using quick windows in a selection mode.

If in selection mode for nodes, SHIFT will add nodes.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 89

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Press the SHIFT key + right mouse button to remove an entity from
the selection using quick windows in a selection mode.

If in selection mode for nodes, SHIFT will remove nodes.

Single entity In entity selection mode, in a shaded mode for mesh, the selection
selection will only apply to entities on the outside area of the screen.

Click in the graphics area, as long as there is a corresponding entity

nearby, HyperCrash selects something.

A node is selected, even if the mouse cursor is not extremely close

to the node. HyperCrash identifies which element is in the area of
the mouse and finds the closets node.

Reselection Press the ALT key.

Note: If using Linux, the user must modify their system preferences to
enable this feature, as the ALT key is reserved.

Ellipse/Circle Selection

Ellipse Holding the SHIFT key while making a selection will change the
standard circle to ellipse.

Keyboard functions

Display Use the F5 key to display all the rigid w a lls.

entities
Use the F6 key to display all the rigid bodie s.

Use the F7 key to display all the init ia l v e loc it ie s.

Use the F8 key to display all the fre e node s (in white).

Use the SHIFT + F5 keys to display all the a dde d m a sse s.

Use the SHIFT + F6 keys to display all the bounda ry c ondit ions.

Use the SHIFT + F7 keys to display all the int e rfa c e s.

Use the SHIFT + F8 keys to remove all the options from the screen.

View settings Use the F9 key to display the model in the X Y pla ne .

Use the F10 key to display the model in the Y Z pla ne .

Use the F11 key to display the model in the X Z pla ne .

Use the F12 key to display the model in a pe rspe c t iv e v ie w .

Use the P key to switch to ort hogona l or pe rspe c t iv e v ie w .

90 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Zoom in: press the up arrow key on the keyboard.

Zoom out: press the down arrow key on the keyboard.

Background Use the S key to display the st a nda rd background color.

options
Use the W key to display a w hit e background color.

Use the B key to display a bla c k background color.

Highlight
option When highlighting a part using the button, use the:

plus (+) key to decrease the transparency.

minus ( - ) key to increase the transparency.

Other Use the:

shortcut keys
CTRL+F keys to refresh the display ( ).

CTRL+R keys to fit the model to the display ( ).

CTRL+S keys to view all parts of the model ( ).

CTRL+N keys to active the function show node info ( ).

CTRL+E keys to active the function show e le m e nt info ( ).

CTRL+P keys to active the function pic k pa rt info ( ).

CTRL+O keys to active the function show obje c t info ( ).

CTRL+D keys to active the function dist a nc e be t w e e n t w o node s (

).

CTRL+A keys to active the function a ngle be t w e e n t hre e node s (

).

CTRL+Z keys to active the function displa y pa rt in node proxim it y (

).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 91

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 CTRL+W keys to active the function displa y t he c onne c t e d pa rt (

).

Mouse functions

Quick clicks Click the red 'x' located at the right of the tab to close the tab.

Right-click the mouse at the tab toggles between the opened tabs

Common Functions Pop-Up Menu

In any field in the HyperCrash interface, you can right-click to access a pop-up menu with
common function choices: C ut, C o py , Pa s te , D e le te , Se le ct All, Input M e tho ds , and
Ins e rt Unico de C o ntro l C ha ra cte r. This might be used, for instance, if you have copied a
path to a directory, and wish to paste it into the Import File window's Selection field. In
this case, after copying the path, you would right-click in the Selection field and select
Pa s te .

92 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Tree

The Tree panel is the main control in HyperCrash where many essential functions are
conducted.

Button Behavior

to expand or collapse the tree.

to select or unselect all the parts in the tree.

Click the part line or assembly line in the listing window to select parts or
assemblies. Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT,
CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

to reverse the current tree selection.

to search a part in the tree by its name, ID, etc.

to add the selection in the graphic window.

to add the selection and fit it in the graphic window.

to remove the selection in the graphic window.

to isolate the selection in the graphic window.

to isolate the tree selection with transparency.

How do I...
Invoke the context menu

The context menu can be activated by right-clicking the mouse button.

1. Place the mouse cursor in the Tree window.

2. Select part(s) and/or subset(s) in the tree.

3. Click the right mouse button.

4. Make a selection from the context menu that appears.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 93

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Display and edit Selection List information

To Display:

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys, or by left-clicking on a selection and dragging the mouse pointer over other parts
and assemblies.

2. Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select Lis t Se le ctio n.

The Selection List window appears, as shown below.

94 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Id: part or assembly identification number

Name: part or assembly name

Elem Type: type of element (solid, shell, spring, truss, beam, etc.)

Elem Number:

Node Number:

PID: property identification number

MID: material identification number. (Springs and rivets have no material).

Mat Type: RADIOSS material law (law 2, law 27, law 36, etc.). (Springs and rivets
have no material).

Mat Name: material name. (Springs and rivets have no material).

Thickness/Area: part thickness for shell elements, cross section for beam and
truss elements.

Target Mass: theoretical mass of the part.

Class: part mesh class.

3. Click the top of desired column to sort the selection list by Id, Name, ..., etc.

4. Click Print to print the Selection List information.

5. Click C lo s e to close the Selection List window.

To Edit:

It is possible to make modifications from within the Selection List window by right-clicking
on one or several parts listed, as shown below.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 95

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 1. Select one or several parts and/or subsets, and:

Change the name of the part

Change the property of the part(s) or assembly(ies)*

Change the property and keep thickness of the part(s) or assembly(ies)*

Change the thickness of a part

Change the material of the part(s) or assembly(ies)*

Change the part ID

Cross reference

Open the search function

Define a mesh class

Check the connection

Delete the part

Set the selection in the tree

Show the mass detail of the selected part

* The properties or material of the parts under the assembly will be changed.

Search parts or assemblies in the tree

1. Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select Se a rch or click the

Search in Tree icon .

2. Select the As s e m bly , Pa rt or Subpa rt tab.

96 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 3. Enter parameter(s) in a field (or several fields) according to the desired search.

4. Toggle the replace selection radio button to replace the tree selection; or

Toggle the add to selection radio button to complete the tree selection.

5. Click s e a rch to search the part(s) or assembly(ies) in the tree.

6. Click clo s e to close the window.

Define mesh classes

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

2. Right-click the mouse button to open the context menu, select C la s s Se le ctio n.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 97

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 3. Select one of the following:

Click C la s s s to apply a standard mesh class.

Click C la s s 1 to apply a fine mesh class 1 (most severe criteria).

Click C la s s 2 to apply a mesh class 2.

Click C la s s 3 to apply a mesh class 3.

Click C la s s 4 to apply a coarse mesh class 4 (least severe criteria).

The mesh criteria and limits are defined in the file $hc/.hc_criteria.

Check connectivity of the parts

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

98 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 2. Click the Isolate Tree Selection icon to see only the selection in the graphic
window.

3. Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select C o nne ctiv ity .

The graphic window displays the parts connecting the following items to the selected
ones:

connections (spotwelds, bolts, glue, welding line, hemming)

rigid links

rigid bodies

cylindrical joints

tied interface (type 2)

Common nodes

4. Answer the question in the dialog menu bar.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 99

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Find part connections

Part connections (spotwelds, glue, bolts, hemming, welding line)

1. In the Tree window, select part(s).

Several parts can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

2. Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select C o nne ctio ns .

3. In the Tree window, select assembly(ies).

4. Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select Inte rna l C o nne ctio ns to
find the connections between the parts in the selected assembly(ies).

or

Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select E xte rna l C o nne ctio ns to
find the connections of the selected assembly(ies) with the rest of the model.

In the Notebook lower part window, the part(s) selected, their connections (bolts,
spotwelds), and the connected parts are listed.

100 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 5. In this window, select part(s) and/or connection(s).

6. Click the right mouse button to open a pop-up menu and select one of the following:

Click D is pla y Se le ctio n to display the selected parts and connections in the
graphic window.

Click D is pla y All to display all the listed parts and connections in the graphic
window.

Click Undis pla y Se le ctio n to remove the selected parts and connections from the
graphic window.

Click Undis pla y All to remove all the listed parts and connections from the graphic
window.

Click C le a r Tre e to remove the parts and connections from the Notebook lower
part window.

Modify the tree

Move parts or assemblies from one assembly to another

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

2. Using the middle mouse button, drag this selection into the destination assembly.

Create a new subset (new assembly)

1. Open the context menu (right mouse button) and select Ne w As s e m bly .

A Change Name dialog appears.

2. In the name field, enter the new assembly name.

3. Click O k to validate the name modification; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the name modification.

Change a name (for a part or an assembly)

1. Open the context menu (right mouse button) and select C ha nge Na m e .

A Change Name dialog appears.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 101

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 2. In the name field, enter the new name.

3. Click O k to validate the name modification; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the name modification.

Switch from physical part to assembly

1. Select a physical part.

2. Open the context menu (right mouse button) and select C ha nge Phy s ica l Pa rt into
As s e m bly .

Another control is the Model Browser (from the Model menu, select B ro ws e r). The Model
Browser allows you to view all the objects (parts, materials, properties, node groups, any
include files, etc.) that belong to a model in a flat view or an expandable/collapsible list.

102 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Edit Material, Property and Thickness

Change a Material

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

2. Open the context menu (right mouse button) and select Lis t Se le ctio n.

A Selection List window opens.

3. Select one or several parts in the Selection List window.

4. Click the right mouse button to open the context menu and select C ha nge M a te ria l.

A Material File dialog opens.

5. In the Material File window, select the new material and click O K..

A Material Review dialog opens.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 103

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The Material File window contains all the materials from the database. If some materials
are missing, the database must be updated.

6. For some material laws (law 2, law 36, etc.), the stress vs. strain curve appears. Modify
the parameters to be changed and click Apply to update the curve and Y e s in the pop-up
dialog window to confirm the change of material.

Change a Property
1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

104 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

2. Open the pop-up menu (right mouse button) and select Lis t Se le ctio n.

A Selection List window opens.

3. Highlight a part in the Selection List window.

4. Click the right mouse button to open a pop-up menu and select C ha nge Pro pe rty .

A Property File dialog opens.

5. In the Property File window, select the desired new property and click O K.

A Property Review dialog opens.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 105

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Change Property and Keep Thickness

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

2. Open the pop-up menu (right mouse button) and select Lis t Se le ctio n.

A Selection List window opens.

3. Highlight a part in the Selection List window.

4. Click the right mouse button to open a pop-up menu and select C ha nge Pro pe rty a nd
Ke e p Thickne s s .

5. In the Property File window, select the desired new property and click O K.

A Property Review dialog opens.

Change the Thickness of a Part

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

2. Open the pop-up menu (right mouse button) and select Lis t Se le ctio n.

A Selection List window opens.

3. Highlight a part in the Selection List window.

4. Click the right mouse button to open a pop-up menu and select C ha nge Thickne s s .

5. In the Change Thickness window, enter the new thickness and click O k.

106 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Delete Parts

You may choose to delete one or more parts or assemblies from your model. You can select
parts and assemblies to delete at the same time if you wish.

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies to be deleted.

Several parts/assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

2. Right-click the mouse button to access the context menu.

3. Select D e le te .

4. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog.

All the features (interfaces, added masses, initial velocities, etc.) associated with the deleted
parts and/or assemblies are automatically updated.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 107

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Export Parts

You may wish to export one or more parts or assemblies from your model. You can select
parts and assemblies to export at the same time if you wish.

1. In the Tree window, select parts and/or assemblies.

Several parts and assemblies can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

2. Open the context menu (right mouse button) and select E xpo rt Se le ctio n.

An Export Selection window appears.

3. Select the desired format in the File format field.

4. Click to view the parts selection.

5. Select the item to export:

Click E xpo rt ge o m e try a nd s e le cte d e ntitie s to export just the mesh, part,
assembly, material, property and connection.

Click E xpo rt ge o m e try a nd s e le cte d e ntitie s to export the mesh and the selected
features belonging to the exported parts.

6. Make a selection:

Keep partial connection (some missing linked part)

Keep unrealized connection (but not the partial one)

Add model's control card not linked to any part

7. Make selection from Additional entities to export.

108 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

8. Click O k to export the selection and close the window.

A new sub-window appears.

9. Select the directory to save the model to (left area part).

10. Enter the name to save the model or keep the default name (name of the loaded file).

11. Select O K to save the model or C a nce l to cancel or to close the window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 109

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

E X AM PLE : export parts A and B from the model

Sa v e O nly G e o m e try Sa v e G e o m e try a nd Se le cte d O ptio ns

mesh, part, assembly material, + initial velocity + rigid bodies linked to the exported
property, connection

parts

110 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 111

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Replace Parts

You may wish to replace one or more parts or assemblies in your model. You can select parts
and assemblies to replace at the same time.

Replace one part by one part

1. In the Tree window, select the part to be replaced.

2. Open the context menu (right-click mouse button) and select R e pla ce m e s h o nly 1 pa rt
by 1 pa rt and select the input format:

112 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Alternatively, you can use re pla ce 1 pa rt by 1 pa rt, ke e p ne w m a t& pro p to replace parts
but keep the current materials and properties instead of using the ones for the imported
(replacement) part.

3. In the new sub-window, select the appropriate directory and the replacement file and
click O K to continue, or C a nce l to stop.

4. In the Units Management window that appears, make the appropriate selection and
click Sa v e to start the replacement, C lo s e to close the window, or C a nce l to cancel the
replacement.
Note: The material and the properties of the replaced part are retained.

HyperCrash automatically recreates:

The connections (spotwelds and bolts)

The interfaces (Only the interfaces implicating the whole replaced system are kept and
regenerated on the replacing system).

The added masses

The boundary conditions

The initial velocities

The loads (imposed velocities and forces)

The connected rigid bodies

The connected 1D elements

HyperCrash automatically creates a report file.

Replace parts
1. In the Tree window, select the parts and/or assemblies to be replaced.

2. Open the context menu (right mouse button), select R e pla ce full s y s te m , and select the
input format:

RADIOSS

UNV

NASTRAN

LS-DYNA

MESH

ANSYS

PAM2G

3. In the new sub-window, select the appropriate directory and the replacement file and
click O K to continue, or C a nce l to stop.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 113

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. In the Units Management window that appears, make the appropriate selection and
click Sa v e to start the replacement, C lo s e to close the window, or C a nce l to cancel the
replacement.

HyperCrash automatically recreates:

The connections (spotwelds and bolts)

The interfaces (Only the interfaces implicating the whole replaced system are kept and
regenerated on the replacing system).

The added masses

The boundary conditions

The initial velocities

The loads (imposed velocities and forces)

The connected rigid bodies

The connected 1D elements

HyperCrash automatically creates a report file.

114 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

File

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 115

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Import

Multiple files can be imported at the same time. The files are read in the order they are
selected and import one after the other.

To import a file to use with an already loaded model:

1. From the menu bar, select File > Im po rt.

2. Select the file format to import.

RADIOSS RADIOSS input deck (from version 3.1)

Nastran for Nastran bulk format with automatic translation for crash analysis
Crash

Nastran for Nastran bulk format

Nastran

Mesh Specific HyperCrash file format

.UNV File Universal file format (compatible with IDEAS file format)

.CDB File Ansys format

LS-DYNA LS-DYNA keyword format (from version 950)

PAM2G PAM-CRASH 2G format (from version 2002)

3. If a model is already loaded, HyperCrash asks for confirmation to load a new file.

4. In the new sub-window, select the directory where the desired file is located (left area
part).

5. Double-click the file name in the right area to load the file.

or

Click the file name in the right area and select O K to load the model or C a nce l to cancel
the load.

116 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Note: To choose your directory to import from, type in the first few letters of the directory
you wish to import from and press TAB. HyperCrash will display a list of all
directories whose names begin with those letters. Click the name of the appropriate
directory in the list.

You also may choose to copy and paste the file directory path. After copying the
path, right-click in the Selection field, and choose Pa s te . Then, press TAB on the
keyboard to navigate to the correct path.

You may import the file from an external directory, such as a mapped drive, if you
wish. Enter the path (including the final \), and press TAB, or else copy and paste
the path into the Selection field.

Merge

To read a file and merge it in the already loaded model, do the following:

1. With an already loaded file open, select File > Im po rt, and then choose your model type.

The following dialog box opens asking you to Replace the already loaded file with a new
file, choose to Merge the files, or Cancel.

2. Select M e rge .

3. Select the location of the file to merge.

4. In the Merge panel, set Apply offset to: to either Inco m ing file or E xis ting m o de l.

5. Enter values as appropriate in the panel and click M e rge .

Material translation windows (for merging LS-DYNA or PAM2G file format while working
in RADIOSS profile only)

In the new sub-window, Material translation choice, whole materials of the model are
displayed.

If the imported material name is the same as a material file name of the default database, the
status Available will be displayed in the Data Base column. Otherwise, the status
Unavailable will be displayed. The status Yes is displayed for all materials in the Translation
column.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 117

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1. Select a material or several materials from the list.

2. With the pop-up menu (right button of the mouse), select:

Se le ct a ll to select all materials in the list.

M a te ria ls

Affe ct D B to affect the material from the database to the materials which have the
M a te ria l status Available. The status No will be displayed in the Translation
File column and the status Selected will be displayed in the Data Base
column.

Affe ct to translate the selected materials. The status Yes will be displayed in the
tra ns la te d Translation column.
M a te ria l

C ho o s e to select and apply a material from the Data Base to the selected
M a te ria l material.
fro m D B

3. Click O k to validate the different material choice.

4. Click C a nce l to cancel the model loading and close the window.

118 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 119

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Export

To save a file in HyperCrash, do the following:

1. From the menu bar, Select File > E xpo rt.

2. Select the file format to output.

RADIOSS RADIOSS input deck (from version 3.1)

file

Nastran for Nastran bulk format with automatic translation for crash analysis
Crash

Nastran for Nastran bulk format

Nastran

.UNV File Universal file format (compatible with IDEAS file format)

LS-DYNA LS-DYNA keyword format (from version 950)

PAM2G PAM-CRASH 2G format (from version 2002)

3. In the new sub-window, select the directory to save the model to (left area part).
Note: To choose your directory to save to, type in the first few letters of the directory
you wish to save to and press TAB. HyperCrash will display a list of all directories
whose names begin with those letters. Click the name of the appropriate
directory in the list.

You also may choose to copy and paste the file directory path. After copying
the path, right-click in the Selection field, and select Pa s te . Then, press TAB
on the keyboard to navigate to the correct path.

You may save the file to an external directory, such as a mapped drive, if you
wish. Enter the path (including the final \), and press TAB, or else copy and
paste the path into the Selection field.

4. Enter the name of the model to save, or keep the default name (same as the name of the
loaded file).

5. Select O K to save the model or C a nce l to cancel the save.

Optional

1. In the sub-window, Include Files settings (optional window), select:

No include file to write all the materials in the output file

Material file to write the material in a specific include file

120 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 to set an include file for all the material which is defined
Data Base Material File
in a database

Set the directory and file name if necessary

Click O K to save the model or C a nce l to cancel the save.

2. In the sub-window, HEADER of D00, modify the text (comment) and click Sa v e to write
the model or click C a nce l to cancel writing the model.

3. If the selected file name already exists, answer the question in the pop-up dialog window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 121

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Print

1. From the Print menu, you can take a snapshot of the graphic window.

2. From the menu bar, select Print, and then choose one of the following options:

png

jpeg

The output file name is either hc_out.png or hc_out.jpg, depending on the option you
choose.

122 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 123

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Exit

To exit HyperCrash, do the following:

1. From the menu bar, select File > E xit.

The following dialog appears.

2. Select Y e s or No .

124 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 125

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Quality

Quality Menu: Details

Check Tree Selection checks the intersections, the penetrations (with variable gap), and
the element quality.

Check Intersections of Tree Selection checks the intersections only.

Disintersect Tree Selection checks the intersections and automatically starts to

disintersect.

Check Thickness Collision of Tree Selection checks the intersections and the penetrations.

Check Elements of Tree Selection checks the element quality only

Check Connectivity of Tree Selection checks the connectivity of the selected parts.

Show Window Check Connectivity displays the connectivity check panel.

Check All Solver Contact Interfaces checks all the interfaces of the model (intersections
and penetrations).

Load Criteria File opens a file browser so that you can load a pre-set file that defines the
requirements for various element quality checks.

Contour Check creates a color-coded contour map of the model by a chosen attribute, such
as shell thickness.

Display Shell Thickness

Model Checker checks all the errors and warnings of the model and displays a list of
information.

126 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 127

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Contact
Note: To accept selection(s), press ENTER, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

Check and Remove the Intersections

Note: It is strongly recommended to remove the intersections before removing the
penetrations.

1. Select parts in the tree (see Selection List for information on how to select parts in the
tree).

2. From the menu bar, select Q ua lity > C he ck Inte rs e ctio ns o f Tre e Se le ctio n.

The Contact sub-window appears.

3. Click the Inte rs e ctio ns radio button to activate it.

Note: It is easier to see the intersections if the model is in Poly. + Line view (from the
Display menu).

Fixed parts

The nodes of the fixed parts will not move during the disintersection process.

1. Click and pick parts in the graphic window to select them.

2. Click and pick an already selected part in the graphic window to deselect it.

3. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window.

4. Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

128 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Disintersection

1. Select the entire intersection by clicking .

2. Click to start the automatic disintersection process.

HyperCrash starts the automatic disintersection. The following window appears:

3. Click Inte rrupt to stop the disintersection process.

Some intersections cannot be removed automatically and need to be removed manually or

semi-automatically.

4. From the intersection list, select the first one.

5. Click to start the disintersection process.

If the intersection can be removed automatically, it disappears from the list.

If HyperCrash displays some node displacement proposals with blue arrows:

Check if the proposals are correct.

If yes, click to move the nodes and try to remove the intersection.

If the proposals are not correct, click to remove all the node displacement
proposals.

Click to manually select or deselect node displacement proposals.

Click to undo the intersection.

If nothing happens, it means HyperCrash cannot remove the intersection automatically. Some
buttons are available to move the nodes manually using the mouse.

Two options to move the nodes manually:

1. Move the nodes one-by-one (Move nodes 1 by 1):

Button Behavior

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 129

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 move the node in the plane defined by the neighboring elements.

move the node in the plane defined by the node to move and two other
nodes.

move the node along the normal of a plane defined by three nodes (the
node to move and two other nodes).

move the node in the screen plane.

(See Move node using the mouse for further explanation.)

2. Move several nodes at the same time (Move nodes Multi):

Button Behavior

move several nodes in the plane defined by the neighboring elements of the
last selected node.

move several nodes in the plane defined by the first selected node to move
and two other nodes.

move several nodes along the normal of a plane defined by three nodes (the
first node to move and two other nodes).

move several nodes in the screen plane.

open Defined Displacement.

recheck the intersection.

(See Move node using the mouse for further explanation.)

The elements around the moving node(s) become green (quality is good for all criteria),
orange (quality is acceptable) or red (quality is bad).

Intersection viewing

After disintersecting, the geometry (node and element positions) of the previous state
(called "initial state") can be viewed in the graphic window.

Click C urre nt D is pla y to display the geometry of the previous state (same as initial
state).

Click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar to switch to the modified geometry view.

Click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar to switch back to the previous state (same as initial
state).

130 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to cancel the function and go
back to the modified view.

Click to set the modified state as the initial state.

After removing all the intersections

Click to check the penetrations. (See Check penetrations for further explanation.)

Check and Remove the Penetrations

Note: It is strongly recommended that you remove the intersections before removing the
penetrations.

1. Select parts in the tree (see Tree selection for information on how to select parts in the
tree).

2. From the Menu Bar, select Q ua lity > C he ck Tre e Se le ctio n, or else select Q ua lity >
C he ck Thickne s s C o llis io n o f Tre e Se le ctio n.

3. Select the C o nta ct sub-window.

4. Click the Pe ne tra tio ns radio button to activate it.

5. Enter the gap value in the Gap_interface: field.

Enter the word, variable, to use the variable gap option (see following explanations).

Enter a real value (for example, 0.7) to use the fixed gap option (see following
explanations).

6. Click the G a p_inte rfa ce button or press the E NTE R key to validate.

HyperCrash checks if some intersections remain and computes the penetrations. The list of
the penetrating nodes is displayed at the bottom of the menu.

Gap input options

There are two options to find and to correct the penetrations in HyperCrash: use a variable
gap or a constant gap.

1. The variable gap option (if "Gap_interface" = "variable") searches and corrects the
penetrations taking into account the actual thickness' of the plates (coming from the
PID).

2. The constant gap option (if a value for "Gap_interface" is entered) uses a (user-defined)
fixed value to search and correct the penetrations (the value can be the gap of the
interface, for instance).

The gap can be defined with the gap defined previously * a + b.

Enter a value (float).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 131

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Enter b value (float).

Click G a p = to save the parameters a and b.

Click ? to view the saved parameters a and b.

132 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Fixed parts

The nodes of the fixed parts will not move during the depenetration.

Click and select parts in the graphic window to select them.

Click and select an already selected part in the graphic window to deselect it.

Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

Automatic depenetration

Button Behavior

to directly select all the penetrations on the list

to start the automatic depenetration: HyperCrash starts the depenetration

with different steps according to the parameter file options.

Depenetration one-by-one

Select a penetration by picking from the penetration list.

Button Behavior

to select all the penetrations

pick a node in the graphic window to find the penetration for this node.

select penetrations by box (use the SHIFT key for a polygon box): the
selection list will be updated with all the penetrating nodes in the box.

see the nodes where the penetrations are and the direction they are
moving:

Orange arrow: medium penetration.

Red arrow: large penetration.

see the nodes where penetrations are and to see the displacement:

Orange arrow: medium penetration.

Red arrow: large penetration.

run one depenetration loop

undo the last depenetration loop

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 133

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Depenetration viewing

After depenetrating, the geometry (node and element positions) of the previous state
(called "initial state") can be viewed in the graphic window.

Click C urre nt D is pla y to display the geometry of the previous state (same as initial
state).

Click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar to switch to the modified geometry view.

Click No in the Dialog menu bar to switch back to the previous state (same as initial
state).

When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to cancel the function and go
back to the modified view.

Click to set the m odifie d state as the init ia l state.

Check the Interfaces Only

To check and correct intersections and penetrations on interfaces already defined in the
model:

From the Menu Bar, select Q ua lity > C he ck All So lv e r C o nta ct Inte rfa ce s .

HyperCrash checks the intersections and penetrations in the defined interfaces.

If there are intersections, HyperCrash opens the Intersection panel.

If there are penetrations, HyperCrash opens the Penetration panel.

134 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Element

Check the Element Quality

1. Select parts in the tree (see Selection List for information on how to select parts in the
tree).

2. From the menu bar, select Q ua lity > C he ck E le m e nts o f Tre e Se le ctio n.

The Elem sub-window opens.

3. Click to set the Bad Elements, Overview window (in the middle of the Notebook
page).

In this window, all the parts with bad elements are displayed.

4. Select the Criterion to check by clicking the appropriate radio button: All E lt.- C rit.,
Tim e s te p, M in Siz e , M a x Siz e , ..., etc.

5. Select parts:

Click the lines in the Bad Elements, Overview window, or

Click to directly select all the parts with a problem.

6. Click to highlight the parts in the graphic window, or

Click to highlight the parts and each element of a particular quality, coded by color
(three colors):

green: elements of a good quality.

orange: elements of an acceptable quality.

red: elements of a bad quality.

7. Click to write the list of the bad parts to a text file.

A sub-window appears.

8. Enter a name for the report file and click O K or C a nce l.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Element checking

1. Check parts as described previously.

2. In the Bad Elements, Overview window, select a part (or a group of parts) and click
to set the window, Bad Elements, Details (in the middle of the Notebook page).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 135

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The list of bad elements is displayed in this window.

3. Select elements:

Click the lines in the Bad Elements, Details window; or

Click to directly select all the bad elements.

4. Click to highlight the elements in the graphic window.

5. Click to highlight the elements of a particular quality, coded by color (two colors):

orange: elements with an acceptable quality.

red: elements with a bad quality.

6. Click to write the list of the bad elements to a text file.

A sub-window appears.

7. Enter a name for the report file and click O K or C a nce l.

136 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Element checking information

Click and pick an element in the graphic window.

In the lower part of the window, all the information about this element is displayed. The value
for each criterion is written with the quality color code:

green: the criterion is good.

orange: the criterion is acceptable.

red: the criterion is bad.

Element semi-automatic correction

There are three options to correct the elements manually:

1. Move the nodes one-by-one (Move node 1 by 1)

Click to move the node in the plane defined by the neighboring elements.

Click to move the node in the plane defined by the node to move and two other
nodes.

Click to move the node along the normal of a plane defined with three nodes (the
node to move and two other nodes).

Click to move the node in the screen plane.

(See Move node using the mouse for further explanation.)

2. Move several nodes at the same time (Move node 1 multi):

Click to move several nodes in the plane defined by the neighboring elements of
the last selected node.

Click to move several nodes in the plane defined by the first selected node to
move and two other nodes.

Click to move several nodes along the normal of a plane defined with three nodes
(the first node to move and two other nodes).

Click to move several nodes in the screen plane.

(See Move node using the mouse for further explanation.)

3. Move with a defined displacement:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 137

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click to move several nodes with a defined displacement (translation, rotation,
scaling, etc.).

(See Move node with defined displacement for further explanation.)

The elements around the moving node(s) change color:

green: the element quality is good with respect to all the criteria.

orange: the element quality is acceptable with respect to all the criteria.

red: the element quality is bad with respect to all the criteria.

Criteria

Click to display all the criteria and their limits.

The parameters are defined in the file, $hc/.hc_criteria.

Five classes - s (standard), 1, 2, 3, and 4 - are defined for the mesh criteria. Each class has
specific parameters. (See Define mesh classes for more information).

Check the Mass of the Parts

1. Select parts in the tree (see Tree selection for information on how to select parts in the
tree). To check the model mass, select the whole model.

2. From the Menu Bar, select Q ua lity > C he ck E le m e nts o f Tre e s e le ctio n.

3. Select the Elem. sub-window.

4. Click to check the mass of the selected mesh parts.

The mesh mass, the center of gravity and the spherical inertia of each part are displayed.

5. Click Upda te Lis t to recheck the mass after a tree selection modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

138 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 139

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Connectivity

Check the Connectivity of the Parts

1. Select parts in the tree (see Selection List for information on how to select parts in the
tree).

2. From the menu bar, select Q ua lity > C he ck C o nne ctiv ity o f Tre e Se le ctio n.

3. Under Connectivity taken into account, make a selection:

Check-mark (selected): the connectivity type will be taken into account.

Blank (not selected): the connectivity type will not be taken into account.

4. If the list of connectivity does not appear in the window, select one of the following:

Click to check the current tree selection.

Click to check the previous tree selection.

Click and pick a part on the graphic window.

5. Select parts by picking from the list of connected parts, using one of the following.

Click to highlight the selected parts in the graphic window.

Click to display only the selected parts in the graphic window.

Note: The parts which are not connected to other parts appear in the window under the
Free part subset.

140 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 141

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Load Criteria File
Use this option to open a file browser, which you can use to locate and select a criteria file.
Once selected, the values in the criteria file are used to evaluate mesh quality.

142 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Thickness Contour

Check the Thickness of the Parts

1. Select parts in the tree (see Selection List for information on how to select parts in the
tree).

2. From the Menu bar, select Q ua lity > C o nto ur C he ck.

HyperCrash displays a thickness range in the left of the graphic window and displays in
color the parts with iso-thicknesses. All the parts with a thicknesses out of range are
displayed in grey.

3. In the Contour tab, select Thickne s s from the drop-down menu next to Attributes.

4. Enter a value in the Min value: field.

Click to reset the minimum value of the mode.

5. Enter a value in the Max value: field.

Click to reset the maximum value of the mode.

Display actions

Button Behavior

See / Update display

display only the parts which have a thickness value included in the defined
range and to select them in the tree.

clear the display in the graphic window

increase or decrease the number of colors; or

Enter a value in the window Number of colors: and press the E NTE R key
to validate.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 143

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

144 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Model Checker

Check the Errors and the Warnings of the Model

1. From the Menu Bar, select Q ua lity > M o de l C he cke r.

The ModelChecker sub-window appears displaying a list of errors, warnings and

information for the model.

Sort the Model Checker results

Click the Check column to sort the results entity-by-entity (material cards, node
cards, boundary condition cards, etc.).

Click the Level column to sort the results by severity - the errors first, then the
warnings, and finally the information.

Display error or warning entities

Select an error or a warning from the list.

Click to display only the errors or warnings of the selected check in the graphic
window.

Click to add the errors or warnings for the selected check in the graphic window.

Click to highlight the errors or warnings for the selected check in the graphic
window.

Correct errors and warnings

Select an error or a warning from the list.

Click to open a menu with possible corrections. Depending on the selected check,
there might be an automatic correction and/or the possibility to open the appropriate
page to make the correction manually.

Print a report file

Click to print a report file.

In the sub-window that appears on the screen, enter a name for the report file and
click O K or C a nce l.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 145

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To see the details of all the checks done in HyperCrash, view the list of the errors, warnings
and information found by the Model Checker.

Customize the Model Checker

It is possible to customize the Model Checker to run error checks according to your specific
process flow. Edit the modelchecker file in your installation directory with any text editor to
customize the Model Checker to your preferences.

Model C hecker with customized results

146 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Check List

Model Checker - Checklist

Check Level Correction

Option Cards

Check random noise. Preferably warning Delete (set to 0).

set it equal to 0. (Especially
important when using the Engine
option /DEL/INTER.)

Gravity Cards

Number of gravities. info -

Number of duplicate gravity card error Automatic correction.

ID.

Material Cards

Number of MIDs. info -

Number of duplicate MIDs. error Automatic correction.

Number of unused MIDs. warning Automatic delete.

Number of TH-selected MIDs. info -

Check the order of the strain rate error Automatic correction.

in the material law 36 (/MAT/
LAW36).

Node Cards

Number of nodes. info -

Number of duplicate nodes ID. error Automatic correction.

Number of TH-selected nodes. info -

Number of free nodes. warning Automatic correction.

Boundary Condition Cards

Number of boundary conditions. warning -

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 147

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of duplicate boundary error Automatic correction.
card ID.

Skew Frame Cards

Number of skew frames. info -

Number of duplicate skew card ID. error Automatic correction.

Number of skew frames not error -

correctly defined.

Brick Element Cards

Number of brick elements. info -

Number of duplicate brick element error Automatic correction.

identifier numbers.

Number of duplicate brick error Automatic correction.

elements.

Incorrect orientation and normal error Automatic correction.

direction (negative volume).

Number of TH-selected brick info -

elements.

4-Nodes Solid Element Card

Number of tetrahedron elements info -

(TETRA4).

Number of duplicate tetrahedron error Automatic correction.

elements.

Number of duplicate tetrahedron error Automatic correction.

element identifier numbers.

Incorrect orientation and normal error Automatic correction.

direction (negative volume).

Pentahedron Solid Element

Cards (PENTA6)

Number of pentahedron elements. info -

148 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of duplicate pentahedron error Automatic correction.
elements.

Number of duplicate pentahedron error Automatic correction.

element identifier number.

Incorrect orientation and normal error Automatic correction.

direction (negative volume).

Quadratic Brick Element Cards

(BRIC20)

Number of quadratic brick info -

elements.

Number of duplicate quadratic error Automatic correction.

brick element identifier number.

Number of duplicate quadratic error Automatic correction.

brick elements.

Incorrect orientation and normal error Automatic correction.

direction (negative volume).

Quadratic Thickshell Element

Cards (SHEL16)

Number of quadratic thickshell info -

elements.

Number of duplicate quadratic error Automatic correction.

thickshell element identifier
number.

Number of duplicate quadratic error Automatic correction.

thickshell elements.

Incorrect orientation and normal error Automatic correction.

direction (negative volume).

Quadratic Tetrahedron Element

Cards (TETRA10)

Number of quadratic tetrahedron info -

elements.

Number of duplicate quadratic error Automatic correction.

tetrahedron element identifier
number.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 149

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of duplicate quadratic error Automatic correction.
tetrahedron elements.

Incorrect orientation and normal error Automatic correction.

direction (negative volume).

4-Node Shell Element Cards

Number of 4-node shell elements. info -

Number of degenerated SHELL4N error Convert to SH3N.

elements.

Number of duplicate 4-node shell error Automatic correction.

elements.

Number of TH-selected 4-node info -

shells.

Segment common to 3-shell warning -

elements.

Detection of the meshing where warning -

hourglass deformation mode might
occur.

3-Node Shell Element Cards

Number of 3-node shell elements. info -

Number of duplicate 3-node shell error Automatic correction.

elements.

Number of TH-selected 3-node info -

shells.

Shell Element Cards (3 and 4

Nodes)

Thickness defined on the element warning Automatic correction: remove the

cards. thickness value from the shell
element.

Segment common to 3-shell warning -

elements.

Truss Element Cards

Number of truss elements. info -

150 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of duplicate truss error Automatic correction.
elements.

Number of loose truss nodes. (If error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

one or two of the nodes defining E le m e nt / M o dify
the truss are not connected to
another element or a rigid body).

Number of loose truss nodes. (If warning Open page, M e s h- E diting /

one or two of the nodes defining E le m e nt / M o dify
the truss are only connected to a
same type and same property
element).

Maximum and minimum length of info -

truss and IDs.

Number of TH-selected trusses. info -

Beam Element Cards

Number of beam elements. info -

Number of duplicate beam error Automatic correction.

elements.

Number of loose beam nodes. (If error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

one or two of the nodes defining E le m e nt / M o dify
the beam are not connected to
another element or an RB.)

Number of loose beam nodes. (If warning Open page, M e s h- E diting /

one or two of the nodes defining E le m e nt / M o dify
the beam are only connected to a
same type and same property
element.)

Maximum and minimum length of info -

beam & IDs.

Number of TH-selected beams. info -

Number of undefined beam error -

elements. (Element selected in TH
but not defined in the model).

Spring Element Cards

Number of spring elements. info -

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 151

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

The use of general spring (type 4 warning Manual correction:
or 8) should be mentioned to
avoid their use. Change spring into spotweld.

Choose another property.

Number of duplicate spring error Automatic correction.

elements.

Number of loose spring nodes. (If error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

one, two, or three of the nodes E le m e nt / M o dify
defining the SPRING are not
connected to another element or
an RB.)

Number of loose spring nodes. (If warning Open page, M e s h- E diting /

one or two of the nodes defining E le m e nt / M o dify
the SPRING are only connected to
a same type and same property
element.)

Maximum and minimum length of info -

spring andIDs.

Identify null length spring error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

elements (type 13). E le m e nt / M o dify

Number of TH-selected springs info -

specified.

Rigid Link Cards

Number of rigid links. warning -

Number of duplicate rigid link error Automatic correction.

elements.

Property Cards

Number of PIDs. info -

Number of duplicate PIDs. error Automatic correction.

Number of unused PIDs. warning Automatic delete.

Check if the area of the truss is error Open page, Se le ctio n lis t.
null.

152 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Check if the area of the beam is error Open page, Se le ctio n lis t.
null.

Check if the inertias of the beam error Open page, Se le ctio n lis t.
are null.

Check if the inertia of the spring error Open page, Se le ctio n lis t.
is null.

Check if the mass of the spring is error Open page, Se le ctio n lis t.
null.

Check of unused properties. warning Automatic correction: delete.

Number of Shell property(ies) with error Manual: change the thickness of

thickness <= 0. the part.

Function Cards

Number of functions. info -

Number of duplicate functions error Automatic correction.

card ID.

Check if the function has points. error Automatic correction: add point
(0,0).

Manual correction: open the page

of the object which used the
function.

Open the page to modify the

function.

Concentrated Load Cards

Number of concentrated loads. info -

Number of duplicate concentrated error Automatic correction.

load card ID.

Interface Cards

Number of interfaces. info -

Number of duplicate interface error Automatic correction.

card ID.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 153

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of TH-selected info -
interfaces.

Interface type 2: check if search warning Automatic correction.

flag is "Old formulation" (value is
1) and correct it in "New improved
formulation" (value is 2 or Default
0).

Interface type 2: check of the error Automatic correction.

incompatible kinetic conditions
between the slave nodes and the
other RADIOSS options.

Interface type 2: check if the warning Automatic correction.

spotflag is set to 0 for the
interfaces that are not
connections (spotwelds, glue,
etc.).

Interface type 2: check if the warning Automatic correction.

spotflag is set to 1 for the
interfaces which are connections
(spotwelds, glue, etc.).

Interface type 2: check if the error Open page, Lo a dC a s e /

slave nodes can be projected on Inte rfa ce s / M o dify .
the master surfaces.

Interface type 2: check if a slave error Open page, Lo a dC a s e /

node is defined in several Inte rfa ce s / M o dify .
interface type 2.

Interface type 2: check if a slave error Open page, Lo a dC a s e /

node is defined in the master Inte rfa ce s / M o dify .
surface of the same interface.

Empty slave node group or slave error Open page, Lo a dC a s e /

surface. Inte rfa ce s / M o dify .

Empty master surface. error Open page, Lo a dC a s e /

Inte rfa ce s / M o dify .

Rigid Wall Cards

Number of rigid walls. info -

Number of duplicate rigid walls error Automatic correction.

card ID.

154 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of TH-selected rigid walls. info -

Rigid Body Cards

Number of rigid bodies. info -

Number of duplicate rigid body error Automatic correction.

identifier number.

Number of master nodes on error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

structures. Non-free master node R igid B o dy / M o dify
of rigid body. A rigid body master
node must not be part of an
element.

Number of duplicate slave nodes. error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

Nodes which are slave nodes of R igid B o dy / M o dify
several rigid bodies.

Number of TH-selected rigid info -

bodies.

Check of the spherical flag warning Automatic correction: set

according to the number of slave spherical inertia.
nodes and inertias of the rigid
body. Manual correction.

Open page, M e s h- E diting /

R igid B o dy / M o dify

Only 0 or 1 slave node(s). error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

R igid B o dy / M o dify

Master node is also slave in the error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

same rigid body. R igid B o dy / M o dify

Common master node between error Open page, M e s h- E diting /

several rigid bodies. R igid B o dy / M o dify

Automatic correction.

Cascades of rigid bodies. warning Open page, M e s h- E diting /

R igid B o dy / M o dify

Master node is defined inside the error Automatic correction.

slave node group defined by box.

Rigid body master nodes are not warning Automatic correction.

the same as the rigid body
identifier number.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 155

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Added Mass Cards

Number of added masses. info -

Number of non-structural mass warning Open page, Lo a dC a s e / Adde d

nodes. (Added mass on nodes not M a s s / M o dify .
belonging to an element).

Number of duplicate added mass error Automatic correction.

card ID.

Initial Velocity

Number of initial velocities. info -

Check if the ALE option T+G is set error Automatic correction.

in the initial velocity instead of
TRA.

Number of duplicate initial error Automatic correction.

velocities card ID.

Imposed Velocity Cards

Number of imposed velocities. info -

Number of duplicate imposed error Automatic correction.

velocities card ID.

Imposed Displacement Cards

Number of imposed displacements. info -

Number of duplicate imposed error Automatic correction.

displacements card ID.

Rivet Cards

Number of rivets. warning Open C o nne ctio ns /

D is co nne ctio n / R igid B o die s ,
R iv e ts & Springs window.

Number of duplicate rivets card error Automatic correction.

ID.

Section Cards

Number of sections. info -

156 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of TH-selected sections. info -

Number of duplicate section card error Automatic correction.

ID.

Local skew definition (if the three error -

nodes are defined and not set on
the same line).

Cylinder Joint Cards

Number of cylinder joints. info -

Number of duplicate cylindrical error Automatic correction.

joint card ID.

Number of TH-selected cylinder info -

joints.

Part and Subset Cards

Number of parts. info -

Number of TH-selected parts. info -

Number of subsets. info -

Number of TH-selected subsets. info -

Number of duplicate parts card error Automatic correction.

ID.

Number of duplicate subsets card error Automatic correction.

ID.

Time History Cards

Number of duplicate TH card ID. error Automatic correction.

Check if one element is defined in error Automatic correction.

several TH groups.

Xelem Cards

Number of Xelem. info

Number of duplicate Xelem ID. error Automatic correction.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 157

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Accelerometer Cards

Number of accelerometers info

Number of duplicate error Automatic correction.

accelerometer ID.

Number of TH-selected info

accelerometers.

Monitored Volume Cards

Number of monitored volume. info

Number of duplicate monitored error Automatic correction.

volume ID.

Number of TH-selected monitored info

volumes.

Connections

Number of connections. info -

Number of duplicate connection error Automatic correction.

ID.

Connection: Spotwelds

Number of spotwelds. info -

Number of duplicate spotwelds ID. error Automatic correction.

Check if there are uncreated error Automatic correction

spotwelds.
Manual correction: Open the
page, C o nne ctio ns / Spo twe ld /
M o dify .

Connection: Bolts

Number of bolts. info -

Number of duplicate bolt ID. error Automatic correction.

Check if there are uncreated error Automatic correction.

bolts.

158 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Manual correction: Open the
page, C o nne ctio ns / B o lt /
M o dify .

Connection: Welding line

Number of welding lines. info -

Number of duplicate welding lines error Automatic correction.

ID.

Check if there are uncreated error Automatic correction.

welding lines.
Manual correction: Open the
page, C o nne ctio ns / W e lding
Line / M o dify .

Connection: Glue

Number of glues. info -

Number of duplicate glues ID. error Automatic correction.

Check if there are uncreated error Automatic correction.

glues.
Manual correction: Open the
page, C o nne ctio ns / G lue /
M o dify .

Connection: Hemming

Number of hemmings. info -

Number of duplicate hemmings error Automatic correction.

card ID.

Check if there are uncreated error Automatic correction.

hemmings.
Manual correction: Open the
page, C o nne ctio ns /
H e m m ing / M o dify .

Node Groups

Number of nodes groups. info -

Number of duplicate node groups. error Automatic correction.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 159

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Surface Groups

Number of surfaces groups. info -

Number of duplicate surface error Automatic correction.

groups.

Line Groups

Number of lines groups. info -

Number of duplicate line groups. error Automatic correction.

4-Nodes Shells Element Groups

Number of shell element groups. info -

Number of duplicate shell element error Automatic correction.

groups.

3-Nodes Shells Elements

Groups

Number of shell elements groups. info -

Number of duplicate shell error Automatic correction.

elements.

Brick Elements Groups

Number of brick elements groups. info -

Number of duplicate brick error Automatic correction.

elements groups.

Beam Elements Groups

Number of beam elements groups. info -

Number of duplicate beam error Automatic correction.

elements groups.

Springs Elements Groups

Number of springs elements info -

groups.

160 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Number of duplicate springs error Automatic correction.
elements groups.

Truss Element Groups

Number of truss element groups. info -

Number of duplicate truss element error Automatic correction.

groups.

Segment Groups

Number of segment groups. info -

Number of duplicate segment error Automatic correction.

groups.

Dummy Cards

Number of dummies. info -

Number of duplicate dummies ID. error Automatic correction.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 161

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

162 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Connections

The menu options under Connections are different depending on the user interface
selected.

C onnections menu for

RADIOSS

C onnections menu for LS-DYNA

The menu options that are only available in LS-DYNA are specified in this manual with (LS-
DYNA Only).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 163

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

164 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Disconnection
This function can translate spotwelds from one formulation to another one.

Node disconnection:

The common nodes between two parts are disconnected. The elements linked to those nodes
are unwarped and a spot mark file is created:

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > D is co nne ctio n > No de s D is co nne ctio n.

A Write Spotweld File window appears.

2. Enter the name of the spot mark file.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 165

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

3. Click O K.

To recreate the spotwelds, it is necessary to read the created file again. See spotweld /
create.

Rigid bodies, rivets, and springs:

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > D is co nne ctio n > R igid B o die s , R iv e ts a nd
Springs .

A Translate Rigid Bodies, Rivets & Springs window appears.

2. Click the desired option in the top of the window,

These functions can translate rigid bodies, springs type 13 and rivets from one type to
another. Only the rigid bodies with two slave nodes can be translated.

4. Click the desired option in the bottom part of the window.

These functions can translate rigid bodies 2 nodes, springs type 4, 8 or 13 and rivets into
Altair spotwelds.

6. In the case of Rigid body 2 nodes to Spring type 13, the property of the spring is
needed. The default can be changed:

In the Prop. Name field, replace the default property name with the a new property
name, or

166 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click Pro p Na m e : and in the sub-window that appears (displaying the available
properties from the database), select the desired property.

7. In the case of the Spring type 4, 8 and 13 to Altair Spotfile, the parts of springs can be
selected:

Click the box next to Select Spring Parts.

In the new sub-window that appears, click the desired parts to select them. Several
parts from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

Click Se l/ Un. to select or deselect the spring parts.

Click O K to validate the selection; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the selection.

12. The default distance values between the the nodes are written in the dmin and dmax
fields. The distance can be changed by:

Entering the new dmin and dmax values; or

Modifying dmin and dmax by clicking .

It is recommended to write the spot marks to a file:

1. Click W rite R AD IO SS Spo tfile . The default file name, Spotfile, can be modified by typing
the new name in the window. (This option is not always available.)

2. Click O K to start the translation.

3. Click C a nce l to cancel the translation.

To recreate the spotwelds, it will be necessary to read the created file again. See spotweld /
create.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 167

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Spotweld

The spotwelds are independent mesh spotwelds. They are modeled with spring type beam
(type 13) elements and both sides of the spring are linked to the mesh with tied interfaces
(type 2).

The spring property depends on the thicknesses of the parts to link and is defined in the file,
<install directory>/environment/.../spotweld/rspdef. This file contains all the
parameters to define the spotwelds:

minimum length

maximum length

function force vs. thickness

mass and inertia of the spring

rupture parameters

168 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 169

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a spotweld
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

Automatic creation
All the "uncreated spotwelds" can be created automatically:

Open the menu, C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > Auto m a tic.

Manual creation
From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > C re a te .

Part selection

Button Behavior

pick parts on the graphic window (the parts become red).

include parts by dragging a box in the graphic window:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

include the parts selected in the tree.

To create a spotweld with the same part twice, first select the part (it becomes red) and
then, using the ALT key, select the same part once more (it becomes yellow).

Set the position of the spotweld

Four options are available to set the position of the spotweld:

Select the Element tab.

1. Click and select an element in the graphic window.

2. Set an element ID in the Shell Element Id field and click O k.

Select the Node tab.

170 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 1. Click and select a node in the graphic window.

2. Click and pick anywhere on a selected part to define the spotweld location at the
same point.

3. Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

4. Set the coordinates x, y, and z and click to view the point.

Select the Line tab.

1. Click to see where the spotwelds can be created. The areas of the selected parts
where spotwelds can be created are displayed in dark blue.

2. Enter the length between two spotwelds in the Pitch length field and click O k.

3. Click and select two elements in the graphic window in order to define the
beginning and the end of the spotweld line.

4. Click and select two nodes in the graphic window in order to define the beginning
and the end of the spotweld line.

5. Click and pick two points anywhere on a selected part to define the beginning and
the end of the spotweld line.

Select the Auto tab.

1. Enter or modify the Search gap value.

2. Click to see the spotweld creation.

3. Click to change the part used to define the spotweld locations.

In all cases, save the created spotweld:

Click Sa v e to save the created spotweld(s).

If necessary, select another element, node, or line according to the active position
setting mode.

Click C a nce l to cancel the spotweld creation.

If necessary, set a position to create new spotweld(s) using elements, node, or line
selection.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 171

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

172 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a spotweld
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > M o dify .

In the spotweld list, some of the spotwelds are highlighted in red. Those spotwelds are called
"uncreated" spotwelds. They are "uncreated" because the parts defined in the spotweld do
not exist, or the projections on the surface of the parts cannot be found according the
parameter of the spotweld definition file.

Spotweld modification
1. Select only one spotweld (see Spotweld selection for more information).

2. Click to display the spotweld and to open the modification menu.

3. In the Part sub-window:

Button Behavior

displays all the parts in the neighborhood of the selected spotweld.

pick parts in the graphic window to add them to the spotweld definition.

select parts by box in the graphic window to add them to the spotweld
definition.

adds the selected parts of the tree to the spotweld definition.

to remove the selected parts from connection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 173

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. In the Location sub-window, it is possible to change the spotweld location. (See
elements, node, or line for more information).

5. In the Property sub-window, it is possible to change the spotweld properties.

6. In the Material sub-window, it is possible to change the spotweld materials.

7. Click Sa v e to save the modified spotweld.

8. Click C a nce l to cancel the spotweld modification.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Spotweld selection

Button Behavior

selects all the spotwelds.

selects all the "uncreated" spotwelds.

pick spotwelds in the graphic window to select them.

select spotwelds by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the spotwelds linked to those
parts.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
the spotwelds linked to those parts.

Click on the spotweld line in the listing window to select it. Several
spotwelds from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or
SHIFT+CTRL keys.

to automatically recreate the "uncreated" spotwelds. In the message

window, a message explains why this spotweld cannot be created.

174 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check a spotweld

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > C rite ria .

A Spotweld Settings window opens.

2. Select the appropriate criteria to check by clicking the appropriate check box.

3. Enter the desired values for each parameter (it is recommended to use the default
values).

4. Validate in the pop-up dialog window with Sa v e .

5. To reset to the default values, click R e s e t.

6. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > C he ck.

The folder Spotweld, Modify will open. The spotwelds which do not conform to a criteria
are displayed in orange on the list.

To learn why the spotweld is incorrect and to modify it:

1. Select a spotweld in the list.

2. Click to display the spotweld and to open the modification menu.

3. Check the message in the message window to learn why the spotweld is not correct
(message is in green).

4. Modify the spotweld.

5. Click Sa v e to save the spotweld modification; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the spotweld modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 175

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

176 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a spotweld

It is possible to delete or uncreate spotwelds.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > M o dify .

2. Select spotwelds in the list (see Spotweld selection for more information).

3. Click to delete the selected spotwelds.

4. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

Spotweld uncreation
The main advantage in uncreating spotwelds is retaining the information about the spotweld
(location, set of parts) and removing the spring, its property, and the interface. By replacing
one part with another, it is possible to recreate the spotwelds.

Click then to designate the selected spotwelds as "uncreated."

The springs, properties, parts, and interfaces are updated and cleaned.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 177

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To import spotwelds

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > Im po rt fro m File ....

2. In the sub-window that appears, select the spot mark file to import.

3. Click O K to read the spot mark file; or

Click C a nce l to close the sub-window.

178 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To extract spotwelds

The selected springs type beam (type 13) which have their two nodes linked to a shell
element with tied interfaces (type 2) are translated into the selected Connection type.

This option is useful when a RADIOSS D00 model is read without a M00 file.

The Connection type can be:

Spotweld

Glue (only the connection between two plates will be extracted).

Welding line

Hemming (only the connection between two plates will be extracted).

There are three ways to do the spotweld extraction:

Extract from D00.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > Spo twe ld > E xtra ct fro m M o de l.

All the selected springs type beam (type 13) parts are translated.

Extract from tree selection.

1. In the Tree menu, select springs type beam (type 13) parts in the tree.

2. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns , then <connection type>, and select E xtra ct
fro m Tre e Se le ctio n.

Extract from browser selection.

1. In the Tree menu, select springs type beam (type 13) parts in the tree.

2. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns , then <connection type>, and select E xtra ct
fro m B ro ws e r Se le ctio n.

Only the selected springs type beam (type 13) parts in the tree are translated.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 179

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

180 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Bolt

A bolt links two sets of parts with:

an undeformable connection. The two sets of parts are linked with one rigid body.
(This option is called "rigid bolt".); or

a deformable connection. One rigid body is created for each set of parts. Those two
rigid bodies are linked with a spring type beam (type 13). This option is called "bolt
with spring".

The slave nodes of the rigid body(ies) are searched in the cylinder defined below:

All the nodes of the selected parts (set 1 and set 2) inside the cylinder will be added to the
bolt.

Rigid Bolt Bolt with spring

The parameters' default values are defined in the file, <install directory>/
environment/.../bolt/boltdef. This file contains:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 181

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 the version number

the default bolt's name

the default property name

L1 , L2 , D

the spring length (1 mm)

182 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a bolt
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > B o lt > C re a te .

2. Click to select the parts of the first set. Click select the parts of the second
set:

Click and pick part(s) in the graphic window.

Click to include the parts by box selection:

The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to include all the parts selected in the tree.

3. Click to view the selected parts.

4. If needed, click to clear the selection.

5. In the Location sub-window, two options are available to set the bolt center location:

Select the Location / Element tab, then

- Click and select an element in the graphic window,

- set an element ID in the Shell Element Id field, and
- click O k.

Select the Location / Node tab.

- Click and select a node in the graphic window,

- Click and define a point by picking the selected parts in the graphic window,

- Click and pick two nodes in the graphic window,

- Click and pick two points in the graphic window,

- Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

- Set the coordinates X, Y, and Z and click to view the point.

6. In the Dire c t ion sub-window, set the bolt direction:

Check the No rm a l to e le m e nt(s ) box to automatically define the normal.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 183

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 or

Uncheck the No rm a l to e le m e nt(s ) box to manually define the direction:

- Set the vector in the Vector Coord. fields; or

- Click and pick two nodes in the graphic window; or

- Click and pick three nodes in the graphic window. The bolt direction will be
the normal to the plane defined by the three selected nodes.

7. Set the bolt properties (data)

8. In the Bolt Name field, enter the bolt name.

9. In the Length 1 field, enter the length 1.

10. In the Length 2 field, enter the length 2.

11. In the Diameter field, enter the diameter.

12. Select the type of bolt using the radio buttons:

Rigid Bolt (see Bolt modeling for more details); or

Bolt with spring and select a property (see Bolt modeling for more details):

- Enter the name in the Prop. name field; or

- Click Pro p. na m e . A window appears and displays the available properties from the
database. Select the desired property and click on O K or C a nce l to close the
window.

13. Click to view the bolt: a blue cylinder is displayed in the graphic window.

Add nodes in the first set and/or second set

1. Click to select the first set and to select the second set.

Click to add nodes by picking.

Click to add nodes by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

Click to remove nodes by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

2. Click Sa v e to save the created bolt.

Click C a nce l to cancel the bolt creation.

3. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

184 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 185

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a bolt
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

1. From the Menu Bar select C o nne ctio ns > B o lt > M o dify .

In the bolt list, some of the bolts are highlighted in red. Those bolts are called
"uncreated" bolts. HyperCrash designates the bolts as "uncreated" when it cannot find the
parts defining the bolt or when it cannot find any nodes in the bolt cylinder.

2. Select only one bolt in the bolt list.

3. Click to view the selected bolt.

It is possible to:

Modify the bolt selection (see Bolt selection and add node in the sets).

Modify the bolt location (see Bolt location).

Modify the bolt direction (see Bolt direction).

Modify the properties (see Bolt properties).

4. Click Sa v e to save the modified bolt; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the bolt modification.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Bolt selection

Button Behavior

select all the bolts.

select all the "uncreated" bolts.

pick bolts in the graphic window to select them.

select bolts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the bolts linked to those parts.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
the bolts linked to those parts.

186 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click on the bolt line in the listing window to select it. Several bolts from
this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 187

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check a bolt

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > B o lt > C rite ria .

The Bolt Settings window opens.

2. Select the appropriate criteria to check by clicking the appropriate check box.

3. Enter the desired values for each parameter (it is recommended to use the default
values).

4. Click Sa v e to validate.

5. To reset to the default values, click R e s e t.

6. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > B o lt > C he ck.

HyperCrash opens the window Bolt, Modify. The bolts which do not conform to a criteria
are displayed in orange in the list.

To learn why the bolt is incorrect and to modify it:

1. Select a bolt in the listing window.

2. Click to display the bolt and to open the modification menu.

3. Check the message in the message window to learn why the bolt is incorrect (message is
in green).

4. Modify the bolt.

5. Click Sa v e to save the bolt modification; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the bolt modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

188 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a bolt

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > B o lt > M o dify .

2. Select bolts in the bolt list (see Bolt selection for more details).

3. Click to delete the selected bolt.

4. Answer the question in the dialog menu bar with Y e s , No , or C a nce l (right bottom of
the screen).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 189

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

190 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Glue

The glue is modeled like independent mesh spotwelds. It uses spring type beam (type 13)
elements and both sides of the spring are linked to the mesh with tied interfaces (type 2).

The spring property is selected by you and is independent of the sticked part properties.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 191

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a glue
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

Automatic creation
All the uncreated glues can be created automatically:

Open the C o nne ctio ns > G lue > Auto m a tic.

Manual creation
Select G lue > C re a te .

LS-DYNA selection
Select G lue s > [glue ty pe ] > C re a te .

Part selection

Button Behavior

pick two parts in the graphic window (the parts become red).

192 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 to include two parts by dragging a box in the graphic window:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

to include the two parts selected in the tree.

To create a glue with the same part two times, first select the part (it becomes red) and
then, using the SHIFT key, select the same part one or more times (it becomes yellow).

Set the property of the glue

Click Pro p. Na m e and select a property (beam type spring property - type 13) in the
common property database.

or

Enter the name of the HyperCrash property file (beam type spring property - type 13).

Set the position of the glue

Four options are available to set the position of the glue:

1. Select the Element tab.

Click and select an element in the graphic window.

Set an element ID in the Shell Element Id field and click O k.

Click Sa v e to save the created glue(s).

Click C a nce l to cancel the glue creation.

If necessary, select another element to create another glue.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

2. Select the Node tab.

Click and select a node in the graphic window.

Click and pick anywhere on a selected part to define the glue location at the same
point.

Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

Set the coordinates X, Y, and Z and click to view the point.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 193

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click Sa v e to save the created glue(s).

Click C a nce l to cancel the glue creation.

If necessary, select another node to create another glue.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

3. Select the Line tab.

Click to view where the glues can be created. HyperCrash displays the areas of
the selected parts where glues can be created in dark blue.

Enter the length between two glues in the Pitch length field and click O k.

Click and select two elements in the graphic window in order to define the
beginning and the end of the glue.

Click and select two nodes in the graphic window in order to define the beginning
and the end of the glue.

Click and pick two points anywhere on a selected part to define the beginning and
the end of the glue.

Click Sa v e to save the created glue(s).

Click C a nce l to cancel the glue creation.

If necessary, select two other nodes to create another glue.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

4. Select the Auto tab.

Enter or modify the search gap value.

Click to view the glue creation.

Click to change the part used to define the glue locations.

Save the created glue

Click Sa v e to save the created glue(s).

If necessary, select another element, node or line according to the active position
setting mode.

Click C a nce l to cancel the glue creation.

If necessary, set a position to create new glue(s) using elements, node or line
selection.

194 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 195

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a glue
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > G lue > M o dify .

2. Select only one glue (see Glue Selection for more information).

3. Click to display the glue and to open the modification menu.

In the Part sub-window:

Button Behavior

displays all the parts in the neighborhood of the selected glue.

pick parts in the graphic window to add them to the glue definition.

select parts by box in the graphic window to add them to the glue
definition.

adds the selected parts of the tree in the glue definition

deselects the parts that define the glue

In the Location sub-window, it is possible to change the glue location. (See element,
node, or line for more information).

In the Property sub-window:

- Click Pro p. Na m e and select a property (beam type spring property - type 13) in
the common property database.

- Enter the name of the HyperCrash property file (beam type spring property - type
13).

4. Click Sa v e to save the modified glue; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the glue modification.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Glue selection

Button Behavior

select all the glues.

196 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 select all the uncreated glues.

pick glues in the graphic window to select them.

select glues by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the glues linked to those parts.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
the glues linked to those parts.

Click on the glue line in the listing window to select it. Several glues from
this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

automatically recreate the "uncreated" glues. In the message window, a

message explains why this glue cannot be created.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 197

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check a glue

Set Glue Criteria

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > G lue > C rite ria .

A Glue Settings window opens.

2. Select the appropriate criteria to check by clicking the appropriate check box.
3. Enter the desired values for each parameter (It is recommended to use the default
values).

4. Click Sa v e to keep the current settings.

5. To reset to the default values, click R e s e t.

Check Glue Criteria

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > G lue > C he ck.

HyperCrash opens the window Glue / Modify. The glues which do not conform to a
criteria are displayed in orange in the list.

To learn why the glue is incorrect and to modify it:

1. Select glue in the listing window.

2. Click to display the glue and to open the modification menu.

3. Check the message in the message window to learn why the glue is incorrect (message is
in green).

4. Modify the glue.

198 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Click Sa v e to save the modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the modifications.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 199

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a glue

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > G lue > M o dify .

2. Select glue(s) in the list (see Glue Selection for more information).

3. Click to delete the selected glue(s).

4. Answer the question in the dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

The springs, properties, parts, and interfaces are updated and cleaned.

200 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Welding Line

The welding lines are modeled like spotwelds. Manage welding lines the same way as with

spotwelds. Only the graphic symbol differs ( for the spotwelds and for the welding
lines).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 201

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Clip (LS-DYNA Only)

202 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a clip
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > C lip > C re a te .

2. Click to select the parts of the first set. Click to select the parts of the
second set:

Click and pick part(s) in the graphic window.

Click to include the parts by box selection:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to include all the parts selected in the tree.

3. Click to view the selected parts.

4. If needed, click to clear the selection.

In the Lo ca tio n sub-window, set the clip center location

Two options are available to set the clip center location:

1. Use an element

Select the Lo ca tio n / E le m e nt tab.

Click and select an element in the graphic window.

Set an element ID in the Shell Element Id field and click O k.

2. Use a node

Select the Lo ca tio n / No de tab:

o Click and select a node and see the clip in the graphic window.

o Click and define a point and see the clip by picking the selected parts in the
graphic window.

o Click and pick two nodes and see clip in the middle of the graphic window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 203

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 o Click and pick two points and see clip in the middle of the graphic window.

o Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

o Set the coordinates X , Y , and Z and click to view the point.

In the D ire ctio n sub-window, set the clip direction

1. Select the D ire ctio n sub-window.

2. Click No rm a l to e le m e nt(s ) to automatically define the normal.

Unclick No rm a l to e le m e nt(s ) to manually define the direction:

o Set the vector in the Vector Coord. fields; or

o Click and pick two nodes in the graphic window; or

o Click and pick three nodes in the graphic window. The clip direction will be
the normal to the plane defined by the three selected nodes.

Set the clip properties

1. In the Clip Name field, enter the clip name.

2. In the Length 1 field, enter the length 1.

3. In the Length 2 field, enter the length 2.

4. In the Diameter field, enter the diameter.

5. Click to view the clip.

Add nodes in the first set and/or second set

1. Click to select the first set. Click to select the second set.

Click to add nodes by picking.

Click to add nodes by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

Click to remove nodes by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

204 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Click Sa v e to save the created clip.

Click C a nce l to cancel the clip creation.

3. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 205

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a clip
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

1. From the Menu Bar select C o nne ctio ns > C lip > M o dify .

In the clip list, some of the clips are highlighted in red. Those clips are called "uncreated"
clips. HyperCrash designates the clips as "uncreated" when it cannot find the parts
defining the clip.

2. Select only one clip from the clip list.

3. Click to view the selected clip.

It is possible to:

Modify the clip selection.

Modify the clip location.

Modify the clip direction.

Modify the properties.

4. Click Sa v e to save the modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Clip selection

Button Behavior

select all the clips.

select all the uncreated clips.

pick clips in the graphic window to select them.

select clips by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the clips linked to those parts.

206 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
the clips linked to those parts.

Click on the clip line in the listing window to select it. Several clips from this
list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 207

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check a clip

Set the Clip Criteria

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > C lip > C rite ria .

A CLIP Criteria dialog opens.

2. Select the appropriate criteria to check by clicking the appropriate check box.

3. Enter the desired values for each parameter (it is recommended to use the default
values).

4. Click Sa v e to validate.

5. To reset to the default values, click R e s e t.

Check the Clip

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > C lip > C he ck.

HyperCrash opens the window Clip / Modify. The clips which do not conform to a criteria
are displayed in orange in the list.

To learn why the clip is incorrect and to modify it:

1. Select a clip in the listing window.

2. Click to display the clip and to open the modification menu.

3. Check the message in the message window to learn why the clip is incorrect (message is
in green).

4. Modify the clip.

208 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Click Sa v e to save the clip modification; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the clip modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 209

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

210 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Mig Weld (LS-DYNA Only)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 211

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a Mig weld
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

Automatic creation

All the uncreated Mig welds can be created automatically:

Open the C o nne ctio ns > M ig W e ld > Auto m a tic.

Manual creation

Select M ig W e ld > C re a te .

Part selection

Button Behavior

212 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 pick two parts in the graphic window (the parts become red).

to include two parts by dragging a box in the graphic window:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

to include the two parts selected in the tree.

To create a Mig weld with the same part two times, first select the part (it becomes red) and
then, using the SHIFT key, select the same part one or more times (it becomes yellow).

Set the position of the Mig weld

Four options are available to set the position of the Mig weld:

1. Select the E le m e nt tab.

Click and select an element in the graphic window.

Set an element ID in the Shell Element Id field and click O k.

Click Sa v e to save the created Mig weld(s).

Click C a nce l to cancel the Mig weld creation.

If necessary, select another element to create another Mig weld.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

2. Select the No de tab.

Click and select a node in the graphic window.

Click and pick anywhere on a selected part to define the Mig weld location at the
same point.

Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

Set the coordinates X, Y, and Z and click to view the point.

Click Sa v e to save the created Mig weld(s).

Click C a nce l to cancel the Mig weld creation.

If necessary, select another node to create another Mig weld.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 213

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

3. Select the Line tab.

Click to view where the Mig weld can be created. HyperCrash displays the areas of
the selected parts where Mig weld can be created in dark blue.

Enter the length between two Mig welds in the Pitch length field and click O k.

Click and select two elements in the graphic window in order to define the
beginning and the end of the Mig weld.

Click and select two nodes in the graphic window in order to define the beginning
and the end of the Mig weld.

Click and pick two points anywhere on a selected part to define the beginning and
the end of the Mig weld.

Click Sa v e to save the created Mig weld(s).

Click C a nce l to cancel the Mig weld creation.

If necessary, select two other nodes to create another Mig weld.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

4. Select the Auto tab.

Enter or modify the search gap value.

Click to view the Mig weld creation.

Click to change the part used to define the Mig weld locations.

Save the created Mig weld

Click Sa v e to save the created Mig weld(s).

If necessary, select another element, node or line according to the active position
setting mode.

Click C a nce l to cancel the Mig weld creation.

If necessary, set a position to create new Mig weld(s) using elements, node or line
selection.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

214 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a Mig weld
Note: To accept selection(s), press E nte r, click Y e s or right-click the mouse button; or
select C a nce l.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > M ig W e ld > M o dify .

2. Select only one Mig weld.

3. Click to display the Mig weld and to open the modification menu.

In the Part sub-window:

Button Behavior

displays all the parts in the neighborhood of the selected Mig weld.

pick parts in the graphic window to add them to the Mig weld definition.

select parts by box in the graphic window to add them to the Mig weld
definition.

add the selected parts of the tree in the Mig weld definition

deselects the parts that define the Mig weld.

In the Location sub-window, it is possible to change the Mig weld location.

4. Click Sa v e to save the modified Mig weld; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the Mig weld modification.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Mig Weld selection

Button Behavior

selects all the Mig welds

selects all the uncreated Mig welds

pick Mig weld in graphic window to select them

select Mig weld by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 215

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 pick parts in the graphic window to select all the Mig weld linked to those
parts.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
the Mig weld linked to those parts.

Click on Mig weld in the listing window to select it. Several Mig welds from
this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

automatically recreate the "uncreated" Mig weld. In the message window, a

message explains why this Mig weld cannot be created

216 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check a Mig weld

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > M ig W e ld > C rite ria .

A MIG Weld Criteria dialog opens.

2. Select the appropriate criteria to check by clicking the appropriate check box.
3. Enter the desired values for each parameter (It is recommended to use the default
values).

4. Validate in the pop-up dialog window with Sa v e .

5. To reset to the default values, click R e s e t.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 217

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

218 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Laser (LS-DYNA Only)

The lasers are modeled like Mig Welds. Manage lasers the same way as Mig welds. Only the
graphic symbol differs ( for the laser).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 219

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Friction Stir Welding (LS-DYNA Only)

The Friction Stir Welds are modeled like Mig welds. Manage Friction Stir Welds the same way
as Mig welds. Only the graphic symbol differs ( for the Friction Stir Welding).

220 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Hemming

The hemmings are modeled like spotwelds. Manage hemmings the same as with spotwelds.

Only the graphic symbol differs ( for the spotwelds and for the hemmings).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 221

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Export File

In HyperCrash file format

This function exports positions in a HyperCrash file format.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > [co nne ctio n ty pe ] > E xpo rt File > All
[co nne ctio n ty pe ] ....

A sub-window for setting the file name appears.

2. Choose a directory and enter a file name.

3. Click O K to save in a file; or

Click C a nce l to close the sub-window.

In format from tree selection

This function exports all the positions from the tree selection.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > [co nne ctio n ty pe ] > E xpo rt File >
[co nne ctio n ty pe ] fro m Tre e Se le ctio n.

A sub-window for setting the file name appears.

2. Choose a directory and enter a file name.

3. Click O K to save a file; or

Click C a nce l to close the sub-window.

In format with property ID

This function exports all the positions and set of properties in a file format.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > [co nne ctio n ty pe ] > E xpo rt File > All
[co nne ctio n ty pe ] with Pro pe rty Id.

A sub-window for setting the file name appears.

2. Choose a directory and enter a file name.

3. Click O K to save a file; or

Click C a nce l to close the sub-window.

222 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

In CSV format

This function exports the positions in CSV format.

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nne ctio ns > [co nne ctio n ty pe ] > E xpo rt File > All
[co nne ctio n ty pe ] in C SV Fo rm a t.

A sub-window for setting the file name appears.

2. Choose a directory and enter a file name.

3. Click O K to save a file; or

Click C a nce l to close the sub-window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 223

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

224 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Time History Setting

In the Modify page of the selected connection ( Spo twe ld, B o lt, G lue , W e lding line , or
H e m m ing):

1. Select the connection to add to or remove from TH (time history) in the connection list.

2. In the connection list window, open the context menu (right-click of the mouse).

3. Select either:

Put in TH to set the connection in TH

R e m o v e fro m TH to unset the connection in TH

In the connection list column , the status of the connection can be:

Yes The connection is set in TH.

The connection ID is partially set in TH

Partially
(only some springs of the connection).

No The connection is not set in TH.

None The connection cannot be set in TH.

For each connection, the following elements are set in TH:

Spotweld Each spring of the spotweld connection.

The spring of the bolt for the

Bolt deformable bolt;

The rigid body for the rigid bolt.

Glue The spring of the glue connection.

The spring of the welding line

Welding line
connection.

Hemming The spring of the hemming connection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 225

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

226 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Mesh Editing

The menu options under Mesh Editing are different depending on the user interface
selected.

Mesh Editing menu for LS-DYNA

Mesh Editing menu for

RADIOSS

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 227

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Node

228 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create nodes

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > No de > C re a te .

or

If the Mesh Ed iting panel is already open, select No de > C re a te from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

To create node(s) between two other nodes:

1. Select the No de s B e twe e n No de s radio button.

2. In the Number of Node(s) field, enter the number of nodes to be created between two
nodes, or use the buttons.

3. Click and in the graphic window, pick the two boundary nodes.

The nodes are displayed in red.

4. Click Sa v e to save the created nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel node creation.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

To create a node at the center of 3 nodes:

1. Select the No de C e nte r o f 3 No de s radio button.

2. Click and in the graphic window, pick the 3 nodes.

The nodes are displayed in red. When the third node is picked, the new center node is
calculated.

3. Click Sa v e to save the created nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel node creation.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

To create a node at specific coordinates

1. Select the C o o rdina te s radio button.

2. Fill in the x, y , and z fields.

3. Click to display the node in the graphic window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 229

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The nodes are displayed in red.

4. Click Sa v e to save the created nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel node creation.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

To copy a node

1. Select the C o py radio button.

2. Select the Tra ns la te tab.

3. Select C o o rd. or D ir./ Le ngth radio button.

4. Fill in the vector coordinates X, Y and Z.

5. Click the button to select the nodes to duplicate.

6. Click to pick 2 nodes.

7. Click to display the translation.

The nodes are displayed in red.

8. Click Sa v e to save the created nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel node creation.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu

230 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To merge nodes

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > No de > M o dify .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select No de > M o dify from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

To merge nodes one-by-one:

1. Select the M e rge s ingle radio button.

2. Click .

3. In the graphic window, click the first node, and then click the second node.

The first node will move and will merge with the second one. The second node does not
move.

4. Click Sa v e to merge the nodes; or

To cancel node merging, click C a nce l.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

To merge multiple nodes:

1. Select the M e rge m ulti radio button.

2. Click the Se t 1 radio button to activate it.

3. Select the nodes for the first set:

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 231

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

4. Click the Se t 2 radio button to activate it.

5. Select the nodes for the second set (same procedure as selecting nodes for the first set).

6. In the gap search to merge field, enter the tolerance to search the possible nodes to
merge.

7. Click or press the E nte r key to display the possible nodes to merge.

The nodes of the first set will move and will be merged with the nodes of the second set.
The nodes of the second set do not move.

8. Click Sa v e to merge the nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel node merging.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

232 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To disconnect nodes

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > No de > M o dify .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select No de > M o dify from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

Two options are available to disconnect nodes

Disconnect all the selected nodes.

>

Disconnect only the nodes between different parts.

>

1. Click the D is co n. radio button to activate.

2. Click either the D is co nne ct No de s or D is co nne ct C o m m o n No de s be twe e n pa rt radio

button.

3. Select the nodes to disconnect:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 233

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window, and then answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree

remove the parts selected in the tree.

4. Click Sa v e to disconnect the nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel node disconnection.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

234 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete nodes
Note: Only free nodes (nodes connected to nothing) can be deleted. Press the F8 key to
display the free nodes.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > No de > M o dify .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select No de > M o dify from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

2. Select the D e le te radio button in the panel.

To delete the free nodes one-by-one:

1. Click .

2. In the graphic window, click a free node (white node) to delete it.

The node is highlighted in red.

3. To confirm, click Sa v e to delete the nodes; or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

To delete all the free nodes:

1. Click .

2. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

3. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 235

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

236 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Element

Create elements

All element types can be created.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > E le m e nt > C re a te .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select E le m e nt > C re a te from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

2. Enter a name in the Part creation field and click O k to create a new part. (All the
created elements will be added onto this new part.)

or

Click and pick a part in the graphic window.

Click to add parts by box selection and answer the question in the Dialog menu
bar with Y e s or C a nce l.
The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to select a part (only one) in the tree. (All the created elements will be
added onto this selected part).

3. Choose your element creation type:

Switch the toggle button E le m e nts / M e s hing OFF to mesh a plane with four-nodes
shell elements by selection for the edge.

Switch the toggle button E le m e nts / M e s hing ON to create any type of element
one-by-one.

Element type selection M e shing

1. The Property File window appears. In the property database, select a shell property and
validate with O K.

2. The Shell Property Card window appears. The parameters can be modified.

Click O K to save the property.

Click C a nce l to cancel the property selection.

The Property File window appears. In the property database, select a shell property
and validate with O K.

3. The Material File window appears. In the material database, select a shell material and
validate with O K.

4. The Shell Material Card window appears. The parameters can be modified.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 237

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click O K to save the material.

Click C a nce l to cancel the material selection.

5. Switch OFF or ON the toggle button, Pitch / Num be r o f no de s .

If the toggle button is ON:

- Enter the mesh size (pitch) between Node 1 and Node 2.

- Enter the mesh size (pitch) between Node 2 and Node 3.

If the toggle button is OFF:

- Enter the number of nodes between Node 1 and Node 2.

- Enter the number of nodes between Node 2 and Node 3.

6. Click and pick four nodes on the graphic window with the same order as the shell
element creation.

7. Click to view the mesh creation proposal.

8. Click Sa v e to save the created elements; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the element(s) creation.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Element type selection E le me nt

1. Click C ho o s e a n e le m e nt ty pe and select an element type from the list.

A Property File window opens.

2. In the property database, select a shell property and validate with O K.

3. The Shell Property Card window appears. The parameters can be modified:

Click O K to save the property.

Click C a nce l to cancel the property selection.

4. The Property File window appears. In the property database, select a shell property and
validate with O K.

5. The Material File window appears. In the material database, select a shell material and
validate with O K.

6. The Shell Material Card window appears. The parameters can be modified.

Click O K to save the material.

Click C a nce l to cancel the material selection.

7. Pick nodes in the graphic window to create the element:

238 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 two or three nodes for a spring element

two nodes for a truss

three nodes for a beam

four nodes for a four-nodes shell element

three nodes for a three-nodes shell element

eight nodes for the solid element:

o eight different nodes for a hexahedron

o six different nodes for a pentahedron, plus pick the fifth and sixth nodes a second
time each to define nodes that collapse into the penta's fifth node.

o four different nodes for a pentahedron's base, plus pick the fourth node four
additional times. An automatic projection (in accordance with the predefined
element quality criteria) from the fourth node creates a fifth node.

8. Select new nodes to create other elements in the same part.

9. When finished, click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the node selection.

10. Click Sa v e to save the created elements; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the element(s) creation.

11. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 239

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1D Element

Modify

Beams, trusses and springs can be modified.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > E le m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select E le m e nt > M o dify from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

2. Select the 1D radio button.

3. Click and, in the graphic window, pick an element to highlight it in blue. When finished,
answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

In the element list, click one element and click to display it in blue in the gra phic
windo w.

4. Click and, in the graphic win do w, pick the part to transfer to this element.

or

Click to modify the element location:

In the graphic window, pick one node of the element.

Next, pick another node to define the new node location.

240 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Click Sa v e to save the element modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the element modifications.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Delete

Beams, trusses and springs can be deleted.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > E le m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select E le m e nt > M o dify from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

2. Click and in the graphic window, pick elements to highlight them in blue. When
finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click and in the graphic window, drag a box to select elements.

or

Click and pick parts in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click and in the graphic window, drag a box to select parts.

3. Click to delete the selected elements.

4. Confirm the element deletion by clicking Y e s or C a nce l in the pop-up dialog window.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 241

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Check

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > E le m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select E le m e nt > M o dify from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

In the 1D element list, the green elements have a correct definition, the orange elements
have a warning, and the red ones have a bad definition.

A warning will occur if one or two nodes of a 1D element belong to one or more of the
following entities:

An accelerometer

Another 1D element having the same type and the same property

An added mass

An Error will occur if one or two nodes of a 1D element belong to one or more of the following
entities:

A skew frame

A sensor

A time history

An interface (except interfaces type 2)

A gravity

An initial velocity
Note: The third beam nodes are not taken into account for the check.
Two columns show the warning and the error for all 1D element types:

The column, Loose, shows the number of "loose nodes": 0, 1, or 2.

The column, Connec., shows the number of 1D element nodes linked to elements
having the same type and the same property.

To correct the elements with an automatic loop:

1. Click to activate the automatic correction. The element is displayed in blue in the
graphic window and messages are printed in the message window to explain why the
element has an error or warning.

2. Click the right mouse button in the context menu and select one of the following:

Se e lo o s e no de s if the element has an error.

242 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Se e No de s , which m ight no t be pro pe rly co nne cte d if the element has a warning.

3. Modify the element.

or

Merge the node(s) to reconnect the element.

or

Add the node(s) in a rigid body.

4. Click to stop the automatic correction.

To correct the elements one-by-one:

1. Select an element (see Modify 1D Elements to learn how to select an element).

2. Click to display the element in blue in the graphic window.

3. Click the right mouse button in the context menu and select one of the following:

Se e lo o s e no de s if the element has an error.

Se e No de s , which m ight no t be pro pe rly co nne cte d if the element has a warning.

4. Modify the element.

or

Merge the node(s) to reconnect the element.

or

Add the node(s) in rigid body.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 243

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

244 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2D Element

Modify and Delete One Element at a Time:

1. Select the 2D radio button.

2. Select the type of modification required:

Button Behavior

to split a 4-nodes shell into 2-shells 3-nodes elements.

to split a 4-nodes shell into 4-shells 3-nodes elements.

to split a 4-nodes shell into 4-shells 4-nodes elements.

to split a 4-nodes shell into 3-shells 4-nodes elements.

to split a 4-nodes shell into 2-shells 4-nodes elements.

to split a 4-nodes shell into 1-shell 4-nodes elements and 1-shell 3-nodes
elements.

to split a 3-nodes shell into 3-shells 4-nodes elements.

to join two 3-nodes shell into 1-shell 4-nodes elements.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 245

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 to switch shell orientation.

to delete 4-nodes shell elements.

3. Pick an element in the graphic window.

4. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

5. Pick another element in the graphic window to make the same modification.

Modify and Delete a group of elements:

1. Select the shell group:

Button Behavior

pick elements in the graphic window, then answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add elements by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

remove elements by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window, then answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add in the selection the parts selected in the tree.

remove from the selection the parts selected in the tree.

2. Click to split all the selected 4-nodes shell into four 4-nodes shell elements and the
selected 3-nodes shell into three 4-nodes shell elements.

or

Click to delete all the selected elements.

3. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

246 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Check Element Quality

The shell elements quality can be checked with the Quality menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 247

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

3D Element

Modify and Delete

1. Select the 3D radio button.

2. Select the shell group:

Button Behavior

pick elements in the graphic window, then answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add/remove elements in the graphic window, then answer the question in

the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add elements by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

remove elements by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window, then answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add in the selection the parts selected in the tree.

remove from the selection the parts selected in the tree.

clear the selection

3. Click to delete all the selected elements.

248 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

Check
The orientation of the solid elements can be checked with the M o de l C he cke r.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 249

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

All Types

This option allows you to perform deletions on any combination of elements of any type: 1D,
2D, and 3D.

Elements can be selected by the standard methods:

Button Behavior

pick elements in the graphic window, then answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add/remove elements in the graphic window, then answer the question in

the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add elements by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

remove elements by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window, then answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add in the selection the parts selected in the tree.

remove from the selection the parts selected in the tree.

clear the selection

Once selected, elements can be deleted ( ).

Deleting 2D or 3D elements can result in free nodes left behind (nodes are considered free if
they do not belong to any other element). To remedy this, ensure that the Delete element
free nodes checkbox is activated before clicking the DELETE icon. Note that deleting free
nodes only applies to 2D and 3D elements, even if you have some 1D elements in your
selection.

250 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Convert Element (Radioss only)

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > E le m e nt > M o dify .

The following appears:

2. Select the C o nv e rt E le m e nt radio button.

3. Select the element.

Button Behavior

pick parts in the graphic window, then answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add/remove the selection the parts selected in the tree.

4. Select Ty pe o f C o nv e rs io n.
5. For Type of Extrusion, select M iddle E xtrus io n or E xte rna l E xtrus io n using the radio
buttons.
6. Click Sa v e to save the element modifications; or
Click C a nce l to cancel the element modifications.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 251

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Part

252 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a stiffener
A stiffener is a new part defined by an offset from part of an existing part's shell element.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > She e t.

or

If the Mesh Editing tab is already open, select Pa rt > She e t from the pull-down menu in
the tab's upper-right corner.

2. Make sure that the Stiffner radio button is selected.

3. Enter a name in the New part name field and click O k to create a new part.

4. Click and pick a part in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click to offset a part selected in the tree.

5. Click and pick elements in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Or, add/remove elements by area selection:

Click to add elements by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to remove elements by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to add elements by circular or elliptical selection:

o The default shape is circular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define an elliptical area.

6. Select Ke e p s a m e m a te ria l to use the same material for the new part as for the
reference part.

or

Select C ho o s e ne w m a te ria l to set a specific material on the stiffener. The Material

File window appears. In the material database, select the desired material and validate
with O K.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 253

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

7. Set the thickness value in the New thickness field.

254 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

8. Select the Offset type and value:

no rm a l to e le m e nt(s ) to offset the nodes on the average normal of the neighboring

elements.

de fine d by v e cto r to offset the nodes with a defined vector:

o Click and select two nodes to define the direction.

o Click and select an element to define the direction normal to this element.

Set the offset value in the Offset field and click O k. HyperCrash will show a preview
of the stiffener.

9. Click Sa v e to save the stiffener; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the stiffener creation.

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 255

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To split a part

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > Split.

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select Pa rt >Split from the pull-down menu in
the panel.

2. Click and pick a part in the graphic window.

or

Click to offset the part selected in the tree.

3. Click and pick elements in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Or, add/remove elements by area selection:

Click to add elements by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to remove elements by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to add elements by circular or elliptical selection:

o The default shape is circular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define an elliptical area.

256 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. If the Put in e xis ting pa rt radio button is selected, put the selected element in the new
part.

Click and pick a part in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Click to offset the part selected in the tree.

5. If the C re a te ne w pa rt radio button is selected, create a new part.

6. Enter a name in the New part name field and click O k to create a new part.

7. Set the thickness value in the New thickness field and click O k.

8. Select Ke e p s a m e m a te ria l to use the same material for the new part as is used for the
reference part.

or

Select C ho o s e ne w m a te ria l to set a specific material for the new part. The Material
File window appears.

9. From the material database, select the desired material and validate with O K. The
stress vs. strain curve of the material appears on the screen. Answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or No .

10. Click Sa v e to save the stiffener; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the stiffener creation.

11. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 257

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the element orientation of a part

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > She e t.

or

If the Mesh Editing tab is already open, select Pa rt > She e t from the pull-down menu in
the upper-right corner of the tab.

2. Select the O rie nta tio n radio button.

3. Click and pick a part in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click to offset the part selected in the tree.

HyperCrash displays the normal of the element with red and green arrows according to the
element orientation.

258 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

If Y e s is selected, the orientation is automatically made.

If C a nce l is selected, tools are available to manually modify the element orientation:

5. Click to view the normal of the elements.

6. Click to switch picked orientation of the selected part.

7. Click to select an element with box selection and answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

8. Click to reverse the orientation of all the elements of the selected part.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 259

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To offset the mesh of parts

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > She e t.

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select Pa rt > She e t from the pull-down menu
in the panel.

2. Choose the O ffs e t radio button.

3. Click and pick a part in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click to select the part selected in the tree.

4. By default, HyperCrash corrects all the element normals and takes them as the offset
direction: the no rm a l to e le m e nt(s ) toggle is selected.

or

Click de fine d by v e cto r to impose another offset direction; then:

o Click and in the graphic window, and pick two nodes to define the offset
direction.

or

o Click and in the graphic window, and pick an element. The offset direction will
be the picked element normal.

5. By default, the Offset value is equal to half the part thickness (this is useful for moving
the elements to the neutral fiber).

or

Set a value in the Offset field and click O k.

Click to invert the offset side.

6. Click Sa v e to save the part offset.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the part offset.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

260 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create simple parts

There are two types of simple parts that can be created: mass and RBODY. In addition, each
type of part has more than one means of creating it.

Note that in the context of simple part creation, the term "part" does not necessarily refer to
a meshed or geometric entity in the model; a "part" can exist in the tree without having any
associated location, dimensions, or other characteristics. At creation, simple parts are usually
only organizational in nature, but they can be modified to include entities that define location,
dimensions, mass, materials, and so on. Think of such simple parts as empty containers at
creation--the mesh that you later place into them defines the characteristics of the
corresponding physical, real-world part that you need to model.

Creating a new Mass Part

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > Sim ple .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select Pa rt > Sim ple from the pull-down menu
in the panel.

2. Select the M a s s radio button.

Each tab represents a different creation method. Continue with the appropriate
subsection below.

To create a mass from an existing mass

This method creates an exact duplicate of an existing mass, which you can then move or
assign to another part/location in the model.

3. In the From model tab, select an existing mass from the list. If there are none listed,
you cannot create a new part by this method.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 261

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. Click Save. The new part is created and can be viewed in the Tree, and manipulated with
other tools within HyperCrash.

To create a new mass by location

3. In the Create new tab, click and select a node in the graphic window.

or

Click and pick point on a shell element.

The Node ID, X, Y, and Z fields all populate with the picked node/point's data.

4. Type in the desired Mass for the new mass/part.

5. Click Save. A new part and a new mass part are created, and can be viewed in the Tree
and manipulated with other tools within HyperCrash.

To create a new mass by translating an existing mesh

3. In the Translate FEM tab, click and pick a part in the graphic window. Click YES in
the Dialog Menu Bar when finished

262 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 or

Click to translate the part(s) selected in the tree.

The Name field will populate with the picked part name. The fields for Computed Mass
and Center of gravity populate automatically, but can be edited.

4. Click SAVE.

The chosen part(s) are deleted and replaced with new, empty parts and free nodes that
carry the specified mass.

Creating a new RBODY

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > Sim ple .

or

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 263

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select Pa rt > Sim ple from the pull-down menu
in the panel.

2. Select the R B O D Y radio button.

Continue with the appropriate procedure below, depending on the desired method of creation.

To create a new RBODY from an existing part

3. Select the From model tab.

4. Pick the desired rigid nodal body or bodies from the list (use SHIFT-click and CTRL-click to
select multiple bodies).

5. Click SAVE. The new part is created and can be viewed in the Tree, and manipulated with
other tools within HyperCrash.

To create a new RBODY by translating existing mesh

3. In the Translate FEM tab, click and pick a part in the graphic window. Click YES in
the Dialog Menu Bar when finished

or

Click to translate the part(s) selected in the tree.

264 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. The Name field will populate with the picked part name. The fields for Computed
RBODY Mass, Center of gravity, and Inertia populate automatically, but can be edited.
5. Click SAVE.
The chosen RBODY part(s) are deleted and replaced with new, empty parts and free
nodes that carry the specified mass.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 265

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To duplicate parts
Parts selection

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Pa rt > D uplica te .

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select Pa rt > D uplica te from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

2. Click and pick parts in the graphic window to select or unselect parts. When finished,
answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click to select the parts selected in the tree.

3. Select one of the duplication options:

M e s h o nly to duplicate only the mesh: nodes, elements, properties, materials and tree
organization.

M e s h + a ll o ptio ns to duplicate the mesh and the all features belonging to the
duplicated parts.

4. Set the position of the duplicated parts with the defined displacement node moving
functions:

with translations

with rotations

with multiple moves

with symmetries

with scaling

5. Click Apply Tra ns la tio n to view the duplicated parts.

6. Click Sa v e to save the part offset.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the part offset.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

266 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 267

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rigid Body

268 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a rigid body

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > R igid B o dy > C re a te .

2. Enter a name in the Rigid body creation field and validate with O k.

3. In the Selections tab, select nodes using the different tools (described in Global topic for
Group Selection).

Note: The nodes already selected in other kinematic conditions cannot be reselected.

4. Click SAVE to create a new rigid body from the selected nodes.

Rigid body master node

The slave nodes are displayed in red and the master node in green. By default, the master
node is set at the slave node center of gravity.

To impose a different master node location:

1. Select the M a s te r No de tab.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 269

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Set the x, y, and z master node coordinates in the fields.

3. Click Sa v e to impose this location for the master node; or

Click C a nce l m a s te r no de by co o rdina te s to keep the default master node location.

4. Click the R e f. Axis tab.

5. Define the reference axis using the different tools in the Reference Axis frame.

270 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

6. Click the Se ns o r tab.

7. Define the sensor to activate and deactivate the imposed displacement. (Learn how to
create a sensor.)

8. Select the Pro pe rtie s tab.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 271

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

9. Set a mass in the field below Mass.

10. Set the inertia in the Inertia fields.

11. Click the M a s te r no de toggle to activate it and save the master node as a time history
node.

Click the R igid bo dy toggle to activate it and save the rigid body for time history.

12. Click Sa v e to save the created rigid body; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the rigid body creation.

13. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

272 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete a rigid body

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > R igid B o dy > M o dify .

2. Click to select all the rigid body(ies).

3. Click and pick rigid body(ies) in the graphic window.

or

Click and draw a box around the rigid body(ies) to select.

4. Click and pick parts in the graphic window.

or

Click and, in the graphic window, drag a box to select parts.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 273

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Click the rigid body line in the listing window to select it.

Several rigid bodies from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

6. Click to display the rigid body(ies) in the graphic window.

7. Click to compute the rigid body(ies).

Modification

1. After selecting only one rigid body, click to do any of the following:

Change the rigid body name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node Selection).

Modify the rigid body master node location (see Rigid Body Master Node).

Modify the skew frame (see Reference Axis).

Modify the sensor (see Sensor).

Modify the rigid body properties (see Rigid Body Properties).

2. Click to automatically move all the rigid body master nodes to their center of gravity.

3. Click Sa v e to save the modified rigid body.

Deletion

1. After selecting only one rigid body, click .

2. Click to delete the selected rigid bodies.

3. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

Validation
1. Click Se e to view the modified rigid body.

2. Click Sa v e to save the modified rigid body; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the rigid body modifications.

3. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

274 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 275

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check and correct a rigid body
From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > R igid B o dy > C he ck.

In the rigid body list, the green rigid bodies have a correct definition, the orange ones have
to be checked, and the red ones have a bad definition. HyperCrash can automatically or
semi-automatically correct the rigid bodies with errors or warnings.

A rigid body has a bad definition or must be checked if:

The master node is master node of several rigid bodies. Check the column, . If
there is a "y" in this column, the rigid body is bad.

The master node is on an element. Check the column, . If there is a "y" in this
column the rigid body is bad.

One or more slave nodes belong to another rigid body. Check the column, . If the
number in this column is greater than 0, the rigid body is bad.

The rigid body master node is also a slave node of another rigid body. Check the
column, . If there is a "y" in this column, the rigid body has to be checked.

The rigid body has one or zero slave nodes. Check the column, . If the number
in this column is less than or equal to 1 (1 or 0), the rigid body is bad.

In the same rigid body, if the master node is also selected as slave. Check the column,
M=S. If there is a "y" in this column, the rigid body is bad.

If a rigid body is small (small number of slave nodes and/or small size) and if the
spherical inertia option is not activated in the rigid body definition. Check the column,
. If there is a "y" in this column, the rigid body has to be checked.

Correction
Master nodes in several rigid bodies

1. Select a rigid body that has the master node in several other rigid bodies ("y" in the
column, ).

2. Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Click the right mouse button and, in the pop-up menu, select Se e C o m m o n M a s te r o f
R bo die s to display the rigid bodies with common master nodes.

4. No automatic corrections are available in this version.

276 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Master node on an element

1. Select a rigid body that has the master node on an element ("y" in the column, ).

2. Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Click the right mouse button and, in the pop-up menu, select Se e R bo dy M a s te r o n
e le m e nt(s ) to display the element connected to the master node.

4. Click Sa v e to automatically correct the rigid body.

It becomes green.

The rigid body master node and the element node are disconnected. The rigid body master
node is moved to the slave node center of gravity. The element node is included in the rigid
body as slave.

Slave nodes in other rigid bodies

1. Select a rigid body that has a slave node in other rigid bodies. (Number greater than 0 in

the column, ).

2. Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Click the right mouse button and, in the pop-up menu, select Se e s la v e no de s in o the r
R bo die s to display in blue the slave nodes included in other rigid bodies.

4. Deselect those nodes using the following buttons: , , , , or .

5. Click Sa v e to save the corrected rigid body.

It becomes green if all the slave nodes in other rigid bodies are removed.

The rigid body master node is also slave node of another rigid body

1. Select a rigid body with a master node which is also a slave node of another rigid body
("y" in the column, ).

2. Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Click the right mouse button and, in the pop-up menu, select Se e C a s ca de s o f R bo die s
to display the rigid bodies connecting the master node.

4. Select the rigid body where the slave node has to be deleted and click to display it in
the graphic window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 277

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Deselect the node using the following buttons: , , , , or .

6. Click Sa v e to save the corrected rigid body.

Rigid body with one or zero slave nodes

1. Select a rigid body that has one or zero slave nodes. ("1" or "0" in the column, ).

2. Click to delete it.

or

Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Add nodes to the rigid body (see Node and Part Selection) and click Sa v e to save it.

It becomes green.

In the same rigid body, the master node is also slave.

1. Select a rigid body having its master node defined also as slave ("y" in the column, M=S).

2. Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Click the right mouse button and, in the pop-up menu, select Se e R bo dy M a s te r is a ls o
s la v e to display the rigid body master node in blue.

4. Click Sa v e to automatically correct the rigid body.

It becomes green.

The master node is removed from the slave node list.

Small rigid body without spherical inertia option.

1. Select a rigid body that has a small size and no spherical inertia option. ("y" in the column
).

2. Click to display the rigid body in the graphic window.

3. Click Sa v e to automatically correct the rigid body.

It becomes green.

The spherical inertia option is set in the rigid body definition.

278 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Semi-automatic correction

1. Click to execute the previously defined steps semi-automatically.

2. The first bad rigid body is automatically selected and displayed.

3. The error or warning message is displayed.

4. This loop continues until all rigid bodies are corrected.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 279

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

280 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Constrained (LS-DYNA Only)

The Constrained menu is available in the LS-DYNA user profile only.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 281

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Extra Nodes

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the E xtra No de s
option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference an Extra Node.

In the Extra Nodes panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Note: Selected extra nodes may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

282 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 All extra nodes can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask
all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new extra node

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 283

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

284 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Generalized Weld

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the G e ne ra liz e d
W e ld option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Spotweld.

In the Generalized Weld panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the available choices.

Note: Selected spotwelds may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All spotwelds can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new spotweld

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 285

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

286 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Interpolation

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the
Inte rpo la tio n option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Spotweld.

In the Interpolation panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Note: Selected spotwelds may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All spotwelds can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new spotweld

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 287

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

288 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Joints

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the Jo ints ( )
option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Constrained Joint.

In the Joints panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection from the
available choices.

Note: Selected cylindrical joints may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All cylindrical joints can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new joint

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 289

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

290 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Nodal Rigid Bodies

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the No da l R igid
B o die s option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Rigid Body (RBODY).

In the Nodal Rigid Bodies panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the available choices.

Note: Selected nodal rigid bodies may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All nodal rigid bodies can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new nodal rigid body

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the RBODY card panel appears.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 291

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

292 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Node Sets

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the No de Se ts (

) option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Rigid Link (RLINK).

In the Constrained Node Sets panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the available choices.

Note: Selected rigid links may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All rigid links can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new rigid link

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the RLINK card panel appears.
2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.
3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 293

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

294 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rigid Bodies

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the R igid B o die s
option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Spotweld.

In the Rigid Bodies panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Note: Selected spotwelds may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All spotwelds can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new spotweld

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 295

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

296 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rivets

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the R iv e ts
option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Rivet.

In the Rivets panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection from the
available choices.

Note: Selected rivets may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model Browser.

All rivets can be turned ON or OFF using the D is pla y G ra phic o bje cts or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new rivet

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the appropriate card panel
appears.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 297

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

298 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Spotwelds

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the Spo twe lds
option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Spotweld.

In the Spotwelds panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection from
the available choices.

Note: Selected spotwelds may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All spotwelds can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new spotweld

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 299

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

300 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Tie-Break

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the Tie - B re a k
option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Spotweld.

In the Tie-Break panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection from
the available choices.

Note: Selected spotwelds may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All spotwelds can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new spotweld

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 301

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

302 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Tied Nodes Failure

From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C o ns tra ine d menu option, use the Tie d No de s
Fa ilure option to create, delete, edit, or cross reference a Spotweld.

In the Tied Nodes Failure panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the available choices.

Note: Selected spotwelds may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All spotwelds can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new spotweld

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, select the appropriate card panel.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in the applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 303

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

304 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rigid Link

Use the R igid Link ( ) option from the Mesh Editing menu to create, delete, edit, or cross
reference a Rigid Link card (/RLINK).

In the Rigid Link panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection from
the available choices.

Note: Selected rigid links may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All rigid links can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or Mask all
graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new rigid link

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the /RLINK card panel appears.

2. Click check boxes to activate tra ns la tio n and ro ta tio n options, and right-click in the
applicable fields for more options.

3. Click to expand the Ske w and Suppo rt sub-menus and use the tools provided to make
selections from these menus as applicable.

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 305

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Cylindrical Joint

Use the C y lindrica l Jo int ( ) option from the Mesh Editing menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross reference a Cylindrical Joint card (/CYL_JOINT).

In the Cylindrical Joint panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Note: Selected cylindrical joints may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All cylindrical joints can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new cylindrical joint.

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the /CYL_JOINT card panel
appears.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.

3. Click to expand the Suppo rt sub-menu and make selections from this menu as applicable.

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

306 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Common Node

Use the Common Node ( ) option from the Mesh Editing menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross reference a Common Node card (/CNODE).

In the Common Node panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Note: Selected Common nodes may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All Common nodes can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new Common Node.

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the CNODE card panel appears.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.

3. Click to expand the Suppo rt sub-menu and make selections from this menu as applicable.

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 307

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Move

Free-Hand Node Move

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > M o v e .

2. Using the radio button, select the M o us e M o v ing sub-window.

3. Click the E le m e nt C he ck toggle to display the elements with their quality color while
moving the nodes:

If the Element Check toggle is activated, the elements around the moving node
become green (quality is good), orange (quality is acceptable), or red (quality is
bad).

If the Element Check toggle is not activated, the elements are displayed in the part
color.

Two options are available to move nodes using the mouse

Move the nodes one-by-one:

1. Under One-by-One Selected, click to move the node in the plane defined by the
neighboring elements:

308 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 In the graphic window, pick a node and hold the left mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the node.

If necessary, pick another node and repeat the same steps.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

or

2. Under One-by-One Selected, click to move the node in the plane defined by the
node to move and two other nodes:

In the graphic window, pick the node to be moved (the node is displayed in yellow).

Pick two other nodes (the nodes are displayed in red) to define a plane.

Pick the first selected node once more and hold down the left mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the node.

If necessary, pick another node and move it in the same plane.

When finished, clickY e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

or

3. Under One-by-One Selected, click to move the node along the normal of a plane:

In the graphic window, pick the node to be moved (the node is displayed in yellow).

Pick two other nodes (the nodes are displayed in red) to define a plane.

Pick the first selected node once more and hold down the left mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the node.

If necessary, pick another node and move it along the same normal.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 309

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

or

4. Under One-by-One Selected, click to move the node in the plane defined by the
screen:

In the graphic window, pick a node and hold down the left mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the node.

If necessary, pick another node and repeat the same steps.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

Move several nodes at the same time:

1. In Multi-Selected, click to move nodes in the plane defined by the neighboring

elements:

In the graphic window, pick all the nodes to be moved.

When finished with the selection, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

Pick the green node (first picked node) and hold down the left mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the nodes.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If necessary, pick other nodes and repeat the same steps.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

or

2. In Multi-Selected, click to move nodes in a plane defined by three nodes:

In the graphic window, pick three nodes to define a plane.

Pick all the nodes to move.

When finished with the selection, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

310 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Pick the first selected moving node (green node) once more and hold down the left
mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the nodes.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If necessary, pick other nodes and move them in the same plane.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

or

3. In Multi-Selected, click to move nodes along the normal of a plane:

In the graphic window, pick three nodes to define a plane.

Pick all the nodes to be moved.

When finished with the selection, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

Pick the first selected node (green node) once more and hold down the left mouse
button.

Move the mouse to translate the nodes.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If necessary, pick other nodes and move them along the same normal.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

or

4. In Multi-Selected, click to move nodes in the plane defined by the screen:

In the graphic window, pick all the nodes to be moved.

When finished with the selection, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

Pick the green node (first picked node) and hold down the left mouse button.

Move the mouse to translate the nodes.

When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If needed, pick other nodes and repeat the same steps.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 311

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

To confirm, click Sa v e to save the node displacements.

or

To cancel, click C a nce l.

312 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move Nodes using Defined Displacement

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > M o v e .

2. Select the D e fine d D is pla ce m e nt radio button.

3. In the Selection sub-window:

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

to add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

clear the selection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 313

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move Nodes with Translations

Two options are available to translate nodes. Both begin by selecting the Tra ns la tio n

window ( ) sub-window.

Method 1: Define a vector

1. Click the C o o rd. toggle to activate it.

2. Define a vector by using one of the following:

Click and, in the graphic window, click the two nodes defining the vector.

or

Click and in the graphic window, pick three nodes to define a plane, and by
extension its normal vector.

or

Fill in the Vector Coordinates: X, Y, Z fields and click Apply Tra ns la tio n.

314 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

3. Once the vector is defined, click Apply Tra ns la tio n as many times as necessary to repeat
the same displacement.

4. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Method 2: Define a direction and a distance

1. Click the D ir./ Le ngth toggle to activate it.

2. Define a direction by using one of the following:

Click and in the graphic window, click the two nodes defining the direction.

or

Click and in the graphic window, pick three nodes.

or

Fill in the Vector Direction: X, Y, Z fields.

3. In the Distance field, set the translation distance.

4. Once the vector is defined, click Apply Tra ns la tio n as many times as necessary to repeat
the same displacement.

5. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 315

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move Nodes with Rotations

Four options are available to rotate nodes. Each begins by selecting the R o ta tio n window (

) tab.

Method 1: pick the axis and define the rotation angle

1. Click and in the graphic window, click the two nodes defining the rotation axis.

By default, the first node will define the rotation center.

2. Define the rotation angle in the Angle field.

3. Click Apply R o ta tio n as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

4. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

316 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Method 2: pick three nodes

1. Click and in the graphic window, pick three nodes.

By default, node 1 will define the rotation center. The normal to the plane made by the
nodes 1, 2, and 3 will define the rotation axis. The rotation angle will be the angle 2-1-3.

2. Click Apply R o ta tio n as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

3. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Method 3: pick the axis and pick two nodes

1. Click and in the graphic window, click two nodes (nodes 1 and 2) to define the
rotation axis and then click two other nodes (nodes 3 and 4) to define the rotation angle.

By default, the node 1 will define the rotation center. The nodes 1 and 2 will define the
rotation axis. The rotation angle will be the angle between by the plane defined by the
nodes 1, 2, and 3 and the plane defined by the nodes 1, 2, and 4.

2. Click Apply R o ta tio n as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

3. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Method 4: Fill in the fields

1. It is possible to directly fill in the fields defining the Rotation Axis (X axis, Y axis, and Z
axis coordinates), the Rotation Angle (the angle in degree) and the Rotation Center (X

, Y, and Z coordinates or Node Id or by picking a node using ).

2. Click Apply R o ta tio n as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

3. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 317

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move Nodes with Multi-Movings

The multi-moving menu helps you to position parts by making translations and rotations.

Example:

To move the red part to its final

location doing translations and
rotations, use the multi-moving
menu.

In the multi-moving menu, pick

1, 2, or 3 pairs of nodes. For each
pair of nodes, the first node
defines the starting point and the
second node, the arrival point.
Here, for instance, three pairs of
nodes are defined:

When Apply m o v e is clicked,

HyperCrash tries to move the part
from the starting position to the
arrival position, automatically
performing the necessary
translations and rotations:

1. Select the sub-window.

318 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Define the First couple of nodes by one of the following:

Click and, in the graphic window, pick two nodes.

Set the two node IDs in the fields.

3. If necessary, define a Second couple definition, as described above.

4. If necessary, define a Third couple definition, as described above.

5. Click O ptim iz e to optimize the displacements.

6. Click Allo w R o ta tio n to allow rotations; if unchecked, only translations occur.

7. Click Apply m o v e to start the multi-move displacement.

8. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 319

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move Nodes with Symmetries

HyperCrash can do symmetries at y = 0 axis.

1. Select the tab.

2. Click Apply M irro r.

3. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu

320 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move Nodes with Scaling

The scaling menu helps you to stretch the parts.

Example:

To change the mesh of the red

part to join it to the yellow part,
use the Scaling menu.

By defining a direction and a scale

factor, the mesh can be modified:

1. Select the Sca ling window ( ) sub-window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 321

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

322 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Define the Sca ling C e nte r by using the following:

Click and in the graphic window, pick one node.

Fill in the X, Y, and Z fields.

Enter a node ID in the Node Id field.

From this point, three different options are available to define the scaling direction and the
scaling factor.

Enter a factor in the three directions:

1. Click the Fa cto r radio button to activate it.

2. Fill in the X, Y, and Z fields with the Factor Value in each direction.

3. Click Apply Sca ling as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

4. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Enter a direction and a factor:

1. Click the D ir./ Fa cto r radio button to activate it.

2. Define a direction by using one of the following:

Click and in the graphic window, pick two nodes.

Fill in the X, Y, and Z fields for the Vector Coordinates

3. Enter the scaling factor in the Factor field.

4. Click Apply Sca ling as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

5. If necessary, click the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Pick a vector (the vector will define a direction and a factor):

1. Click the Fro m / To radio button to activate it.

2. Click and, in the graphic window, pick two nodes.

3. Click Apply Sca ling as many times as necessary to apply the defined displacement.

4. If necessary, click on the functions to undo or redo the displacement.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 323

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

324 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To undo or redo a Defined Displacement

Button Behavior

undo the last displacement.

undo all the displacements.

redo the last displacement.

redo all the displacements.

C lo s e close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 325

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Renumber

Renumber the entire the model

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > R e num be r.

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select R e num be r from the pull-down menu in
the panel.

2. Choose one of the available options:

Click D e fa ult Va lue s to renumber from a predefined value.

Click Us e r D e fine d Va lue s to renumber from values defined by you.

Click Se le ct/ Uns e le ct All E ntitie s to select or unselect all entities.

Click R e v e rs e Se le ctio n o f E ntitie s to reverse the entities selected.

From the objects in the detail list window, click the toggle button and set the starting
value in the field, ID From: field. The To: field(s) is (are) automatically updated.

3. Click R e num be r to save the changes.

4. Click R e s e t to cancel the changes and reset the default values.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

326 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Specific Renumber

Renumber specific parts, nodes, and elements

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > Spe cific R e num be r.

or

If the Mesh Editing panel is already open, select Spe cific R e num be r from the pull-down
menu in the panel.

2. From the Object Type Choice menu, select the entity type to renumber (only the
available entities in the model are available).

3. Select the entities to renumber by picking (if the option is available).

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

and/or

Select the entities in the list window:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 327

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Button Behavior

select all the entities in the list.

Pick Several entities of this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or
SHIFT+CTRL keys.

4. Click to display the selected entities.

5. Set the first offset value in the file, Begin and End new ids of selection.

6. Click Sa v e to save the renumbering; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the renumbering.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

328 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Clean

To remove an entity type from the model display, do the following:

1. From the Menu Bar, select M e s h E diting > C le a n.

2. Select the entities type to clean by clicking the toggle button.

All the selected entities which are no longer used in the model will be deleted from the
model.

3. Click C le a n to clean the model; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the operation.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 329

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Mass

330 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Part Mass Details

Mass Part Details can be invoked without running mass balance.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M a s s > Pa rts D e ta ils .

There are three sub-tabs, displaying:

the Mass of the parts

the COG (center Of Gravity) for the parts

the Inertia of the part

2. Select parts by picking the parts line directly in the listing window. Several parts of this
list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

or

Click to select all the subparts, parts and assemblies of the model.

or

Click to select all the subparts of the model.

Click to reverse the selection.

3. Click to print the selected parts' information from the active sub-tab to a text file.

Enter the name of the file in the Selection field.

Click O K to save the file.

Click C a nce l to cancel this function.

4. Click to print the selected parts' information from all three sub-tabs to a text file.

Enter the name of the file in the Selection field.

Click O K to save the file.

Click C a nce l to cancel this function.

5. Click C lo s e to close this window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 331

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rigid Bodies Details

1. From the Menu Bar, select M a s s > R igid B o die s D e ta ils .

There are three sub-tabs, displaying:

the Mass of the rigid bodies

the COG (center Of Gravity) of the rigid bodies

the Inertia of the rigid bodies
2. Select rigid bodies by picking the rigid bodies line directly in the listing window. Several
rigid bodies of this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

or

Click to select all the subparts, parts and assemblies of the model.

or

Click to select all the parts of the rigid body of the model.

or

Click to select all the rigid bodies of the model.

3. Click to print the selected rigid bodies' information from the active sub-tabs to a text
file.

Enter the name of the file in the Selection field.

Click O K to save the file.

Click C a nce l to cancel this function.

4. Click to print the selected rigid bodies' information from all three sub-tabs to a text
file.

Enter the name of the file in the Selection field.

Click O K to save the file.

Click C a nce l to cancel this function.

5. Click C lo s e to close this window.

332 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Balancing

The graphic user interface of Mass Balancing has been redesigned. Applying mass balancing
on a selection of parts and defining an arbitrary orientation for a car alignment is now
available.

Mass Balancing for RADIOSS is more accurate particularly for cases where mass was removed
as a result of the balancing.

1. From the Menu Bar, select M a s s > B a la ncing.

The Balancing tab opens.

2. Select either the E ntire m o de l or Us e r s e le ctio n radio button.

3. Update the Theoretical mass field.

4. Select the entities for balancing by picking (if the option is available). you may exclude
barrier and dummies from mass balancing.

Button Behavior

pick parts in the graphic window.

add selected parts by box (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove selected parts by box (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box)

add the parts selected in the tree.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 333

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. Click to display the center of gravity point.

6. Click to write a report file from the selected added masses.

Enter the name of the file in the Selection field.

Click O K to save the file.

Click C a nce l to cancel this function.

7. Click the Fro nt/ R e a r tab.

8. Click next to the field Front, and pick a node to define the front axle.

9. Click next to the field Rear, and pick a node to define the rear axle.

10. Click to distribute the front/rear mass.

11. Click the Ine rtia tab, the inertia of the model is displayed.

The front and rear axle location can be defined, as needed.

12. Enter the inertia values for each field and validate with the E NTE R key.

13. Click to modify the inertia of the model.

14. Click Sa v e to save the modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the modifications.

15. Click C lo s e to close the window.

334 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 335

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Model

The menu options under Model are different depending on the user interface selected.

Model menu for RADIOSS

Model menu for LS-DYNA

336 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Browser
The Model Browser allows you to view all the objects (parts, materials, properties, node
groups, any include files, etc.) that belong to a model in a flat view or an expandable/
collapsible list. By right-clicking any item in the Browser, you will be able to control the
display of the objects in the graphic area.
Entity Visualization

Entities can be displayed or masked in the graphic area by clicking in the checkbox next to
the entity's name in the Model Browser. This allows you to quickly isolate an entity or a
group of entities in a model.

Cross-Referencing

If you want to modify an object, it is important to know how that might affect other objects.
To see if an object in a model is linked to other objects, right-click its name in the Browser
and select the option C ro s s R e fe re nce . A pop-up window will appear with the name of all
objects that are linked to your object, their IDs, and their type.

Hierarchy Mode
It is possible to create a new include file or submodel from the M o de l > B ro ws e r.

1. Click M o de l Vie w ( ) at the top of the M o de l > B ro ws e r panel.

A Model View dialog appears.

2. Select the Include - Subm o de l radio button.

3. Click O k.

4. Right-click the part or assembly you wish to create an include or submodel from.

5. Select Ne w Include or Ne w Subm o de l.

A new include or submodel panel opens to the right of the Browser.

6. Hold down the middle mouse button and drag parts or assemblies from the Model Browser
into the Include or Submodel panel.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 337

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Data History
You can output data history variables using the Model > Browser.

1. In the Model Browser, click the arrow button to the right of Data History to expand.

2. Right-click a data history whose variables you want to output.

3. Select O utput Va ria ble s from the menu.

A Choice of the Saved Variables window opens.

338 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. Select the appropriate variables and click Sa v e > C lo s e .

Select Object
Select the object in the graphic.

1. From the Menu bar, select M o de l > B ro ws e r.

2. Click the PAR T button to expand.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 339

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

In the Model Browser window, the part or assembly can be turned ON/OFF by checking/
unchecking the square box to the left of the Part or Assembly.

You can also display all by right-clicking the mouse on the Root Model, then select either
Sho w or H ide .

340 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Isolate Transparency

Isolate and edit are available with transparency in both Browser and Entity Modules.

The use of transparency enhances the review capability without modifying graphics for the
entities displayed.

1. From the Menu bar, select M o de l > B ro ws e r.

2. Select the entity and right-click on the icon.

3. Select Is o la te with Tra ns pa re ncy .

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 341

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Include Transformation (LS-Dyna only)
Include transformation defines content on which to apply an offset, as well as a
transformation. The Include Transformation is a collection of entities, and an instruction to
move the object in a particular way.

1. From the Menu bar, select M o de l > B ro ws e r.

2. Select the entity and right-click on the icon.

3. Select Ne w Include Tra ns fo rm .

When using the Radioss profile, you can approximate similar functionality by means of the //
SUBMODEL and #include commands. A standard Radioss transformation can then be
performed on the nodes of a submodel or include.

342 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Material

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 343

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a material

1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l > M a te ria l.

2. Below are the available options to sort the material list:

Click to sort the material list by number.

Click to sort the material list by name.

Click to sort the material list by type.

Click to sort the material list by status.

3. Under Choose Material Law, select a material.

4. Click and pick parts in the graphic window to select or deselect them.

5. Click to add or remove the parts from the tree selection.

6. Enter the different values in the fields for the material:

Set the value or the material name.

Click the toggle button to switch options ON or OFF.

Click the button for the function to set or modify a function.

Set the number for the function needed and click O k.

7. Optional: for materials that include curves, click to view the curve.

A Plot Window opens.

8. Click to save this material (as a RADIOSS input deck file):

In the new sub-window, select the directory to save the material to (left area part).

Enter the name of the material to save.

Select O K to save the material or C a nce l to cancel the save.

9. Click Sa v e to save the material creation; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the material creation.

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

344 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a material

Isolating materials

1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l > M a te ria l.

2. Go to the Tree window.

3. Select the material from the tree.

4. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio n icon.

5. Go back to the M a te ria l window.

6. Click to select parts.

7. Click to view the selected parts.

Material modification
If only one material is selected, HyperCrash will automatically open this material in order to
modify it.

1. Click and pick parts in the graphic window to select or deselect them.

2. Click to add or remove the parts from the tree selection.

3. Enter the different values in the fields of the material:

Set the value or the material name.

Click the toggle button to switch options ON or OFF.

Click the button for the function to set or modify a function.

Set the number of the function needed and click O k.

4. Optional: for materials that include curves, click to view the curve.

A Plot Window opens.

5. Click to save this material (as a RADIOSS input deck file):

In the new sub-window, select the directory to save the material to (left area part).

Enter the name of the material to save.

Select O K to save the material or C a nce l to cancel the save.

6. Click Sa v e to save the material creation; or

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 345

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click C a nce l to cancel the material creation.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

346 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To allocate a material

1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l > M a te ria l.

2. Click to switch between the material of the model and the material of the database.

3. Click the G o to H o m e D a ta ba s e dire cto ry icon ( ) that is now available.

Allocation from the Global Database

1. Select the desired material, such as STEEL, and click the Se e Se le cte d icon ( ).

2. In the Tree panel, highlight the part.

3. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio ns icon ( ).

4. Go back to the M a te ria l panel

5. Click the Se le cte d pa rts o f tre e icon ( ).

6. Click Sa v e to allocate the material.

Allocation from the Local Database

1. In the Modify panel, select Switch be twe e n M o de l a nd D B ( ) twice.

2. Then click the C ha nge the da ta ba s e dire cto ry icon ( ).

3. Enter the path to your local database or working directory.

4. Click the O K button.

5. Highlight part name.

6. Click the Se e s e le cte d icon ( ) to see the material parameters.

7. In the Tree panel, highlight the part

8. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio ns icon ( ).

9. Go back to the M a te ria l panel

10. Click the Se le cte d pa rts o f tre e icon ( ).

11. Click Sa v e to allocate the material.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 347

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

12. Click C lo s e to close the Material panel.

Allocation from the Model

1. Go to the M a te ria l panel, select material.

2. Click the Se e s e le cte d icon ( ).

Only the parts assigned to the material rubber are displayed in the graphic window.

3. In the Tree panel, highlight the parts.

4. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio ns button ( ).

5. Go back to the M a te ria l panel.

6. Click the Include picke d pa rts button ( ).

7. Select the part from the Graphic Window.

8. After selecting, confirm the selection by clicking Y e s in the Dialog Menu Bar.

9. Click Sa v e to allocate the material.

10. Click C lo s e to close the Material panel.

348 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Property

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 349

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a property

1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l, then Pro pe rty .

2. Below are the available options to sort the property list:

Click to sort the property list by ID number.

Click to sort the property list by name.

Click to sort the property list by type.

Click to sort the property list by status.

3. Under C ho o s e Pro pe rty La w, select a property.

4. Click and pick parts in the graphic window to select or deselect them.

5. Click to add or remove the parts from the tree selection.

6. Enter the different values in the fields for the property.

Set the value or the property name.

Click the toggle button to switch options ON or OFF.

Click the button for the function to set or modify a function.

Set the number of the function needed and click O k.

7. Click to save this property (as a RADIOSS input deck file).

In the new sub-window, select the directory to save the property to (left area part).

Enter the name of the property to save.

Select O K to save the property or C a nce l to cancel the save.

8. Click Sa v e to save the property creation; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the property creation.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

350 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a property

1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l > Pro pe rty .

2. Go to the Tre e window.
3. Select the property from the tree.

4. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio n icon.

5. Go back to the Pro pe rty panel.

6. Click to select parts.

7. Click to view the selected parts.

The property parameters appear in the panel.

8. Modify the parameters.

9. Click Sa v e .

10. Click C lo s e to close the Property panel.

Property modification

If only one property is selected, HyperCrash will automatically open this property in order to
modify it.

1. Click and pick parts in the graphic window to select or deselect them.

2. Click to add or remove the parts from the tree selection.

3. Enter the different values in the fields for the property.

Set the value or the property name.

Click the toggle button to switch options ON or OFF.

Click the button for the function to set or modify a function.

Set the number for the function needed and click O k.

4. Click to save this property (as a RADIOSS input deck file):

In the new sub-window, select the directory to save the property to (left area part).

Enter the name of the property to save.

Select O K to save the property or C a nce l to cancel the save.

5. Click Sa v e to save the property creation; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the property creation.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 351

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

352 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To allocate a property
1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l > Pro pe rty .

2. Click to switch between the property of the model and the property of the database.

3. Click the G o to H o m e D a ta ba s e dire cto ry icon ( ).

Allocation from the Global Database

1. Select property and click the Se e Se le cte d icon ( ).

2. Go to the Tre e panel, highlight the part.

3. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio ns icon ( ).

4. Go back to the Pro pe rty panel

5. Click the Se le cte d pa rts o f tre e icon ( ).

6. Click Sa v e to allocate the property.

Allocation from the Local Database

1. In the Modify panel, select Switch be twe e n M o de l a nd D B ( ) twice.

2. Then click the C ha nge the da ta ba s e dire cto ry icon ( ).

3. Enter the path to your local database or working directory.

4. Click the O K button.

5. Highlight part name.

6. Click the Se e s e le cte d icon ( ) to see the property parameters.

7. Go to the Tre e panel, highlight the part

8. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio ns icon ( ).

9. Go back to the Pro pe rty panel

10. Click the Se le cte d pa rts o f tre e icon ( ).

11. Click Sa v e to allocate the property.

12. Click C lo s e to close the Property panel.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 353

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Allocation from the Model

1. Go to the Pro pe rty panel, select property.

2. Click the Se e s e le cte d icon ( ).

Only the parts assigned to the property are displayed in the graphic window.

3. In the Tree panel, highlight the parts.

4. Click the Is o la te Tre e Se le ctio ns button ( ).

5. Go back to the Pro pe rty panel.

6. Click the Include picke d pa rts button ( ).

7. Select the part from the Graphic Window.

8. After selecting, confirm the selection by clicking Y e s in the Dialog Menu Bar.

9. Click Sa v e to allocate the property.

10. Click C lo s e to close the Property panel.

354 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 355

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Include Settings

Manage include files

1. From the Menu Bar, select M o de l > Include .

2. In the Include window, the main file and the list of the include files are printed with:

the file name

full path

the export status

the read- and write- permissions

Change the path of one or several include files

1. Select include file(s).

2. In the pop-up menu (right button of the mouse), select O the r Se ttings > Se t E xpo rt
Pa th.

3. Select the new path in the Set a Path window.

4. Select O k to save or C a nce l to cancel the modification.

Change the name of one include file

1. Select an include file.

2. In the pop-up menu (right button of the mouse), select R e na m e .

3. Select the new path in the Change Name window.

4. Select O K to save or C a nce l to cancel the modification.

Change the status of one or several include files

1. Select include file(s).

2. In the pop-up menu (right button of the mouse), select O the r Se ttings > Se t E xpo rt
Sta tus .

3. Choose E xpo rt or D o no t e xpo rt from the pull-down list.

4. Select O K to save or C a nce l

356 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Units Manager

You can also choose the units environment when working within HyperCrash using the Units
Manag e r:

From the Model menu, choose Units M a na ge r. A menu will appear with the current units
system displayed, with a pull-down menu allowing you to select the desired units system. See
the following image.

HyperCrash does not convert units itself, but it ensures consistency of the units system input
by you.

It is important to choose the correct units environment before working on a model in

HyperCrash. When a units environment has been chosen for a model, only the databases
within that particular units environment will be available to you for the model.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 357

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Statistic

The Sta tis tic menu allows you to view the total number of elements and nodes in the model.
You can view elements as sorted into 1D, 2D, and 3D elements. Information about all other
entities, such as bricks, shells, and parts is also displayed, along with the number of each
type of entity.

358 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 359

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Export to data file

1. Click the E xpo rt da ta to file icon .

A Select file for write window appears.

2. Select a location and a enter a name for the file.

3. Click O K to save the text file; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the export.

Model Numbering
The upper part of the window displays all existing entities in the model.

Click the column header to sort the entities numerically or alphabetically.

Total
The middle part of the window displays:

the total number of 1D elements

the total number of 2D elements

the total number of 3D elements

the total number of elements in the model

Model Minimum and Maximum

The lower part of the window displays the X, Y, and Z minimum and maximum coordinates of
the model.

Display a minimum or a maximum coordinates in the graphic window

Click Sho w. A red point indicates the position of a minimum or maximum coordinate.

Click R e fre s h to update all the values.

Click C lo s e to close this menu.

360 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

LoadCase

The menu options under LoadCase are different depending on the user interface selected.

LoadC ase menu for LoadC ase menu for LS-DYNA

RADIOSS

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 361

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Added Masses

362 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create an added mass

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Adde d M a s s > C re a te .

2. Enter a name in the Added mass creation field and validate with O k.

3. Select nodes from one of the various tools available.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

4. In the Mass field, enter the added mass value.

The mass will be equally distributed on all the selected nodes. For example, if "n" nodes is
selected and an added mass of "m" is input, the added mass per node will be "m/n."

5. Click Sa v e to save the created added mass; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the added mass creation.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 363

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete an added mass

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Adde d M a s s > M o dify .

2. Select added masses using one of the following methods:

Button Behavior

select all the added masses

automatic correction of unspread masses

pick the arrow for the added mass in graphic window to select it. When
finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

select added masses by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the added mass applied to
those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar
with Y e s or C a nce l.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
added masses applied to those parts.

Click the added mass line in the listing window to select it. Several added
masses from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

3. Select only one added mass and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the added mass name.

Select or unselect nodes or parts (see Node and part selection).

Modify the added mass components (see Property).

4. Click to delete the selected added mass.

5. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click Sa v e to save the modified added mass; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the added mass modification.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

364 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check an added mass

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Adde d M a s s > M o dify .

In the added mass list, the green rigid bodies have a correct definition, the orange ones
have to be checked, and the red ones have a bad definition. HyperCrash can
automatically or semi-automatically correct the added masses with errors or warnings.

2. An added mass must be checked if there are free nodes in the group of nodes:

3. Click to automatically select and display the incorrect added mass.

4. Using the pop-up menu from the added mass list, view the free nodes included in the
added mass.

5. Remove the selected free nodes (see Node and part selection).

6. Click Sa v e to save the modified added mass; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the added mass modification.

HyperCrash will automatically open and display the next incorrect added mass.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 365

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Boundary Condition

If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > B o unda ry
C o nditio n. Right-click in the Boundary Condition panel to access boundary conditions
options. Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.

366 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a boundary condition

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > B o unda ry C o nditio n > C re a te .

2. Enter a name in the Boundary condition creation field and validate with O k.

3. Make a selection from the radio buttons: Added, Removed or See

4. In the Selections sub-window, select nodes using the different tools from the Se le ctio n
folder.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. In the Reference Axis sub-window, a skew frame can be defined for the boundary
condition:

Click the R e fe re nce Axis folder.

Define the reference axis using the different tools from the Reference Axis folder.

6. Make a selection from the radio buttons: Global, Moving Local or Fixed Local.

7. Click Tx and/or Ty and/or Tz to fix the translation degrees of freedom (selected). Click it
once more to release the degree of freedom (not selected).

8. Click R x and/or R y and/or R z to fix the rotation degrees of freedom (selected). Click it
once more to release the degree of freedom (not selected).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 367

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

9. Click Sa v e to save the created boundary condition; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the boundary condition creation

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

368 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete a boundary condition

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dca s e > B o unda ry C o nditio n > M o dify .

2. Select boundary conditions using one of the following methods:

Button Behavior

select all the boundary conditions.

pick boundary conditions in list. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

select boundary conditions by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon
box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the boundary conditions
applied to those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
boundary conditions applied to those parts.

Click the imposed displacement line in the listing window to select it. Several
boundary conditions of this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or
SHIFT+CTRL keys.

3. Select only one boundary condition and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the boundary condition name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node and part selection).

Modify the skew frame (see Reference axis).

Modify the boundary condition direction (see Direction setting).

4. Click to delete the selected boundary conditions.

5. Click Sa v e to save the modified boundary condition; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the boundary condition modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 369

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Concentrated Load

If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e >
C o nce ntra te d Lo a d. Right-click in the Concentrated Load panel to access boundary
conditions options. Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.

370 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a concentrated load

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > C o nce ntra te d Lo a d.

2. The Concentrated Load tab appears with the following menu options.

Button Behavior

select/unselect all

review

create a new object

pick objects to see in the list.

pick parts to see in the list and then press E nte r, right-click the mouse
button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

select parts in tree to see object in the list.

cross reference

show/hide checks

delete selected item(s).

3. Right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection from the available choices.

Create a new concentrated load

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the /CLOAD card panel appears.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 371

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.
3. Click to expand the sub-menu's and make selections from the menu, as applicable.

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

5. In the Reference Axis folder:

Click the R e fe re nce Axis folder.

Define the reference axis using the different tools from the Reference Axis folder.

6. In the Sensor folder, define the sensor to activate and deactivate the concentrated load.
(Learn how to create a sensor.)

7. In the Properties folder:

Set a scale factor for the abscissa of the defined curve in the Scale factor field.

Click Functio n to modify the function.

8. Under Direction, set the following:

Click Fx and/or Fy and/or Fz to impose the concentrated load (Forces) in translation

around the X, Y, or Z direction.

Click M xx and/or M y y and/or M z z to imposed the concentrated load (Moments) in

rotation around X, Y, or Z direction.

9. Click Sa v e to save the created concentrated load; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the concentrated load creation.

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

372 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 373

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete a concentrated load

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > C o nce ntra te d Lo a d > M o dify .

2. Select concentrated loads using one of the following methods:

Button Behavior

select all the concentrated loads

pick the arrow of the concentrated load in graphic window to select it.
When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or
C a nce l

select concentrated load by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box)

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the concentrated load applied
to those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar
with Y e s or C a nce l.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
concentrated load applied to those parts

3. Select only one concentrated load and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the concentrated load name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node selection).

Modify the skew frame (see reference axis).

Modify the sensor (see Sensor).

Modify the properties (see Properties setting).

Modify the concentrated load direction (see Direction setting).

4. Click to delete the selected concentrated loads.

5. Click Sa v e to save the modified concentrated load; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the concentrated load modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

374 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Contact Interface
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > C o nta ct
Inte rfa ce . Right-click in the Contact Interface panel to access boundary conditions
options. Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 375

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create an interface

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > C o nta ct Inte rfa ce .

2. Right-click to access the context menu and make a selection from the list.

3. Click the Choose Contact drop-down list and select an interface type.

4. Click the Se le ctio n sub-window.

5. Select one of the following:

Se lf- Im pa ct

Sla v e to define the slave group of the interface.

M a s te r to define the master group of the interface.

Se e to display the selected surfaces: the master surfaces in blue, and the slave ones
in red.

6. Group definition:

Define the group using the different tools from the Selection tab.

7. Click the Pro pe rtie s tab.

8. Assign a Title.

9. Define the different required parameters.

10. Click Sa v e to save the created interface.

or

Click Sa v e + Sy m . to save the interface and automatically create its symmetric: the
slave side becomes the master, and the master side becomes the slave (not available for
a Self-Impact interface).

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the interface creation.

11. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

376 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete an interface

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nta ct Inte rfa ce > C re a te / M o dify .

Button Behavior

select all the contact interfaces.

pick the arrow for the contact interface in graphic window to select it.
When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or
C a nce l.

select contact interfaces by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the contact interfaces applied
to those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar
with Y e s or C a nce l.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
contact interfaces applied to those parts.

to get external surfaces of solid part(s).

Click the contact interface line in the listing window to select it. Several
contact interfaces of this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or
SHIFT+CTRL keys.

2. Select only one contact interface and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the group's definition (See Group selection).

Modify the interface properties (see Properties).

o Use the pop-up function (right button on the mouse in the interface list window).

o Check penetrations for the selected interfaces (intersection and penetration).

o Set the selected interface in the time history file.

3. Click to delete the selected interface.

4. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

5. Click Sa v e to save the modified interface.

or

Click Sa v e + Sy m . to save the interface and automatically create its symmetric: the
slave side becomes the master, and the master side becomes the slave (not available for
a Self-Impact interface).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 377

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 or

Click C a nce l to cancel the contact interface modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

378 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To check an interface

1. From the Menu Bar, select C o nta ct Inte rfa ce s > C he ck.

In the interface list, those with a green interface have a correct definition, the orange
ones have to be checked, and the red ones have a bad definition.

2. In the listing window, click the contact interface line to select one interface.

3. Click to display the interface.

4. Check the error or warning message in the Message window.

5. Using the pop-up function (right button on the mouse in the interface list window):

Click Se e Inco m pa t. Kine m a tic C o nd. o n Sla v e s to view slave nodes of tied
interfaces with incompatible kinematic conditions.

Click Se e Sla v e no de s no pro j. to view slave nodes which cannot be projected on the
master surface of the tied interface.

Click Se e Sla v e no de s in M ultiple Inte rfa ce s to view slave nodes which are included
in several tied interfaces.

Click Se e Inte rfa ce s . Sla v e No de s in M a s te r Surfa ce to view slave nodes of tied

interfaces which are also defined in the master surfaces of the same or other tied
interfaces.

Click C he ck pe ne tra tio ns s e le cte d inte rfa ce s

Click Tim e H is to ry > > Add o r R e m o v e

6. Modify the interface Selection sub-window.

7. Modify the interface Properties sub-window.

8. Click Sa v e to save the modified interface.

or

Click Sa v e + Sy m . to save the interface and automatically create its symmetric: the
slave side becomes the master and the master side becomes the slave (not available for
a Self-Impact interface).

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the contact interface modification.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 379

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Gravity Load
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > G ra v ity
Lo a d. Right-click in the Gravity panel to access boundary conditions options. Otherwise,
the following instructions will guide you in each process.

380 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a Gravity Load

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > G ra v ity Lo a d > C re a te .

2. Enter a name in the Gravity Load Creation field and validate with O k.

A Function window appears.

3. Enter the function values to import from an already existing function. (Learn how to
create the function.)

4. In the Selections folder, select nodes using the different tools from the Selection folder.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. Click the R e fe re nce Axis folder.

6. Define the reference axis using the different tools of the Reference Axis folder.

7. In the Sensor folder, define the sensor to activate and deactivate the gravity. (Learn
how to create a sensor.)

8. In the Properties folder, set a scale factor for the abscissa of the defined curve in the
Scale factor field.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 381

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

9. Click Functio n to modify the function.

10. Select Tx, Ty , or Tz to set the gravity load in X , Y, or Z direction.

11. Click Sa v e to save the created gravity load; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the gravity load creation.

12. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

382 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete a Gravity Load

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > G ra v ity Lo a d > M o dify .

2. Select gravity loads using one of the following methods:

Button Behavior

select all the gravity loads

pick the arrow of the gravity load in graphic window to select it. When
finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

select gravity loads by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the gravity loads applied to
those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar
with Y e s or C a nce l

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
gravity loads applied to those parts.

Click the gravity load line in the listing window to select it. Several gravity
loads from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL
keys.

3. Select only one gravity load and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the gravity load name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node selection).

Modify the skew frame (see Reference axis).

Modify the sensor (see Sensor).

Modify the properties (see Properties setting).

Modify the gravity load direction (see Direction setting).

4. Click to delete the selected gravity load.

5. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click Sa v e to save the modified gravity load; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the gravity load modification.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 383

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Imposed Acceleration

Use the Im po s e d Acce le ra tio n option from the LoadCase menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross-reference an imposed acceleration card (/IMPACC).

In the Imposed Acceleration panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the choices of R e v ie w, C re a te Ne w, D e le te , R e na m e , and C ro s s
R e fe re nce .

Note: Selected imposed accelerations may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the
Model Browser.

All imposed accelerations can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects
or Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Creating a new imposed acceleration:

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the IMPACC card panel appears.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.

3. Click to expand the Ske w, Se ns o r, and Suppo rt sub-menus and make selections from
these menus as applicable.

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

384 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Imposed Body Velocity

Use the Im po s e d B o dy Ve lo city option from the LoadCase menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross-reference an imposed body velocity card (/IBVEL).

In the Im po s e d B o dy Ve lo city panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the choices of R e v ie w, C re a te Ne w, D e le te , R e na m e , and C ro s s
R e fe re nce .

Note: Selected imposed body velocities may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the
Model Browser.

All imposed body velocities can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic
objects or Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Creating a new imposed body velocity:

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the IBVEL card panel appears.

2. Click to expand the Suppo rt sub-menu and make selections from these menus as
applicable.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 385

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Imposed Displacement
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Im po s e d
D is pla ce m e nt. Right-click in the Imposed Displacement panel to access boundary
conditions options. Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.

386 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create an Imposed Displacement

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Im po s e d D is pla ce m e nt > C re a te .

2. Enter a name in the Imposed Displacement Creation field and validate with O k.

3. In the function window, enter the function values to import from an already existing
function. (Learn how to create the function.)

4. In the Selections folder, select nodes using the different tools from the Selection folder.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. In the Reference Axis folder:

Click the R e fe re nce Axis folder.

Define the reference axis using the different tools of the Reference Axis folder.

6. In the Sensor folder, define the sensor to activate and deactivate the imposed
displacement. (Learn how to create a sensor.)

7. In the Properties folder:

In the Scale factor field, set a scale factor for the abscissa of the defined curve.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 387

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Set a starting time in the Start time field.

Set a stopping time in the Stop time field.

8. Click Functio n to modify the function.

9. For Direction setting:

Select Tx, Ty , or Tz to set the imposed displacement in X, Y, or Z direction.

10. Click Sa v e to save the created imposed displacement; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the imposed displacement creation.

11. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

388 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete an Imposed Displacement

From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Im po s e d D is pla ce m e nt > M o dify .

Selection

Button Behavior

select all the imposed displacements.

pick the arrow for the imposed displacement in graphic window to select it.
When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or
C a nce l

select imposed displacements by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon
box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the imposed displacements
applied to those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog
menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
imposed displacements applied to those parts.

Click on the imposed displacement line in the listing window to select it.
Several imposed displacements from this list can be selected using the
SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys

Modification

Select only one imposed displacement and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the imposed displacement name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node selection).

Modify the skew frame (see Reference axis).

Modify the sensor (see Sensor).

Modify the properties (see Properties setting).

Modify the imposed displacement direction (see Direction setting).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 389

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Deletion

Click to delete the selected imposed displacement.

Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

Validation

Click Sa v e to save the modified imposed displacement.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the imposed displacement modification.

Click C lo s e to close the menu.

390 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Imposed Velocity
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Im po s e d
Ve lo city . Right-click in the Imposed Velocity panel to access boundary conditions options.
Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 391

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create an Imposed Velocity

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Im po s e d Ve lo city > C re a te .

2. Enter a name in the Imposed Velocity Creation field and validate with O k.

3. In the function window, enter the function values to import from an already existing
function. (Learn how to create the function.)

4. In the Selections folder, select nodes using the different tools from the Selection folder.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. In the Reference Axis folder:

Click the R e fe re nce Axis folder.

Define the Reference axis using the different tools from the Reference Axis folder.

6. In the Sensor folder, define the sensor to activate and deactivate the concentrated load.
(Learn how to create a sensor.)

7. In the Properties folder:

In the Scale factor field, set a scale factor for the abscissa of the defined curve.

392 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Set a starting time in the Start time field.

Set a stopping time in the Stop time field.

8. Click Functio n to modify the function.

9. For Direction setting:

Select Tx, Ty or Tz to set the imposed velocity in the X, Y, or Z direction.

10. Click Sa v e to save the created imposed velocity; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the imposed velocity creation.

11. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 393

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete an Imposed Velocity

1. From the Menu Bar, select Im po s e d Ve lo city > M o dify .

2. Select imposed velocities using one of the following options:

Button Behavior

select all the imposed velocities.

pick the arrow for the imposed velocity in graphic window to select it. When
finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

select imposed velocities by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box).

pick parts in the graphic window to select all the imposed velocities applied
to those parts. When finished, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar
with Y e s or C a nce l.

select parts by box (use the SHIFT key to use a polygon box) to select all
imposed velocities applied to those parts.

Click the imposed velocity line in the listing window to select it. Several
imposed velocities from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or
SHIFT+CTRL keys.

3. Select only one imposed velocity and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the imposed velocity name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node selection).

Modify the skew frame (see Reference axis).

Modify the sensor (see Sensor).

Modify the properties (see Properties setting).

Modify the imposed velocity direction (see Direction setting).

4. Click to delete the selected imposed velocities.

5. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click Sa v e to save the modified imposed velocity; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the imposed velocity modification.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

394 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Initial Velocity
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Initia l
Ve lo city . Right-click in the Initial Velocity panel to access boundary conditions options.
Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.
Use the Initia l Ve lo city option from the LoadCase menu to create, delete, edit, or cross-
reference an initial velocity card.

In the Initial Velocity panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection.

Note: Selected initial velocity may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All initial velocity can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new initial velocity:

1. Select C re a te Ne w from the context menu.

The INIVEL card panel appears.

2. Click on the arrow next to Skew and/or Support to expand the sub-menus and make
selections from these menus as applicable.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 395

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Edit an existing Initial Velocity

1. From the Menu Bar, select Initia l Ve lo city .

2. Right-click a listed initial velocity and select R e v ie w > E dit, or click for the option to
do any of the following:

Change the initial velocity name.

Select or deselect nodes or parts (see Node selection).

Modify the skew frame (see Reference axis).

Modify the initial velocity components (see To create an Initial Velocity).

3. Click Sa v e to save the modified initial velocities; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the initial velocity modification.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Delete an existing Initial Velocity

1. To delete the selected initial velocities, click to.

2. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

396 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create an Initial Velocity

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > Initia l Ve lo city .

2. Right-click to access the context menu, then click C re a te Ne w.

3. Enter a name in the Initial Velocity Creation field and validate with O k.

4. In the Selection folder, select nodes using the different tools from the Selection folder.

5. In the Reference Axis folder:

Click the R e fe re nce Axis folder.

Define the Reference axis using the different tools from the Reference Axis folder.

6. Click to create an initial velocity in Translation.

7. Set the initial velocity components in the Vx, Vy a nd Vz translation component fields.

8. Click to create an initial velocity in Rotation.

9. Set the initial velocity components in the Rx, Ry and Rz rotation component fields.

10. Click Sa v e to save the created initial velocity; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the initial velocity creation.

11. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 397

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Imposed Temperature

Use the Im po s e d Te m pe ra ture option from the LoadCase menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross-reference an imposed temperature card (/IMPTEMP).

In the Imposed Temperature panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection.

Note: Selected imposed temperature may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the
Model Browser.

All imposed temperature can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects
or Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new imposed temperature:

1. Select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, then select IM PTE M P.

The IMPTEMP card panel appears.

2. Click on the arrow next to Sensor and/or Support to expand the sub-menus and make
selections from these menus as applicable.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

398 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Initial Temperature

Use the Initia l Te m pe ra ture option from the LoadCase menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross-reference an initial temperature card (/INITEMP).

In the Initial Temperature panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection.

Note: Selected initial temperature may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All initial temperature can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new initial temperature:

1. Select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, then select INITE M P.

The INITEMP card panel appears.

2. Click on the arrow next to Sensor identifier and/or Support to expand the sub-menus
and make selections from these menus as applicable.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 399

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Monitored Volumes
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > M o nito re d
Vo lum e . Right-click in the Monitored Volume panel to access boundary conditions options.
Otherwise, the following instructions will guide you in each process.
The creation and modification pages for the monitored volumes are the same.

400 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a Monitored Volume

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > M o nito re d Vo lum e > C re a te / M o dify .

2. Select the type of monitored volume to create by clicking Se le ct a ty pe .

3. Enter a name in the field next to Select a type.

4. Select the Pro pe rtie s sub-tab (available for any monitored volumes type), select
monitored volumes using one of the following methods:

Button Behavior

pick elements in the graphic window

add/remove element by ellipse selection

add elements by box selection

remove elements by box selection

pick parts in the graphic window

add parts by box selection

remove parts by box selection

add the parts selected in the tree

remove the parts selected in the tree

clean the parts selected in the tree

5. After making a selection, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or
C a nce l.

Note:

The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

A surface must be selected before any vent hole, injector, or bag can be created.

6. Set the necessary values in the different fields which are under the surface selection.

7. Select the Ve nt H o le s sub-folder (available for GAS, AIRBAG and COMMU monitored
volumes):

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 401

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

8. Click to create a new vent hole.

9. Select Lo ca te d s urfa ce to define a vent hole in a specific area of the monitored volume
surface.

10. After making a selection, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or
C a nce l.

11. Select unlo ca te d s urfa ce to defined a generic vent hole.

12. Set the necessary values in the different fields which are under the surface selection.

13. Define the necessary functions:

Por. vs Time = porosity versus time

Por. vs Pressure = porosity versus pressure

Por. vs Area = porosity versus area

14. Click Sa v e to save the vent hole.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the vent hole creation.

Note: If the new vent hole is incorrect, HyperCrash will indicate this and request
correction of the errors.

To modify a created vent hole, select the vent hole (only one) in the window list.

- Click to see the vent hole and edit it

- Modify the vent hole as defined in the creation phase

To delete created vent holes, select the vent hole(s) in the window list.

- Click to view the vent hole(s)

- Click to delete the vent hole(s)

15. Select the Inje cto rs sub-folder (available for AIRBAG and COMMU monitored volumes):

16. Click to create a new injector.

17. Set the necessary values in the different fields which are under the surface selection.

18. Define the necessary functions:

Mass of inj. vs. Time = mass of injected gas versus time

Temp. vs. time = temperature of injected gas versus pressure

P(t) = pressure versus time

P(theta) = pressure versus angle

402 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 P() = pressure versus distance

19. Select the type of mass input:

Mass versus time: toggle button switched off.

Mass flow versus time: toggle button switched on.

20. In case of jetting:

Toggle the button, Jetting ON / OFF.

Define the local skew of the jetting by clicking and selecting three nodes on the
screen.

Define the function P(t) = pressure versus time.

Define the function P(theta) = pressure versus angle.

Define the function P() = pressure versus distance.

21. Click Sa v e to save the injector.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the injector creation.

Note: If the new injector is incorrect, HyperCrash will indicate this and request
correction of the errors.

To modify a created injector, select the injector (only one) in the window list.

- Click to view the injector and edit it.

- Modify the vent as defined in the creation phase.

To delete created injectors, select the injector(s) in the window list.

- Click to view the injector(s).

- Click to delete the injector(s).

22. Select the B a gs sub-folder (available for COMMU monitored volumes):

23. Click to create a new bags communication area between bags.

24. Select the monitored volume from the monitored volumes list (type: AIRBAGS or COMMU)
which will communicate with the edited one.

25. Click Se le ct in order to validate the monitored volume selection.

The common surface between the bags is automatically highlighted.

26. Use the following functions listed above in Step 4 to modify the communication surface.

27. After making a selection, answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or
C a nce l.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 403

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

28. Set the necessary values in the different fields which are under the communication
surface selection.

29. Click Sa v e to save the communication surface; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the communication surface creation.

Note: If the new vent hole is incorrect, HyperCrash will indicate this and request
correction of the errors.

30. Select the bag (only one) from the window list.

31. Click to view the bag and edit it.

32. Modify the bag as defined in the creation phase.

To delete created bags:

- Select the vent bag(s) in the window list.

- Click to view the bag(s).

- Click to delete the bag(s).

Save a Monitored volume

When finished creating and modifying vent holes, injectors and bags:

1. Click Sa v e to save the created or modified monitored volume. Answer the different
questions in the Dialog menu bar about the results of the different checks ( Y e s or
C a nce l).

or

Click C a nce l to cancel monitored volume creation or modification.

2. Click C lo s e to close monitored volume menu.

The creation and modification pages for the monitored volumes are the same.

404 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a Monitored Volume

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > M o nito re d Vo lum e > C re a te / M o dify .

2. Select the monitored volume to modify in the monitored volumes list.

3. Click to edit the selected monitored volume.

4. Modify the monitored volume as defined in the creation phase.

5. Click Sa v e to save the created or modified monitored volume. Answer the different
questions in the Dialog menu bar about the results of the different checks ( Y e s or
C a nce l).

or

Click C a nce l to cancel monitored volume creation or modification.

6. Click C lo s e to close monitored volume menu.

The creation and modification pages for the monitored volumes are the same.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 405

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a Monitored Volume

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > M o nito re d Vo lum e > C re a te / M o dify .

2. Select the monitored volume(s) to delete in the monitored volumes list.

3. Click to delete the selected monitored volume.

4. Answer the different questions in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

406 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To customize the Monitored Volume Types

It is possible to define more types for the monitored volumes using one of the six basic types
(AREA, PRES, GAS, AIRBAG, COMMU, FVMBAG).

For example, one might want to be able to create tires without entering the same values each
time.

To do so, the configuration file, monivol_types.cfg has been created for the monitored
volumes, containing default types and values.

Please check the Hy pe rCra sh De sc ript ion M a nua l for information on how to customize the
monitored volume menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 407

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Pressure Load

Use the Pre s s ure Lo a d option from the LoadCase menu to create, delete, edit, rename, or
cross reference a pressure load card (/PLOAD).

In the Pressure Load panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the choices of R e v ie w, C re a te Ne w, D e le te , R e na m e , and C ro s s R e fe re nce .

Note: Selected pressure loads may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All pressure loads can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new pressure load:

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the PLOAD card panel appears.

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.
3. Click on the arrow next to Sensor identifier and/or Support to expand the sub-menus
and make selections from these menus as applicable
4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

408 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rigid Wall
If you are working in the LS-DYNA profile, from the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > R igid W a ll
. Right-click in the Rigid Wall panel to access boundary conditions options. Otherwise, the
following instructions will guide you in each process.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 409

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a Rigid Wall

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > R igid W a ll > C re a te .

2. Select the rigid wall type in the window Select RWALL type.

3. Enter a name in the field beside the Selection type window.

Rigid wall definition

Infinite plane

M0M1 defines the plane normal direction:

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M0.

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M1.

Parallelogram

M0M1 ^ M0M2 defines the plane normal

direction:

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M0.

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M1.

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M2.

410 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Cylinder

M0M1 defines the cylinder axis:

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M0.

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M1.

Enter the cylinder diameter.

Sphere

M0 defines the sphere center:

Enter the X, Y and Z coordinates

to define M0.

Enter the sphere diameter.

4. Set a distance to automatically define the slave nodes.

or Select nodes using the different tools from the Selection folder.

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add/remove object by ellipse selection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 411

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add all nodes.

pick parts in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

remove parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box).

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. Click the Pr o pe rtie s tab and fill in the appropriate fields:

6. For the Friction parameters, select from the following:

Click Sliding, Tie d or Frictio n and enter the friction coefficient in the corresponding
field.

412 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

7. Click Fixe d to define a fixed rigid wall.

or

Click M o v ing to define a moving rigid wall. In this case, it is possible to define:

o the rigid wall mass: fill in the Mass field.

o the rigid wall initial velocity: fill in the Initial Velocity, Vx, Vy, and Vz fields.

8. Click Se e to view the created rigid wall.

9. Click Sa v e to save the created rigid wall; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the rigid wall creation.

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 413

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify or delete a Rigid Wall

1. From the Menu Bar, select Lo a dC a s e > R igid W a ll > M o dify .

2. Select rigid walls using one of the following methods:

Button Behavior

select all the rigid wall(s).

pick rigid wall(s) in the graphic window.

draw a box around the rigid wall(s) to select

pick parts in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

pick rigid wall(s) in the graphic window, drag a box to select parts.

Click the rigid wall line in the listing window to select it. Several rigid walls
from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

displays the rigid walls in the graphic window.

3. Select only one rigid wall and click for the option to do any of the following:

Change the rigid wall name.

Modify the rigid wall slave nodes.

Modify the rigid wall properties.

4. Click to delete the selected rigid walls.

5. Answer the question in the pop-up dialog window with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click Se e to view the modified rigid wall.

7. Click Sa v e to save the modified rigid wall; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the rigid wall modifications.

8. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

414 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Radioss Tools

The R a dio s s To o ls menu is only found in the RADIOSS user profile.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 415

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Unit system

Use the Unit Sy s te m option from the Radioss Tools menu to create, delete, edit, clone or
cross reference a /UNIT card.

In the Unit System panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Create a new unit system

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the /UNIT card panel appears.

Button Behavior

select/unselect all

review

create a new object

pick parts to see in the list and then press E nte r, right-click the mouse
button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

select parts in tree to see object in the list.

cross reference

show/hide checks

delete selected item(s).

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.

3. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

416 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Rayleigh Damping

Use the R a y le igh D a m ping ( ) option from the Radioss Tools menu to create, delete,
edit, clone or cross reference a Rayleigh Damping card (/DAMP).

In the Rayleigh Damping panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a
selection from the choices of R e v ie w, C re a te Ne w, D e le te , R e na m e , C lo ne and C ro s s
R e fe re nce .

Note: Selected Rayleigh dampings may be turned ON or OFF in the display through the Model
Browser.

All Rayleigh dampings can be turned ON or OFF using the Display Graphic objects or
Mask all graphic objects icon on the main toolbar.

Create a new Rayleigh damping.

1. When you select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, the /DAMP card panel appears.

Button Behavior

select/unselect all

review

create a new object

pick parts to see in the list and then press E nte r, right-click the mouse
button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

select parts in tree to see object in the list.

cross reference

show/hide checks

delete selected item(s).

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.

3. Click to expand the Suppo rt sub-menu and make selections from this menu as applicable.

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 417

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Failure Model

Select a failure model

Preexisting failure models are listed in the tab. A number of toolbar buttons enable different
modes of selection and editing:

Button Behavior

select/unselect all

review selected

create a new failure model

Attempt to automatically fix any invalid details of the selected items.

pick nodes in the graphic window, and then press E nte r, right-click the
mouse button or select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add nodes by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

pick parts from your model then press E nte r, right-click the mouse button or
select Y e s or C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

add parts by box selection (the default box is rectangular — use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box).

delete selected item(s).

When you select parts or nodes, any existing failure model associated to the selected entities
will display in the list.

Create a failure model

1. From the Radioss Tools menu, select Fa ilure M o de l.

2. Under Choose Failure Model, select the failure model type from the pull-down.

A Properties tab opens.

3. In the Properties tab, enter a name for the new failure model in the Title field.

4. Select the material from the Material pull-down menu.

Note: Only materials that are suitable for the selected failure model may be chosen.

418 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

5. Edit the available parameters in their respective fields.

6. Click Sa v e or C a nce l.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 419

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Transformation

Use the Tra ns fo rm a tio n option from the Radioss Tools menu to create, delete, edit, or
cross reference a Transformation card (/TRANSFORM).

In the Transformation panel, right-click to access the context menu, and make a selection
from the available choices.

Create a new transformation:

1. Select C re a te Ne w from the context menu, then select from the following list:

Us e r D e fine d - the USER card panel appears

Tra ns la tio n - the TRA card panel appears

R o ta tio n - the ROT card panel appears

Sy m m e try - the SYM card panel appears

Sca ling - the SCA card panel appears

2. Click to edit fields and right-click in applicable fields for more options.

3. Click to expand the sub-menus and make selections from these menus as applicable.

420 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. Click Sa v e or C a nce l when you are finished creating the card.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 421

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Encrypt all Materials and Properties
Beginning with version 4.4, RADIOSS allows materials and properties to be encrypted. In
RADIOSS versions 5.x and higher, FUNCTIONs may also be encrypted. There are two
possibilities for encrypting materials (or properties):
1. Either use a "user" key reference of four characters that must not begin with "FU", or,

2. Use a restricted or "licensed" key reference of five characters beginning with "ME" and
ending with a number between 001 and 999. This key reference requires a specific licence
in the file_engine in order to run the job.

Using the key reference, an encryption key will be calculated by HyperCrash. For functions,
the key reference is four characters long, and must begin with "FU." The characters must be
alphanumeric (A-Z and/or 0-9), and may be uppercase or lowercase.

How to Encrypt
In order to encrypt all materials and properties, use the menu Radioss Tools > Encrypt All
Materials & Properties; or, to encrypt some materials and/or properties, open the
corresponding Notebook sheet, select some materials (or properties) in the list, and click the

icon . In both cases the Encryption Window appears:

The following steps differ depending on whether the model is in version 4.x or 5.x.

422 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

RADIOSS 4.x Model
In a 4.x model, only materials (or properties) can be encrypted. The Encryption Window
contains four main areas:

A checkbox called Hide Key Reference Needing Licenses.

A list with three columns: Type, For Encrypting, and Key Reference.

A frame called Key for Encrypting Mat. or Prop., containing four fields which take
one character each.

A button area containing the following buttons: Cancel, Close, and Encrypt.

By default, the checkbox is activated. If unchecked, then the restricted key references
"ME001" to "ME999" are displayed and available in the list:

If the checkbox remains checked, only the list of "user" key references is accessible. These
key references are already present in the model (corresponding to the KEY keyword in the
input deck). If a "user" key reference is not already defined in the model, then the list will be
empty. The list contains three columns:

Type displays the key reference as either a "user" one or a "licensed" one ("MEXXX").

For Encrypting displays the key reference as usable for encrypting either materials
(or properties) or functions.

Key Reference gives the value of the key reference.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 423

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Only one line from the list can be selected at a time. Selection of a line from the list will
activate the Encrypt button.

In order to create a new Key Reference, click the icon, . The frame below containing the
list becomes inactive, and is no longer accessible.

424 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Each entry in this frame requires only one character, which must be an allowable character as
defined previously. If the entered character is not allowed, it will not be displayed, and a
message will appear in the Message window:

As long as one entry is not filled, the Encrypt button will not be activated. The button area
contains three buttons:

The Cancel button clears the fields, makes the entries inaccessible, reactivates the
list, and reverts to the initial state of the window.

The Close button closes the window.

The Encrypt button encrypts the applicable data (material or properties) and closes
the window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 425

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

RADIOSS 5.x Model

In RADIOSS 5.x, materials (or properties) and related functions will be encrypted. The
functions related to the selected materials (or properties) will be automatically selected. The
Encryption window will contain the same four areas as the 4.x version, plus two areas for
the encryption of functions.

A new key reference list appears, populated with the Key Reference already present in
the model, and beginning with "FU." If a Key Reference is not already contained in the
model, the list will not be displayed.

The frame Key for Encrypting Functions also appears. If the list of functions' key
references does not appear, then this new frame is active by default. If the list

appears, click the icon, , located just above the list, to activate this frame. The
frame contains four entry fields: the first two are already filled with "F" and "U." In
each of the remaining two fields, enter an allowable character.

426 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

The Encrypt button will now be activated if a key reference is defined for materials (or
properties), and one key reference is defined for functions. These key references can be
defined either by selecting an available key reference from the lists or by specifying a new
one by correctly filling the entry fields in the frames.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 427

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Lsdyna Tools (LS-DYNA Only)

The Ls dy na To o ls menu is only found in the LS-DYNA profile. This menu allows you to create
additional LS-DYNA cards that are not loads.

The menu options for Lsdyna Tools are:

Ale

Damping

Define Box

Define

Define Transformation

Deformable to Rigid

Equation of State

Friction

Function Curve

Hourglass
Integration Beam
Integration Shell
Joint Stiffness

Node Transformation

Parameter

Pretensioner

Rectactor

Sensor

Sensor [LSD]

Set MM Group List

Slipring

Vector

Vector SD

To create additional LS-DYNA card:

1. Select the type of card you wish to create from the Ls dy na To o ls menu.

The panel for that particular tool opens in the Notebook window.

428 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Right-click in the panel to access the options menu for the tool.

3. To create a new card, select C re a te Ne w.

4. In the lower-portion of the panel, click in any field whose value you wish to edit. In some
fields you may simply click and type to edit values; whereas in others, you may right-click
to access options for the field.

5. Click Sa v e to save the changes.

6. Click C lo s e to close.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 429

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Define Transformation

1. From the main menu, select Ls dy na To o ls menu.

2. Select D e fine Tra ns fo rm a tio n.

3. Right-click and select C re a te Ne w.

4. Under DEFINE_TRANSFORMATION, enter the number of transformations.

5. Click Sa v e .

To edit a transformation:

1. Click on the B ro ws e r tab.

2. Right-click on Include _Tra ns fo rm _1.

430 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

3. Select E dit.

4. Edit the Transformations entity, as shown below.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 431

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

432 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Parameter

Description

This section will show you how to:

Create a parameter

Import / export a parameter

Cross reference a parameter

Disassociate / Associate a parameter

Any keyword or ID can be defined as a parameter. A parameter (*PARAMETER) can be defined

as either:

Integer (INT): The INT parameter begins with the letter "I"

Float (FLOAT): The FLOAT parameter begins with the letter "R" (Real)

Creating a New Parameter

1. From the main menu, select Ls dy na To o ls > Pa ra m e te r.

The Parameter card tab opens.

2. Right-click within the Notebook window and select C re a te Ne w.

An ampersand (&) indicates a parameter.

3. Select either FLO AT or INT, as shown in the image above.

The appropriate material subpanel opens.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 433

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

4. In the Title* field, enter a new name.

5. In the Parameter value field, enter a value.

6. Click Save, Close or Cancel.

Import / Export

1. From File , select E xpo rt (or Im po rt) > LS- D Y NA.

The LS-DYNA output tab opens.

2. Enter a new filename (example: *_export.k).

3. Click OK.

4. Locate and open the file that was just created.

5. In the import file, the keywords are defined on a single line.

6. In the export file, the keywords are automatically defined on separate lines.

434 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Cross Referencing

1. From the Parameter tab, select a parameter.

2. Click the Cross Reference icon.

The Cross-Reference dialog opens, indicating that the parameter has been cross referenced and which
attribute (field) it is referred.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 435

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Disassociating a Parameter

1. From the appropriate card tab, double-click a parameter.

The material card opens.

2. Right-click a parameter and select Disassociate Parameter.

Only the value will remain intact.

3. Click Save.

Associating a Parameter

1. Right-click a parameter and click Select Parameter.

436 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 A Select in Model dialog opens.

2. Select a parameter and click OK.

3. Click Save.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 437

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Data History

438 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Node

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 439

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a time history node

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > No de > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select No de > C re a te from the pull-down menu.

2. Enter a name in the Node for time history field and validate with O k.

3. Click and pick nodes in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

4. In the node list, click the desired node to highlight it.

A name can be imposed for each time history node. In Block Format this name will be
saved and TH++ will use this specific name.

5. Click to display the node in green in the graphic window.

6. In the Node name field, enter the new name and click O k.

7. Using the radio buttons, select from: Global, Moving Local or Fixed Local.

8. Click Sa v e to save the time history nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history node creation.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

440 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a time history node

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > No de > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select No de > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

2. In the TH to modify list, click the group to be modified.

3. Click to display the time history node(s) in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the TH node group name by setting a new name in the TH name field.

Select or deselect nodes (see Node selection).

Modify the time history node names (see Node name).

4. Click Sa v e to save the time history node modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history node modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 441

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a time history node

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > No de > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select No de > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

It is possible to directly delete a time history node group or, in a group, to delete a time
history node.

Delete a time history node group

1. Click the time history node group to be deleted.

2. Click .

3. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Delete a time history node in a group

1. Click the time history node group from which a time history node is to be deleted.

2. Click to display the time history node(s) in the graphic window.

3. From the time history node list, select the time history node to delete.

4. Click .

5. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

442 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To import node positions from test data

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > No de > Im po rt No de Te s t D a ta ....

or

If the Data History panel is open, select No de > Im po rt No de Te s t D a ta ... from the
pull-down menu.

On the file selection window

1. Select a file name.

2. Type in the Name of the Time History node group.

3. Set the Gap value for the automatic research of the closest node.

Note: The default parameters are defined in the environment files.

4. Click O k to open the selected file.

or

Click C a nce l to close the window and cancel the function.

The TH nodes will be automatically created. The creation can be checked in the modify page.

The supported format for the results in the text file output includes three columns of values,
each separated by space: a column for the X values, a column for the Y values, and one for
the Z values. Refer to the following example.

8108 692 731

8234 714 3047

814 598 2024

3038 619 738

These values are imported as follows:

node X Y Z

1 8108 692 731

2 8234 714 3047

3 814 598 2024

4 3038 619 738

Although it's worth noting that the "node number" will depend on the nodes already in the
model.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 443

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Element

444 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a time history element

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > E le m e nt > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select E le m e nt > C re a te from the pull-down menu.

2. Select the type of element:

Button Behavior

creates TH 3-nodes shell elements

creates TH 4-nodes shell elements

creates TH solid elements

creates TH trusses

creates TH beams

creates TH springs

3. Enter a name in the Element for time history field and validate with O k.

4. Click and pick an element in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question
in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Set an element ID in the Element Id field and click O k.

5. A name can be imposed for each time history element. In Block Format, this name will be
saved and TH++ will use this specific name.

6. In the Element List, click the desired element.

7. In the Element name field, enter the new name and click O k.

8. Click Sa v e to save the time history elements; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history elements creation.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 445

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a time history element

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > E le m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select E le m e nt > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

2. In the TH to modify list, click the group to be modified.

3. Click to display the time history element(s) in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the TH element group name by setting a new name in the TH name field.

Select or deselect elements (see Element selection).

Modify the time history element names (see Element name).

4. Click Sa v e to save the time history element modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history element modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

446 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a time history element

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > E le m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select E le m e nt > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

It is possible to directly delete a time history element group or, within a group, to delete a
time history element.

Delete a time history element group

1. Click the time history element group to be deleted.

2. Click .

3. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Delete a time history element in a group

1. Click the time history element group from which a time history element is to be deleted.

2. Click to display the time history element(s) in the graphic window.

3. In the time history element list, select the time history element to be deleted.

4. Click .

5. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 447

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Part

448 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a time history part

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Pa rt > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Pa rt > C re a te from the pull-down menu.

2. Enter a name in the Part for time history field and validate with O k.

3. Click and pick a part in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click to include the part selected in the tree.

or

Set a part ID in the Part Id field and click O k.

4. Click Sa v e to save the time history parts; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history parts creation.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 449

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a time history part

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Pa rt > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Pa rt > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

2. In the TH to modify list, click on the group to modify.

3. Click to display the time history part(s) in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the TH part group name by setting a new name in the TH name field.

Select or deselect parts (see Part selection).

4. Click Sa v e to save the time history part modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history part modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

450 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a time history part

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Pa rt > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Pa rt > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

It is possible to directly delete a time history part group or, within a group, to delete a time
history part.

Delete a time history part group

1. Click the time history part group to be deleted.

2. Click .

3. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Delete a time history part from a group

1. Click the time history part group in which a time history part is to be deleted.

2. Click to display the time history part(s) in the graphic window.

3. From the time history part list, select the time history part to be deleted.

4. Click .

5. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 451

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Assembly

452 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a time history assembly

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > As s e m bly > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select As s e m bly > C re a te from the pull-down menu.

2. Enter a name in the Assembly for time history field and validate with O k.

3. Click to add the selected subsets in the tree,

or

Click to add all subsets in the tree.

4. Set an assembly ID in the Assembly Id field and click O k.

5. Click Sa v e to save the time history assembly; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history assemblies creation.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 453

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a time history assembly

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > As s e m bly > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select As s e m bly > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

2. In the TH to modify list, click the group to be modified.

3. Click to display the time history assembly(ies) in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the TH assembly group name by setting a new name in the TH name field.

Select or deselect assemblies (see Assembly selection).

4. Click Sa v e to save the time history assembly modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history assembly modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

454 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a time history assembly

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > As s e m bly > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select As s e m bly > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

It is possible to directly delete a time history assembly group or, within a group, to delete a
time history assembly.

Delete a time history assembly group

1. Click the time history assembly group to be deleted.

2. Click .

3. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Delete a time history assembly in a group

1. Click the time history assembly group from which a time history assembly is to be deleted.

2. Click to display the time history assembly(ies) in the graphic window.

3. In the time history assembly list, select the assembly list to be deleted.

4. Click .

5. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 455

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Section

456 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a section

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Se ctio n > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Se ctio n > C re a te from the pull-down menu.

2. Enter a name in the Section field and validate with O k.

3. Select parts in one of the following methods:

Click and pick parts in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

Click to add parts by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to remove parts by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Section plane normal

1. Select the section normal direction by clicking in X, in Y, or in Z.

2. In the Position field, enter a value and click to display the section in the graphic
window.

The blue nodes define the section local skew frame. They are automatically computed to
have a local skew frame as close as possible to the section center.

3. If necessary, redefine the local skew frame by clicking and, in the graphic window,
picking three nodes.

By picking:
1. Click the 3 no de s radio button to activate.

2. In the graphic window, click the three nodes that will define the section plane.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 457

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

3. If necessary, redefine the local skew frame by clicking and, in the graphic window,
picking three nodes.

Section components
Select components using one of the following methods:

Click to reverse the section side. The local skew frame is automatically updated.

In the Element add/remove, click and, in the graphic window, pick shell
elements to add or remove them from the section definition. When finished, answer the
question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

To Add element, click and in the graphic window, drag a box to select shell
elements.

To Remove element, click and in the graphic window, drag a box to deselect
shell elements.

In the Node add/re m o v e , click and in the graphic window, pick nodes to add or
remove them from the section definition. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

To Add node, click and in the graphic window, drag a box to select nodes.

To Remove node, click and in the graphic window, drag a box to deselect nodes.

Validation

1. Click Sa v e to save the section; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the section creation.

2. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

458 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a section

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Se ctio n > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Se ctio n > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

2. In the Section to modify list, click the section to be modified.

3. Click to display the section in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the section name by setting a new name in the Section name field.

Modify the section position (see Section plane normal).

Modify the section components (see Section components).

4. Click Sa v e to save the section modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the section modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 459

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a section

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Se ctio n > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Se ctio n > M o dify from the pull-down menu.

2. In the Section to modify list, click the section to be deleted.

3. Click .

4. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

460 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To import section test data

The following is the specification for automatic generation of a section from planes and parts
lists defined in ASCII files.

Description of the ASCII input file

Lines beginning with '$' or '#' are comment lines.

Planes defined by nodes

/SECT/NODE/Title

N1, N2, N3

L1, L2

P1,...,PN

where:

Title will be the title of the section (might be empty),

N1, N2 are the IDs of the nodes defining the normal to the plane, N1 belonging to the
plane is the origin of the vector and N2 is the end of it. (N1N2 is the normal).

N3 defines with N1 the direction for the length L1.

L1, L2 are the distance for limiting the plane in the space (therefore, the concerned
elements and nodes have to intersect this limited plane). If there is no L1, and L2 has
to be taken into account, then L1=0. and L2=0 (infinite plane).

P1, ...PN are the part IDs to be considered for determining the section content.
These can be written on several lines.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 461

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Planes defined by points

/SECT/POINT/Title

X1,Y1,Z1

X2,Y2,Z2

X3,Y3,Z3

L1, L2

P1,...,PN

where:

Title will be the title of the section (might be empty),

X1,Y1,Z1, X2,Y2,Z2 are the coordinates of N1 and N2 defining the normal to the plane
, N1 belonging to the plane is the origin of the vector and N2 is the end of it. (N1N2 is
the normal).

X3,Y3,Z3 are the coordinates of N3 defining with N1 the direction for the length L1.

L1, L2 are the distance for limiting the plane in the space (therefore, the concerned
elements and nodes have to intersect this limited plane).

462 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 P1, ...PN are the part IDs to be considered for determining the section content. Can
be written on several lines.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 463

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Generation of the three nodes of the section skew (hereafter, call them ns1, ns2, and ns3):

ns1 will be a node of the section closest to the axle N1N3 in the direction -N1N3 and
with the smallest N1N3 coordinate.

ns2 will be a node of the section closest to the axle N1N3 in the direction N1N3 and
with the biggest N1N3 coordinate.

ns3 will be a node of the section closest to the axle N1N2^N1N3 in the positive
direction and with the biggest N1N2^N1N3 coordinate.

Note: If N3 is not on the plane defined by N1,N2, the result is the projection of it onto the
plane, and then the nearest node from this projection.

464 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Accelerometer

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 465

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create an accelerometer

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Acce le ro m e te r > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Acce le ro m e te r > C re a te from the pull-down
menu.

2. Enter a name in the Accelerometer field and validate with O k.

3. Click and pick one node in the graphic window.

or

Set a node ID in the Node Id field and click O k.

4. A skew frame can be defined as:

If the G lo ba l toggle is yellow (selected), the accelerometer will be in the global skew
frame.

Click M o v ing Lo ca l to define a moving local skew frame for the accelerometer.

Click Fixe d Lo ca l to define a fixed local skew frame for the imposed displacement.

5. Enter a name in the Local Reference Axis Name field and click O k.

Click to select a pre-defined Fixed Local axis. In the Local Axis file window,
select a local axis, click O k to validate, and then in the graphic window, pick one node
to see the local axis.

or

Fill in the XY Plan Definition fields to define the XY plane.

6. Click Se e and in the graphic window, pick a node to display the local axis.

7. Click Sa v e to save the local axis, or click D e le te to cancel it.

8. Set a cut-off frequency in the Cut off frequency field.

9. Click Sa v e to save the time history nodes; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the time history node creation.

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

466 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify an accelerometer

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Acce le ro m e te r > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Acce le ro m e te r > M o dify from the pull-down
menu.

2. In the Accelerometer to modify list, click the accelerometer.

3. Click to display the accelerometer in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the accelerometer's name by setting a new name in the Accel. name field and
validating with O k.

Change the accelerometer position (see Node selection).

Modify the reference axis (see Reference axis).

Modify the cut-off frequency (see Cut-off frequency).

4. Click Sa v e to save the accelerometer modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the accelerometer modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 467

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete an accelerometer

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Acce le ro m e te r > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Acce le ro m e te r > M o dify from the pull-down
menu.

2. Select accelerometers:

Click to select all the accelerometers.

or

Click the accelerometer line in the listing window to select it. Several accelerometers
from this list can be selected using the SHIFT, CTRL, or SHIFT+CTRL keys.

3. Click to delete all the selected accelerometers.

4. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

468 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To import an accelerometer position from test data

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > Acce le ro m e te r > Im po rt Te s t D a ta ....

or

If the Data History panel is open, select Acce le ro m e te r > Im po rt Te s t D a ta ... from the
pull-down menu.

An Import Test Data dialog appears.

2. Select a file name.

3. Enter a name in the Name of the Time History field.

4. Set the Gap value for the automatic research of the closest node.

5. Set the Cut Frequency (cutoff frequency) value.

The default parameters are defined in the environment files.

6. Click O K to open the selected file; or

Click C a nce l to close the window and cancel the function.

The accelerometers will be automatically created. The creation can be checked in the modify
page.

The formats of the text file are defined in the main documentation.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 469

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Relative Displacement

470 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a relative displacement

A relative displacement is a spring type 8 without mass and stiffness to measure the relative
displacement between two nodes.

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > R e la tiv e D is pla ce m e nt > C re a te .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select R e la tiv e D is pla ce m e nt > C re a te from the
pull-down menu.

2. Enter a name in the Relative displacements for time history field and validate with O k.

3. Click and pick two nodes in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question
in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

4. In the Relative displacement list, click the desired relative displacement.

A name can be imposed for each relative displacement. In Block Format, this name will be
saved and TH++ will use this specific name.

5. In the Displacement name field, enter the new name and click O k.

6. Click Sa v e to save the relative displacement; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the relative displacement creation.

7. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 471

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a relative displacement

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > R e la tiv e D is pla ce m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select R e la tiv e D is pla ce m e nt > M o dify from the pull-
down menu.

2. In the Th to modify list, click the group to be modified.

3. Click to display the time history element(s) in the graphic window.

It is possible to:

Modify the TH name by setting a new name in the TH name field.

Create new a relative displacement (see Node selection).

Modify the relative displacement name (see Relative displacement name).

4. Click Sa v e to save the relative displacement modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the relative displacement modifications.

5. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

472 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a relative displacement

1. From the Menu Bar, select D a ta H is to ry > R e la tiv e D is pla ce m e nt > M o dify .

or

If the Data History panel is open, select R e la tiv e D is pla ce m e nt > M o dify from the pull-
down menu.

It is possible to directly delete a relative displacement group or; in a group, to delete a

relative displacement.

Delete a relative displacement group

1. Click the relative displacement group to be deleted.

2. Click .

3. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Delete a relative displacement in a group

1. Click the relative displacement group from which a relative displacement is to be deleted.

2. Click to display the relative displacement(s) in the graphic window.

3. In the Relative displacement list, select the relative displacement to be deleted.

4. Click .

5. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

6. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 473

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Safety

474 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Dummy Positioner

Dummy positioner in the LS-DYNA profile

1. Import the dummy file using the File menu.

2. From the Safety menu, select D um m y Po s itio ne r.

The dummy parts are listed in a hierarchy in the Dummy Posit panel.

3. Click the names of body sections to expand in order to display the parts that make up
each section.

4. Click a part listed in the Dummy Posit panel to highlight it in the graphic area.

In the lower section of the Dummy Posit panel, the Max Stop, Current, and Min Stop
values for the currently selected part are displayed.

5. Change the angles by using the up or down arrows for each value, by typing in values

directly, or by clicking and using the mouse to manipulate the object graphically.
Note: If the values for the degree of freedom are 'grayed out,' they cannot be
changed.

Control the H-point

The H-point is controlled by manipulating the model at the top level in the Dummy Posit
panel.

1. Select the top level item of the file in the Dummy Posit panel.

2. With the H-Point menu set to No de Po s itio n, click the node selection button ( ) in
the Dummy Posit panel, and then select a node in the model display.

3. Enter values in the Rx:, Ry:, and Rz : fields to manipulate the rotation of the dummy.

or

With the H-Point menu set to C o o rdina te s , enter coordinates for Hx:, Hy:, and Hz:.
Note: To see more information about the alpha, beta, and theta for each part, click the

expand arrows ( ) at the upper-right hand corner of the Dummy Posit panel.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 475

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To save the dummy positioning

1. In the Dummy Posit[NEW] window, select the top level of the dummy assembly.

2. Right-click the mouse and select E xpo rt Po s itio ning file or click the E xpo rt button.

A RADIOSS Dummy Output for positioning dialog appears.

3. Enter a name and click O K.

476 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To merge a dummy in the model
In order to select a dummy in this module, set the correct environment and check the Safety
Module Reference Manual.

1. From the Menu Bar, select Sa fe ty > D um m y Po s itio ne r.

2. From the Dummy model list, select Ne w dum m y .

The Dummy Manager tab opens.

3. Select the keywords using Se le ct / Uns e le ct.

Select: the selected keywords are displayed in the keyword drop-down list in red and
are also displayed in the window, Keywords. Choose a word from the drop-down list
to be added to the window.

Unselect: choose an already selected keyword (in red) from the drop-down list to
remove it from the Keywords window.

4. Click SE AR C H in D a ta B a s e to start the search.

All the dummies in the database that are defined with the same list of keywords are
displayed just below in the window with the name of the database and the keyword list.

The selected dummy is displayed in the small graphic window. Using the mouse, it is
possible to rotate, zoom and move the submodel in this small graphic window.

5. Click Sy nchro dis pla ce m e nt to synchronize the displacement between the small graphic
window and the main one.

6. After selecting a model, click Va lida te .

The Offset tab opens.

7. Set the value in the window and click Se t a ll to : to set this offset value for whole
entities.

8. Set the value in the window for each entity.

9. Click C o nfirm O ffs e t to validate the defined offset values; or

Click R e s e t to set the default value.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 477

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

10. Click O k to merge the model and answer the question at the bottom right of the screen
with Y e s or No .

The values displayed in red are incorrect and must be changed. Negative offset values
can be input.

11. Click C a nce l to close the window.

478 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To view the dummy in different perspectives

1. From the Menu Bar, select D um m y Po s itio ne r.

2. Click Vie w and select one of the following:

Side to display the dummy side view and the different angle and length variables.

Fro nt to display the dummy front view and the different angle and length variables.

To p to display the dummy side top and the different angle and length variables.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 479

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move the dummy to the right location

1. Merge a dummy in the model. (See Merge a dummy for more information.)

2. Select the desired dummy view. (See Dummy views for more information.)

Two options are available to set the dummy to the right location:

Use the car measurement value:

1. Click the R e f. po ints toggle to display the corresponding page.

2. Set the following information by filling in the fields or by clicking and and picking a
node, or by clicking :

Side sill Z coordinate.

Seat hinge X and Z coordinates.

B-Pillar X coordinate.

Front seat bracket X coordinate.

Floor Z coordinate.

3. Click the H po int toggle to display the corresponding page.

4. Set the following information by filling in the fields or by clicking and and picking a
node, or by clicking :

A: distance Z from the sill.

B: distance Z from the seat.

C: distance X from the seat.

5. Click the B o dy toggle to display the corresponding page.

6. Set the following information by filling in the fields or by clicking :

D: distance X between the upper arm joint and the B pillar.

E: distance X between the head accelerometer and the B pillar.

F: distance X between the ankle joint and the front seat anchorage point.

G: distance X between the ankle joints.

I: distance X between the knee joints.

7. If necessary, manually adjust the different parts of the dummy. The different operations
are defined.

8. In the Global dummy displacement portion of the window, set the following information

by filling in the fields or by clicking , , and and picking a node, or by clicking

:

480 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The Hx field: H point position in X direction.

The Hy field: H point position in Y direction.

The Hz field: H point position in Z direction.

The Rx field: global rotation position around global X axis.

The Ry field: global rotation position around global Y axis.

The Rz field: global rotation position around global Z axis.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 481

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move the torso and the head

1. Click the To rs o / H e a d to move the corresponding angles.

2. In the Torso/Head positioning part of the window, select the dummy angle to adjust.

The selected part is highlighted in red.

Torso

Neck

Head

3. Use the mouse to move the selected part:

4. Click .

5. In the graphic window, pick a node on the selected part (the available nodes are displayed
in green) and move the mouse to rotate it. The selected part is moved along a red circle.

482 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

6. When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If necessary, pick another node to move again around the same angle, or click C a nce l
in the Dialog menu bar.

or

Set the angle in the field.

or

Click to adjust the angle.

7. Click to save the angle setting.

8. If necessary, select another angle and repeat the same steps to adjust it.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 483

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move the upper limbs

1. Click the Uppe r lim bs toggle to display the corresponding page.

2. In the Upper limbs positioning part of the window, select the left or right arm angle to
adjust.

The part of the arm that will move is highlighted in red.

3. Use the mouse to move the arm:

4. Click .

5. In the graphic window, pick a node on the arm (the available nodes are displayed in green)
and move the mouse to rotate the arm. The arm is moved along a red circle.

6. When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If needed, pick another node to move the arm around the same angle, or click C a nce l
in the Dialog menu bar.

or

Set the angle in the field.

or

Click to adjust the angle.

7. Click to save the angle setting.

8. If necessary, select another angle and repeat the same steps to adjust it.

9. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

484 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To move the lower limbs

1. Click the Lo we r lim bs toggle to display the corresponding page.

2. In the Lower limbs positioning part of the window, select the left or right leg angle to
adjust:

3. The part of the leg that will move is highlighted in red.

4. Use the mouse to move the leg:

5. Click .

6. In the graphic window, pick a node on the leg (the available nodes are displayed in green)
and move the mouse to rotate the leg. The leg is moved along a red circle.

7. When finished, click Y e s in the Dialog menu bar.

If necessary, pick another node to move the leg around the same angle, or click
C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar.

or

Set the angle in the field.

or

Click to adjust the angle.

8. Click to save the angle setting.

9. If necessary, select another angle and repeat the same steps to adjust it.

10. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 485

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To restore a dummy

1. From the main menu, select Sa fe ty > D um m y Po s it[NE W ].

2. Select the top level dummy assembly or select a single limb.

3. Right click the mouse and select "Undo Tra ns fo rm ", which will undo the transformation.

486 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a dummy
In the Tree window, select the dummy assembly and delete it as with a normal assembly.

The model and the dummy positioner menu will be automatically updated.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 487

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Dummy Positioner with an FTSS Dummy

HyperCrash allows you to import and position an FTSS dummy. The process is similar to that
when working within the LS-DYNA profile.

1. Import the dummy file using the File menu.

2. From the Safety menu, select D um m y Po s itio ne r [NE W ].

The dummy parts are listed in a hierarchy in the Dummy Posit[FTSS] panel.

3. Click the names of body sections to expand in order to display the parts that make up
each section.

4. Click a part listed in the Dummy Posit[FTSS] panel to highlight it in the graphic area.

In the lower section of the Dummy Posit[FTSS] panel, the Max Stop, Current, and Min
Stop values for the currently selected part are displayed.

5. Change the angles by using the up or down arrows for each value, by typing in values

directly, or by clicking and using the mouse to manipulate the object graphically.
Note: If the values for the degree of freedom are 'grayed out,' they cannot be
changed.

Control the H-point.

The H-point is controlled by manipulating the model at the top level in the Dummy Posit
[FTSS] panel.

1. Select the top level item of the file in the Dummy Posit[FTSS] panel.

2. With the H-Point menu set to Se le ct No de , click the node selection button ( ) in the
Dummy Posit[FTSS] panel, and then select a node in the model display.

3. Enter values in the Rx:, Ry:, and Rz: fields to manipulate the rotation of the dummy.

or

With the H-Point menu set to E nte r C o o rdina te s , enter coordinates for Hx:, Hy:, and
Hz:.
Note: To see more information about the alpha, beta, and theta for each part, click the

expand arrows ( ) at the upper-right hand corner of the Dummy Posit[FTSS]

panel.

488 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Positioning an FTSS dummy. Model courtesy FTSS.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 489

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Seat Deformer

Deform a Seat Cushion

Before starting to deform the seat cushion, a dummy has to be correctly positioned on it.
Please see the Dummy Positioner section to learn how to set a dummy in the model.

490 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To select model direction

1. From the Menu Bar, select Sa fe ty > Se a t D e fo rm e r.

2. Enter the distance value (gap) between the dummy and the seat cushion in the Gap =
window.

3. Select Pre de fine d radio button and define the Front and Top directions.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 491

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 or

Select Us e r and click and pick nodes to define the local frame.

4. Click Acce pt to validate the selection.

Note: The front direction must define the direction from the seatback cushion to the
dummy. The top direction must define the seat cushion to the dummy

492 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To select seat parts

1. Select the parts of the seat cushion using the following tools:

Click and pick parts in the graphic window.

Click to add parts by box selection. Use SHIFT key in order to define a polygonal
box.

Click to remove parts by box selection.

Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

Click to remove the parts selected in the tree.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 493

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Click Acce pt to validate the selection.
Note: Only parts of solid elements can be selected.

494 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To select dummy parts

1. Select the parts of the dummy using the following tools:

Click and pick parts in the graphic window.

Click to add parts by box selection.

Click to remove parts by box selection.

Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

Click to remove the parts selected in the tree.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 495

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Click Acce pt to validate the selection.

496 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To select back seat nodes

1. Select No de s for Select by.

2. Click the Se le ct radio button and select the fixed nodes using the following tools:

Click and pick nodes in the graphic window.

Click to add nodes by box selection.

Click to remove nodes by box selection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 497

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click to select all nodes of the previous seat cushion selection.

3. Select Pa rt for Se le ct by .

4. Select the parts of the dummy using the following tools:

Click and pick parts in the graphic window.

Click to add parts by box selection.

Click to remove parts by box selection.

Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

Click to remove the parts selected in the tree.

5. Click Acce pt to validate the selection.

498 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To select fixed nodes
1. Click the Se le ct radio button and select the fixed nodes using the following tools:

Click and pick nodes in the graphic window.

Click to add nodes by box selection.

Click to remove nodes by box selection.

Click to select all nodes of the previous seat cushion selection.

2. Click Acce pt to start the seat deformation.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 499

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 or

Click Undo to cancel the seat deformation and retrieve the initial shape.

or

Click D e fo rm Aga in to restart the seat deformation.

The distance value (gap) between the dummy and the seat cushion can be changed any
time.

Click C a nce l to cancel the seat deformation process.

Click C lo s e to close the seat deformer page.

500 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Belt Generator

Create a seat belt

1. From the Menu Bar, select Sa fe ty > B e lt G e ne ra to r.

2. Enter a name in the Belt field and validate with O k.

3. Click Ty pe and select one of the following:

She lls to create a belt with shell elements.

M ulti- s tra nd to create a belt with multi-strands.

Trus s to create a belt with truss elements.

Spring_3n to create a belt with a 3-nodes spring element.

4. Click O ptio ns and select one of the following:

Auto m a tic fitting

R .B o die s cre a te

Fix giv e n po ints

Node selection

1. Click for seat belt reference points.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 501

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. In the Belt Position defined by Nodes window, click .

3. In the graphic window, click a few nodes to define the belt trajectory. For Spring_3n belt
type, select only three nodes.

4. Click C a nce l in the Dialog menu bar to stop the node selection. The node list is updated.

If necessary, it is possible to move the selected nodes one-by-one:

Select a node in the node list.

Click .

Modify the X, Y, and/or Z coordinate(s).

Click Apply to validate the modification, or C a nce l to cancel it.

If necessary, it is possible to move all the selected nodes:

Click .

In the dX, dY, and dZ fields, enter the node displacement to apply.

5. Click Apply to validate the modification, or C a nce l to cancel it.

6. Click O K to validate the node selection.

Part selection

The dummy parts on which the belt will be leaned must be selected. Use one of the following
methods:

1. Click and pick parts of the dummy in the graphic window. When finished, answer the
question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Click to add the dummy parts selected in the tree.

Click to add parts of the dummy by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to remove parts of the dummy by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

502 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Belt components

Gap between the dummy and the belt (Shells and Truss belt types only):

o Set the gap value in the Gap field.

or

o Click to modify the gap.

Belt width (Shells belt type only):

o Set the belt width in the Belt geometrical width field.

or

o Click to modify the belt width.

Number of shell elements in the length (Shells and Truss belt types only):

o Set the number of shell elements in the Nb elems in length field.

or

o Click to modify the number of shell elements.

Number of shell elements in the width (Shells belt type only):

o Set the number of shell elements in the Nb elems in width field.

or

o Click to modify the number of shell elements.

Transversal direction at the first node: This defines the belt perpendicular direction at
the first node (Shells belt type only):

o Click the X , Y or Z radio button.

or

o Click the first button and, in the graphic window pick a node. Next, click the

second button and, in the graphic window pick another node to define the
direction.

or

o Fill in the two X, Y, and Z fields defining the direction.

o Click to display the direction in the graphic window.

Transversal direction at the last node: This defines the belt perpendicular direction at
the last node (Shells belt type only):

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 503

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 o Click the X , Y or Z radio button.

or

o Click the first button and, in the graphic window pick a node. Next, click the

second button and, in the graphic window pick another node to define the
direction.
or

o Fill in the two X, Y, and Z fields defining the direction.

o Click to display the direction in the graphic window.

Material ( She lls and Trus s belt types only):

o Click .

o In the Material File window, select the desired material (law 2 for Shells type,
law 1 for Truss type) and click O K.

o The stress vs. strain curve appears on the screen. To confirm, click Y e s in the
Dialog menu bar.

Property:

o Click .

o In the Property File window, select the desired property and click O K.

Belt creation

1. Click Se e to display the defined belt.

2. If necessary, the following can be modified:

The node selection (see Node selection).

The part selection (see Part selection).

The belt components (see Belt components).

3. Once the belt is finished, click Sa v e to save it.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the belt creation.

4. Click C lo s e to close the menu.

Modify a seat belt

1. From the Menu Bar, select Sa fe ty > B e lt G e ne ra to r.

504 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Click B e lt lis t and select a created belt. Follow the same steps as with Belt creation.

Delete a seat belt

In the tree window, select the seat belt part and delete it as with a normal part. The model
and the seat belt menu will be automatically updated.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 505

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Airbag Folder

506 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Before Starting to Fold

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 507

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Folder Overview

The airbag folder in HyperCrash has the following features:

It works on the geometry (and not the mesh) of the airbag.

Automatic surfaces orientation

Meshing of the folded airbag (with generation of the reference state coordinates)

Airbag cut is also available.

The following fold types are available:

o Simple fold

o Open fold

o Simple tuck fold

o Double-tuck fold

o Superimposed tuck fold

o Roll fold

o Zigzag fold

508 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Airbag Geometry

An airbag is composed of pieces of fabric sewn together. Taken separately, those pieces of
fabric may be considered flat. Thus, to be able to describe their outline is sufficient for
knowing their shape.

This is the definition that has been adopted in the folder: every piece of fabric (an airbag
component) is defined by its outline; which, in turn is defined by a set of straight lines.

In practice, the starting point for the folder is 1D parts in HyperCrash (trusses, beams,
springs). This will be discussed further in following sections.

Also, keep in mind that the folding process introduces new points into the initial geometry
definition and that the meshing takes place at the end of the folding process. The job of the
mesher is easier when it has some freedom in placing the mesh nodes. If the geometry is
"rich" at the beginning, it may become "very rich" after the folding is done. The mesher's job
may be difficult in this case. So when choosing the initial geometry, define only the necessary
nodes so that the geometry definition might remain as light as possible.

Following, it is explained further that lines are used to define folds. Those lines will be used to
cut and transform the airbag geometry. In order to keep the geometry as light as possible, it
is better to use existing nodes for the lines' definition (thus, fewer new points are created)
than to define them by entering the nodes' coordinates.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 509

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Batch Language

The folding process may be complex and is composed of many back and forth steps.
Therefore, it is useful to be able to review an already executed sequence of folds. The folder
has a batch language for this purpose, and every folding command is logged in a special file 1.

Such a file may be read by the folder and executed again in a debugger-like manner.

The syntax of the batch commands is documented and available (see the Batch Language
Reference Manual). The batch files are readable and editable, but this exercise is not advised
for the first time users.

Reference
1
The batch file's name is composed of a spring representing the input file name and the string
"folder.batch", for example, PANCAKE.folder.batch, if the input file name was pancake.
nas.

510 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

A Few Notions of Geometry

If an airbag is to be folded and the exact location of the fold is known, the following situation
would apply:

Figure 1: An unfolded airbag and the fold line.

In order to perform a fold, more information is needed as there are four fold possibilities: the
fold may be executed upside (Figure 2) or downside (Figure 3). In each case the fold may
executed to the left or to the right side of the fold line.

Figure 2: The two possible "upside" folds.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 511

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 3: The two possible "downside" folds.

First, it is necessary to determine if an "up" or a "down" fold is to be performed. This

information is given to the program using the notion of the "airbag plane". This plane must be
defined prior to the execution of the fold. The airbag plane is oriented and hence has a normal
vector, and this vector determines which side—up or down—the fold will be directed to.

After the airbag plane has been defined, it is necessary to indicate to the program whether
the fold should be performed to the left (right side overlaps the left side, which remains in
place) or to the right. This information is given to the program using the orientation of the
fold line and the left hand rule.

To apply the left hand rule, place your thumb in the direction of the fold line. The other
fingers will indicate the direction of the fold.

Remember: for every fold definition, it is necessary to define an oriented plane and an
oriented line (sometimes two), plus other parameters which will be described later.

512 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

A Quickstart Guide to the First Fold

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 513

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Step 1: Initial Geometry Input

As seen in the Airbag Geometry section, the folder needs some initial geometry definition to
start with. The first step is to create a Nastran or RADIOSS input file containing a loop of
(well-oriented) 1D elements (trusses, beams, springs), for example, a rectangle. When done,
read it with HyperCrash.

To learn how to create an example input file, see the listing of the rectangle.nas file used
for the example.

514 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Step 2: Call the Safety Tool

The next step is to select Sa fe ty from the Menu Bar (Figure 4).

Figure 4: C alling the safety tool.

Next, select Airba g Fo lde r (Figure 5).

Figure 5: Opening the folder tool.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 515

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Step 3: Create the Initial Geometry

As the example contains only one layer (whereas a real airbag has at least two) this example
will use the EXPAND operator which will do the entire job. For a more detailed description of
the EXPAND operator, please see the EXPAND Operator section.

Figure 6: C hoosing the geometry input panel.

1. First, click the Input G e o m button (Figure 6) which will open the corresponding panel
(Figure 7).

Figure 7: C hoosing the expand input method.

2. Next, click the E xpa nd a 1D Pa rt button which opens the appropriate panel (Figure 8).

516 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 8: The EXPAND method panel.

3. Now go back to the tree and select the only part as shown in Figure 9.

Figure 9: Selecting the part in the tree view.

4. Next, click the tree icon. A message confirming that the part has been selected in the
tree will appear at the bottom of the message window.

5. Enter the parameters' values as in Figure 8 and click D o . The result in the graphic area
should be similar to what is seen in Figure 10.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 517

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 10: The airbag obtained by EXPAND.

When this is achieved, the folding process can start.

518 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Step 4: The Fold Definition

1. Click the C lo s e button twice to return back to the Folder main panel, and then click the
Fo ld button which is now accessible (see Figure 6). Next, click the Sim ple button which
is now visible (Figure 11).

Figure 11: The different fold options.

Figure 12: The simple fold definition panel.

This opens the simple fold definition panel (Figure 12). When this panel opens, only the
third parameter value is entered. To learn the meaning of the parameters, see the Simple
Fold — the Shape section. To learn why the default value of the third parameter is equal
to , see the Surface Distortion and Diminishing Area section (this is an Advanced
Topic).

2. Enter the parameter values as in Figure 12 and and then examine the buttons.

3. The first button, Select, is used to select the surfaces that will be folded. Clicking this
button brings up the Selection panel (Figure 13).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 519

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 13: The surfaces selection panel.

In the graphical area, the select surfaces (all of them in this example) should appear in red
as in Figure 14.

Figure 14: The selected surfaces appear in red.

4. To ensure that all surfaces will be selected, click All > O K. This returns the program to
the Simple Fold panel. Click the Airba g pla n button to define the airbag plane (see the A
Few Notions of Geometry section for an introduction). See Figure 15.

520 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 15: The plane selection panel.

5. At the beginning of the folding process, there are no planes available yet. A new plane
must be defined. Click the Ne w pla n button, enter a meaningful Title, and click the arrow

icon ( ) to start selecting the nodes. After picking three nodes, the graphical area
should be similar to what is seen in Figure 16.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 521

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 16: The picked nodes appear as small red cubes.

6. Click C he ck to check the plane. If it is OK, click Sa v e and the new plane's name will
appear in the list. Select it from the list; it is possible to hide it by clicking the "Eye-
minus" icon ( ), and then click the Se le ct button. The plane is selected.

7. Proceed to the fold line definition by clicking the Fo ld line button. This will open the panel
shown in Figure 17.

522 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 17: The fold line selection panel.

8. Click the Ne w line button, enter the Title of the line, click the 2 x 3 co o rds label and
enter the coordinates as shown in Figure 17 2. Click C he ck (be sure to note the line's
orientation), then Sa v e to create the line.

9. Select its name in the list, hide it from the display with the "Eye-minus" icon ( )
(optional), and then click Se le ct. The line is defined.

Now it is possible to check if the fold definition is OK.

10. Click the C he ck button and the fold and circular arrows showing the fold direction become
visible (Figure 18). If this is unsuccessful, an error message in red appears in the message
area.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 523

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 18: The circular arrows show the fold direction.

11. If the fold definition is OK, click D o and the folded airbag appears in the graphical area
(see Figure 19).

Figure 19: The airbag after a simple fold.

524 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Reference
2
The exact coordinates values are not very important; the first one must be bigger than
the second one in order for the line orientation to be correct.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 525

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Airbag Folder Theoretical Manual

This section explores the algorithms used to create different types of folds:

Simple fold

Simple tuck fold

Double-tuck fold

Superimposed tuck fold

Open fold

The meaning of parameters defining the shape of the folded airbag will be explained. It is
recommended that first-time users read it carefully before starting to use the folder.
Additional advanced topics, such as folding influence on the airbag area are addressed in the
section Surface Distortion and Diminishing Area.

526 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Basic Notions

Although an actual airbag is not flat, for the purposes of this program, an airbag is defined as
a set of surfaces, each of which is defined by its outline. This definition regards an airbag as
being composed of pieces of flat fabric which can be folded.

In order to fold the airbag, more information is required:

Airbag's mean plane - Although the program is able to compute the airbag's mean
plane itself, it is preferable that this information be entered explicitly. The plane may
be defined by three nodes or by a node and a vector (perpendicular to the plane). The
planes are considered oriented, that is, they have a normal vector. In the airbag's
main plane definition, the important information is its normal vector because it is used
to determine the symmetry plane for folding (see The fo ld line below). It does not
affect the fold definition if the airbag's mean plane is shifted (no rotation) because the
program shifts the mean plane in the direction of its normal vector to place it just
above the airbag.

The fold line - This line does not necessarily lie on the airbag's mean plane. It is used
to define the symmetry plane, that is, the plane that will cut the airbag to the "left''
and "right'' sides. The symmetry plane is perpendicular to the airbag's mean plane and
it contains the fold line. This definition applies when the fold line is not perpendicular
to the airbag's mean plane. If the fold line and the airbag's mean plane are
perpendicular, the program generates an error message. In any case, the fold line
should be more-or-less parallel to this plane—the program generates a warning
message when the angle between them is greater than 30°. As the fold line is
oriented, the orientation of the symmetry plane can also be computed using the
formula (see the Figure 20):

Figure 20: The fold line and the symmetry plane.

Once the symmetry plane is computed, the surfaces selected to be folded are cut by this
plane.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 527

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

In the following paragraphs, a convention is used in which the distance of a point from a
plane is a signed number. This distance is the ordinary distance when the point is on the side
pointed by the plane's normal vector and it is the negative of the distance in the opposite
case.

Figure 21 indicates (in simplified form) what parts of the airbag are modified: the
"negative'' (with respect to the symmetry plane) side of the airbag is folded and the "positive''
one remains in its place. The latter may; however, be slightly modified; for example, it may
become thicker in order to be able to receive the folded side (simple tuck type fold). The
exact way that the folded part is deformed depends on the fold type: it is either some kind of
rotation in the "positive'' (with respect to the mean plane) direction (in the case of the simple
fold) or else it is symmetrical (simple tuck fold).

Figure 21: The direction of the fold.

As the symmetry plane is an internal object and it is not shown to you, it is easier to imagine
the sense of folding using the fold line direction and the airbag's mean plane normal vector.
Figure 22 gives two examples which will be useful in most of cases.

Figure 22: The direction of the fold vs. the fold line.

528 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Simple Fold — the Shape

In order to create an intermediate zone close to the fold line, the surfaces are also cut to be
two planes parallel to the symmetry plane and are obtained by shifts in positive and negative
directions.

The three planes divide the airbag into four main zones. Zone 0, in which the distance of the
points from the symmetry + plane is positive, is not modified. The node in the Zone 1,
situated between the symmetry + plane and the original symmetry plane, are moved toward
the mean plane. The points located initially on the symmetry plane (number 2 on the Figure
23) are moved on the mean plane. This movement preserves the parallelism of the airbag
layers. The third zone becomes symmetrical to Zone 1 with respect to the mean plane.
Finally, the fourth zone is rotated without distortion (angle ) around the intersection line of
the mean and symmetry planes.

Figure 23: The shape of the fold.

Algorithm Parameters
The final shape of the folded airbag depends on three numerical parameters:

Minimum element size This parameter determines the distance between the
symmetry plane and its two children when the airbag is very thin.

Minimum gap this parameter defines the minimum distance between the two
pieces of the "internal'' layer that is created after folding.

Maximum slope when the airbag becomes thick, after a few folds, it is impossible
to keep the distance between the three planes constant, because the slope of the
rotated parts becomes too significant and the distortion of the "internal'' layers gets
too big. To limit this slope (angle on the Figure 23), a maximum alpha tangent is
requested by the program. This means that when the airbag is thick, the distance
between the three cutting planes depends on the airbag's thickness and on this
parameter.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 529

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Tuck-Type Fold — the Shape

The tuck-type folding process is more complicated than the simple one because of its
essentially 3D aspect. In fact, in a general case, the two surfaces between which some part
of an airbag is inserted should not only be pushed "up" and "down," but also to the sides in
order to avoid intersections. This side-pushing effect increases the width and the surface of
the airbag considerably. Moreover, in most cases this is not necessary, because of a kind of
"convergent" shape of parts being pushed inside. Therefore, in the present version of the
folder, the tucking operator does not increase the width of the outer layers of the airbag. It is
up to you to check for possible surface intersections in the cases where the width of the
moved part is equal (or almost equal) to the width of the outer layer.

The following section focuses on shape changes obtained during tuck folding in the down-up
direction.

530 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

First Tuck

Figure 24: The shape of a simple tuck fold.

The first tuck is a tuck fold applied to an airbag which has not been folded yet. Such an
airbag is flat and composed mainly of two layers: upper and lower. It is assumed that there
are no pieces of fabric between these two layers. Otherwise, the tucking operation could
possibly create intersections between these pieces and the parts that are pushed inside.

In the example in Figure 24, only two parameters determine the shape of the airbag: E, which
is the equivalent of the minimum element size, and G , which is the equivalent of the minimum
gap of the simple folding case.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 531

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Subsequent Tucks

Figure 25: The shape of a complex tuck fold.

This case is more complicated than the preceding one because the final thickness of the
airbag's receiving part depends on the thickness of the part to be inserted.

It is assumed that the tuck line (in fact, the symmetry plane) cuts the airbag in such a way
that the airbag's thickness at the intersection is the same as the thickness of the receiving
part (on the "positive" side of the symmetry plane). Otherwise, the program will refuse to
execute the operation.

It is important to pay attention to the fact that the tuck line should not be placed too close
to the wider part if initial penetrations need to be avoided.

In that case, a third parameter similar to maximum in the simple fold case is needed. As
in the previous case, its role is to limit the slope of the diagonal parts close to the fold ends.
Should the slope of the diagonal parts exceed this value, E will be increased to avoid this
situation.

If the "inserted" part is not centered around the mid-plane of the receiving part, the width of
the latter will be increased sufficiently in order to contain everything without creating
intersections. The receiving part will remain centered around its mid-plane.

In the case where only two sloped parts will be created. There will be no "horizontal"
part between the plans corresponding to E and L .

532 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Double-Tuck Fold

As seen in the previous section, when subsequent simple tucks are applied, the algorithm
considers that the whole "slave" part will enter between the "master" layers. This is not
always the case, as shown in Figure 26. In this case, the first tuck is longer than the second
one and it "exits" again after the second fold.

Figure 26: The idea of a double-tuck fold.

The "Double-tuck" operator is designed to deal with this type of fold. Its parameters are the
same as those of previously described folds (element width, minimum gap, maximum
tangent) plus the length of the first tuck.

Figure 27: The shape of a double-tuck.

The shape of the double-tuck fold is described in the Figure 27 where E is the minimum
element size, L is the first tuck length, and G is the minimum gap value.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 533

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Superimposed Tuck Fold

The superimposed type fold operator is necessary in the case where two simple tucks are
applied on opposite sides of an airbag and the intersection of those tucks must be avoided
(Figure 28).

Figure 28: The idea of a superimposed tuck fold.

This operator has two variants: a thick one and thin one. The thick one creates the shape as
it is shown in Figure 28 and the thin one may be applied in the case when the two single
tucks are not overlapping. In this case, it is not necessary to introduce the additional
thickness to the airbag. As it would be difficult for the program to check if the two tucks are
overlapping in a general case, it is left to you to activate or not activate the thick option.

In the same figure, note that:

Contrasted with the simple fold, no maximum tangent value is required.

Two lines are needed for the definition of this kind of fold. Their orientation is
irrelevant; the program automatically orients them correctly.

The absence of in the set of parameters may be explained by drawing the exact shape
of a superimposed tuck fold (Figure 29).

Figure 29: The superimposed tuck shape.

An open fold is a fold at an arbitrary angle, not necessarily 180°.

The arguments of this operator are:

The rotation angle (in degrees).

534 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 A flag which determines the position of the rotation axis with respect to the airbag.
The default option is "medium fiber," which means that the rotation axis is placed at
middle distance between the airbag's lower and upper surfaces. This option may be
modified if the external or internal surface of the airbag should not be modified. Be
aware, however, that the rotation around a shifted axis introduces more distortion to
the airbag.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 535

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Cut Operator

The Cut Operator is the simplest of all operators described in this section. It needs no
arguments besides the airbag plan and the cut line.

Its action consists on creation of new surfaces by cutting the existing one, but no
deformation is introduced to the airbag.

536 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Guidelines for Folding

The biggest problem during the folding process is the creation of very small surfaces which
can only be meshed with very small elements. This is problematic for the time step, and bad
quality elements negatively impact the quality of the computations. Following are some hints
to avoid problems:

Define the initial geometry with the longest segments possible. Their length should only
be limited by the shape of the airbag.

If the initial shape of the airbag is complicated (for example, a flattened passenger
airbag), it may be useful to mesh it and check for surface intersections. If there are
intersections, they should be removed at this stage.

Use the value of about (see Surface Distortion and Diminishing Area for more
details).

Use the gap value coherent with the initial gap between different layers of the airbag.
If the airbag becomes too thick to be folded, restart the folding process with thinner
initial geometry.

When defining the intersection lines, pay attention to the nodes such that their
projection on the airbag plane is close to the fold line's projection. It may be better to
define a fold line by picking existing nodes, rather than by entering coordinates
manually.

The safest (but also the slowest) method is to mesh the airbag after each fold and
check for minimum element size.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 537

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Batch Language Reference Manual

Advanced Topic

The command language is based on the notion of a t y pe d obje c t . This means that every
object that may be manipulated by the language commands has its t y pe , and that the actions
that may be applied on that object depend on that type.

Besides its type, every object has a name. It is up to you (or to the interface that generates
commands) to create the objects' names. Once a name is applied to an object, the type of
the object that has that name can no longer be changed.

The object's name is not case-sensitive. The same is true for mathematical functions and
predefined real numbers which are; in fact, ordinary objects that are put on the object stack
at the beginning of the tool's execution.

A few words about the language's syntax: every command ends with the semicolon character
(';'). The blanks, tabs, or newline characters are irrelevant to the syntax (except in character
strings). The comments begin with the hash mark ('#') and end at the end of line (like in UNIX
shell scripts).

The actions undertaken by you via the GUI are translated into the internal language
commands and these commands are then interpreted. Every command executed by the
program is logged in a log file.

538 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Types

The types that are currently recognized by the interpreter are the following:

Integer number — may be used for counting or numbering other objects.

Floating point number — a general representation of a real number. Will be used for
the geometry definition (coordinates of nodes, vectors) etc. Some floating point
constants are predefined (Table 1). The operations that may be applied to floating
point arguments are listed in Table 2.

String of characters — will serve as file names, comments attached to objects, titles,
etc. A string is delimited by double quotes. It may contain C-like escape sequences
beginning with a \ (\, \n, etc. or \ followed by an octal number). The strings must not
be defined across lines.

Logical (Boolean) — in the future, this will be used to control the commands flow
(conditional statements).

Mathematical function — an abstract mathematical function that may be applied to a

floating point number. The predefined mathematical functions are listed in Table 5. For
instance, it is impossible for a user to add new mathematical functions.

Node — the basis of all geometrical objects.

Vector — a simple geometrical object.

Line — a straight line.

Plan — a plane.

Model — a set of surface patches, such as an airbag.

Integer list — a set of integers.

Floating point list — a set of floating point numbers.

Table 1: List of predefined floating point constants.

Name Description

e (natural logarithm base)

pi

one one

zero zero value

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 539

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Operators — Introduction

The operators of the Safety Tool are like subroutines or functions in a programming language:
they yield results which may be further used to produce some new results, etc.

Table 2: List of arithmetic operators (in order of decreasing precedence), arithmetic

arguments, arithmetic result.

Name Description

^ power

-
unary

* multiplication

/ division

% modulo (integer arguments)

+ addition

- subtraction

Table 3: List of comparison operators (in order of decreasing precedence), arithmetic

arguments, logical result.

Name Description

greater than

less than

greater or equal than

less or equal than

equal to

not equal to (C style)

540 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 not equal to (PASCAL style)

Table 4: List of logical operators (in order of decreasing precedence), logical

arguments, logical result.

Name Description

logical AND

logical OR

Table 5: List of predefined mathematical functions (floating point or integer argument,

floating point result).

Name Description

sin sine

cos cosine

tan tangent

asin arc sine

acos arc cosine

atan arc tangent

ln natural logarithm

log base 10 logarithm

exp exponent ( power argument)

sqrt square root

abs absolute value

cbrt cubic root

sinh hyperbolic sine

cosh hyperbolic cosine

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 541

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Name Description

tanh hyperbolic tangent

asinh inverse hyperbolic sine

acosh inverse hyperbolic cosine

atanh inverse hyperbolic tangent

As was stated at the beginning of the paragraph devoted to the tool's command language,
the actions that may be applied to an object depend on this object's type. That is why the
existing operators will be listed together with their argument lists and result types.

The simplest operators, acting on scalar type objects are listed in Tables 2 through 5.

There are two categories of operations: operators and instructions. The first ones yield a
result computed using their operands. The second ones have a global action (such as output)
or modify (some of) their operands.

Finally, some operators (or instructions) can have several syntaxes. The operation to be
executed is deduced in such a case from the type and the number of operands. This note
applies to arithmetic operators (number number, number vector) and to complex
operators as well (for example, the NEW_LINE Operator).

See the Batch Language Reference Manual for the description of the syntax of all operators
and instructions.

542 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Operators and Instructions Syntax

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 543

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

CUT Operator

Description

Creates a new model obtained by cutting of the model given as argument.

Syntax
cmodel = CUT(

model, plan, line

) ;

cmodel

The name of the new model.

model

The model to be cut.

plan

The mean plane of the model to be cut.

line

The cutting line.

Comments

The model given in argument is cut by the plan which is perpendicular to its mean plane and
contains the cutting line. See the Airbag Folder Theoretical Manual and also the Cut Operator
explanation for the detailed description.

544 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

DBL_TUCK Operator

Description

Creates a new model by applying a double tuck fold to an existing one.

Syntax
tmod = DBL_TUCK(

mod, plan, line, l, el_size, gap_mini, tan_a

) ;

tmod

The name of the folded model.

mod

The name of the model object to be folded.

plan

The mean plane of the model to be folded.

line

The folding line.

The length of the first tuck.

el_size

The minimum element size.

gap_mini

The minimum gap between folded surfaces.

tan_a

The maximum slope of inclined surfaces created around the fold line.

Comments

The folding algorithm in described in detail in the Double-Tuck Fold section.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 545

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

DRAW Instruction

Description

Draw its argument in the drawing area.

Syntaxes
DRAW(

model

) ;

model

The name of the model object to be drawn.

DRAW( line ) ;

line

The name of the line object to be added to a model's drawing.

DRAW( plan ) ;

plan

The name of the plane object to be added to a model's drawing.

DRAW( structure ) ;

structure

The name of the structure (FE mesh) object to be drawn.

Comments

A model, a line, and a plane may be drawn at the same time. A mesh may only be drawn alone
(no line or plane may be added to its drawing).

546 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

DRAW_NO_LINE Instruction

Description

Causes the currently drawn line to disappear from the display.

Syntax
DRAW_NO_LINE ;

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 547

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

DRAW_NO_PLAN Instruction

Description

Causes the currently drawn plan to hide from the display.

Syntax
DRAW_NO_PLAN ;

548 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

EXPAND Operator

Description

Creates an airbag model (composed of six surfaces) out of a single surface.

Syntaxes
model = EXPAND(

oldmodel, number, width, thickness

) ;

model

The airbag model.

oldmodel

The model containing the airbag surface.

number

The number of the surface (within oldmodel) to be expanded.

width

The width of the border zone created close to the airbag's outline.

thickness

The thickness of the airbag model.

Comments

The ''expansion'' means creation of the ''upper'' and ''lower'' surfaces and of the border zone
joining the initial contour with these surfaces. Both the ''upper'' and ''lower'' border zones are
composed of two pieces in order to avoid surfaces with holes (simply connex surfaces are
easier to cut when folding).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 549

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

FLPOINT_LIST Operator

Description

Creates a list of floating point numbers.

Syntaxes
fplist = FLPOINT_LIST(

number1, number2, ...

) ;

fplist

The list of floating point numbers.

number1

The first real number to be included in the list.

fplist = FLPOINT_LIST( number1, number2, ..., comment ) ;

fplist

The list of floating point numbers.

number1

The first real number to be included in the list.

comment

A string of characters describing the list.

Comments

This operator accepts an arbitrary number of numbers separated by commas. The character
string comment may be used later as an axis legend, if a curve constructed with the list is
plotted.

550 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

FOLD Operator

Description

Creates a new model obtained by folding of the model given as argument.

Syntaxes
fmodel = FOLD( model, plan, line, el_size, gap_mini, tan_alpha ) ;

fmodel

The name of the folded model.

model

The name of the model object to be folded.

plan

The mean plane of the model to be folded.

line

The folding line.

el_size

The minimum element size.

gap_mini

The minimum gap between folded surfaces.

tan_alpha

The maximum slope of inclined surfaces created around the fold line.

fmodel = FOLD( model, line, el_size, gap_mini, tan_alpha ) ;

fmodel

The name of the folded model.

model

The name of the model object to be folded.

line

The folding line.

el_size

The minimum element size.

gap_mini

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 551

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The minimum gap between folded surfaces.

tan_alpha

The maximum slope of inclined surfaces created around the fold line.

Comments

The operation of folding is quite complex. See the Airbag Folder Theoretical Manual for the
detailed description of the algorithm and the meaning of the parameters. If the FOLD operator
is called with the second syntax, the airbag's plane is computed automatically.

552 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

FROM_N2N Operator

Description

Creates a vector joining two nodes.

Syntax
vector = FROM_N2N(

node1, node2

) ;

vector

The vector.

node1

The first node (from).

node2

The second node (to).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 553

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

GET_NODE Operator

Description

Extracts a node from a model.

Syntaxes
node = GET_NODE(

model, number

) ;

node

The name of the extracted node.

model

The name of the model object to be searched for a node.

number

The (integer) number of the node to be extracted.

Comments

The number of the node must be contained in the interval where N is the total
number of model's nodes.

554 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

INTEGER_LIST Operator

Description

Creates a list of integer numbers.

Syntax
ilist = INTEGER_LIST(

number1, number2, ...

) ;

ilist

The list of integers.

number1

The first integer to be included in the list.

Comments

This operator accepts an arbitrary number of integers separated by commas.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 555

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

MESH Operator

Description

Creates a mesh of all the surfaces contained in a model.

Syntax
struct = MESH( model, elem_size ) ;

struct

The structure object.

model

The model to be meshed.

elem_size

The desired size (side length) of elements.

Comments

This operator creates mainly quadrilateral elements but it also inserts some triangles. A part
is created for every surface of the initial model. The nodes created at surfaces' common
edges are also common for the meshes (no nodes merge is needed). This operator meshes all
surfaces contained in the model, regardless of whether they are selected or not.

The operator creates also some Nastran files containing its results:
airbag.nas

The mesh of the model.

unfolded-mesh.nas

If the model has been obtained by folding, an ''unfolded'' mesh is written into this file.
This mesh may be used for the reference-metrics method.
unfolded-geom.nas

Under the same condition as above, the ''unfolded'' geometry (but with all cuts
resulting from the folding process) is written into this file. This geometry may be used
for meshing with a third-party meshing program.

556 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

NEW_LINE Operator

Description

Creates a straight line.

Syntaxes
line = NEW_LINE(

node1, node2

) ;

line

The line.

node1

The first node defining the line.

node2

The second node defining the line.

line = NEW_LINE( node, vector ) ;

line

The line.

node

A node contained by the line.

vector

The vector tangent to the line.

line = NEW_LINE( x1, y1, z1, x2, y2, z2 ) ;

line

The line.

x1

The coordinate of the first node.

y1

The coordinate of the first node.

z1

The coordinate of the first node.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 557

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

x2

The coordinate of the second node.

y2

The coordinate of the second node.

z2

The coordinate of the second node.

Comments

The coordinates supplied in the third syntax must be real numbers (at least a period or an
exponent is necessary).

558 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

NEW_PLAN Operator

Description
Creates a plan.

Syntaxes
plan = NEW_PLAN(

node1, node2, node3

) ;

plan

The plan.

node1

The first node defining the plan.

node2

The second node defining the plan.

node3

The third node defining the plan.

plan = NEW_PLAN( node, vector ) ;

plan

The plan.

node

A node contained by the plan.

vector

The vector normal to the plan.

plan = NEW_PLAN( A, B, C, D ) ;

plan

The plan defined by the formula.

The A coefficient.
B

The B coefficient.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 559

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

C

The C coefficient.
D

The D coefficient.
Comments

The vector (A, B, C) is normal to the plane.

560 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

NEW_VECTOR Operator

Description

Creates a vector from its coordinates.

Syntax
vector = NEW_VECTOR(

x, y, z

) ;

v e c t or

The vector.

The vector's coordinate.

The vector's coordinate.

The vector's coordinate.

Comments

This operator also accepts integer numbers (only digits preceded by an optional sign).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 561

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

OPEN_FOLD Operator

Description

Creates a new model obtained by partial folding from the model given in argument.

Syntax
fmodel = OPEN_FOLD(

model, plan, line, flag, angle

) ;

fmodel

The folded model.

model

The model to be folded.

plan

The mean plan of the model to be folded.

line

The fold line.

flag

An integer flag describing the position of the rotation axis with respect to the airbag:

outer surface

medium fiber

inner surface

All other values are considered erroneous.

angle

The rotation angle expressed in degrees.

Comments

The algorithm of folding is described with more detail in the Open Fold explanation.

562 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

ORIENT Instruction

Description

Adapts the orientation of all the surfaces of a model with respect to a selected surface. This
operation should be performed on an airbag before meshing it.

Syntax
ORIENT(

model, surf_number

) ;

model

The model to be modified.

surf_number

The number of the reference surface.

Comments

This instruction may fail if a model is not connex, or it may give unpredictable results if the
global surface is not orientable (for example, M bius band). Also see the REVERSE Operator/
Instruction.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 563

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

READ_FPL Operator

Description

Reads an ASCII file containing floating point numbers (in a completely free format).

Syntax
fplist = READ_FPL(

filename

) ;

fplist

The resulting floating point list object.

filename

The name of the input file (string of characters).

Comments

The format of the file is free. The file is read until the end or until a wrong floating point
expression is encountered. The numbers may be separated by empty lines.

564 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

READ_NAS2MOD Operator

Description

This operator is deprecated.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 565

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

REVERSE Operator/Instruction

Description

Reverses the tangent vector of a line or the orientation of all the surfaces of a model.

Syntaxes
rline = REVERSE(

line

) ;

rline

The reversed line.

line

The line to be reversed.

REVERSE( m ode l ) ;

model

The model to be modified.

Comments

The first syntax of this operator may be used to define fold lines (their sense is important for
the fold definition. See Airbag Folder Theoretical Manual). The second syntax may be useful
when a given surface of a model has been identified as oriented in a wrong sense. In that
case, the whole model should be reversed and then the ORIENT Instruction should be applied.

566 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

SELECT Instruction

Description

Selects elementary surfaces contained in a model for a future action.

Syntax
SELECT(

model, ilist

) ;

model

The model to be modified.

ilist

The list of numbers of surfaces to be added to the selection (integer list).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 567

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

SUP_TUCK Operator

Description

Creates a new model by applying a superimposed tuck fold to an existing model.

Syntax
tmodel = SUP_TUCK(

model, plan, line1, line2, el_size, gap_mini, thick_flag

) ;

tmodel

The name of the folded model.

model

The name of the model object to be folded.

plan

The mean plane of the model to be folded.

line1

The first folding line.

line2

The second folding line.

el_size

The minimum element size.

gap_mini

The minimum gap between folded surfaces.

thick_flag

Integer: 0 = thin, 1 = thick.

Comments

The folding algorithm in described is detail in the Superimposed Tuck Fold section.

568 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

TUCK Operator

Description

Creates a new model by tuck-folding an existing one.

Syntax
tmodel = TUCK(

model, plan, line, el_size, gap_mini, tan_alpha

) ;

tmodel

The name of the folded model.

model

The name of the model object to be folded.

plan

The mean plane of the model to be folded.

line

The folding line.

el_size

The minimum element size.

gap_mini

The minimum gap between folded surfaces.

tan_alpha

The maximum slope of inclined surfaces created around the fold line.

Comments

The folding algorithm in described in detail in the Tuck Type Fold explanation section.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 569

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

UNSELECT Instruction

Description

Unselects all elementary surfaces contained in a model.

Syntax
UNSELECT(

model

) ;

model

The model to be modified.

570 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

VECTOR_PR Operator

Description

Computes a cross product of two vectors.

Syntax
cpvector = VECTOR_PR(

vector1, vector2

) ;

cpvector

The cross product.

vector1

The first vector.

vector1

The second vector.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 571

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Surface Distortion and Diminishing Area

Advanced Topic

The folding process introduces some distortion to initial geometry. The outer surface
becomes "lengthened" and the inner surface becomes "shortened". It is useful to evaluate the
influence of a fold on the airbag surface in order to avoid a situation wherein the airbag, after
folding and inflating, is quite different from the original one.

Figure 30: Symbols used in formula for surface reduction.

As an introduction to some symbols (see Figure 30), let L be the width of the tilted part of
the airbag, let G/2 be the half gap, and let E be the airbag's thickness.

There are two extreme cases to examine: In the first one, the airbag is not yet folded. In this
case it is very thin and the value of L is known as it is supplied by you. The relative
shortening (with respect to L) is found with the formula,

where (relative thickness) and

(relative gap). It is assumed that there are only two layers of the airbag.

572 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 31: The relative shortening of the folded part as a function of relative gap (for different relative
thickness values - case 1.

Figure 31 shows the dependence of the shortening of the folded part on the relative gap for
several relative thickness values. The conclusion in that case is that it is better to have a
very thin airbag and give a possibly high gap value in order to have the smallest surface
difference after folding.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 573

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Figure 32: The relative shortening of a layer as a function of relative distance from the mid-plane (for
different values) - case 2.

In the second case, the airbag is thick and the value of L depends on gap, airbag's thickness,

and the maximum value by the formula, .

In this case, it is not possible to use the same formula with normalized variables because L is
no longer a constant. But note that for a given value, the length increase of a layer
distant of d from the symmetry plane (dot-dashed line on the Figure 30, )

is a linear function of d (see also the Figure 32):

The global effect of a fold on the airbag's surface will be null if this function is 0 at mid-
distance between G/2 and , that is, at . This gives the following

condition for the angle : which can be transformed to (for ):

As for actual airbags , this means that , that is, the global shortening
effect is small for angle . Thus, the best value of the parameter is about if
the global surface of the airbag is to be maintained.

574 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Figure 31 shows that in the first phase of folding, a shortening of the surface is very hard to
avoid. It may be useful to choose the parameter larger than in order to compensate
for the surface shortening that occurred during the first phase of folding by a surface
increase during the second phase (Figure 32).

Summary
To summarize what has been previously discussed in terms of choice of folding parameters
values and initial geometry:

The initial geometry of an unfolded airbag should be as thin as possible. The only
limiting factor should be the Engine's interface performance.

The gap should be as large as possible. In practice, its value will be limited by the final
airbag's thickness.

The L value has no effect on surface conservation. It is determined by the minimum

time step condition.

The value should be about in order to preserve surface during the folding
process, or a little larger in order to compensate for the surface loss occurred during
the first phase of folding.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 575

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

The rectangle.nas Example
BEGIN BULK

MAT1 1 2.1e+11 0.3 7850

GRID* 1 0 0.000000000E+02
0.000000000E+02*G000001

*G000001 0.000000000E-00

GRID* 2 0 6.000000000E+02
0.000000000E+02*G000002

*G000002 0.000000000E-00

GRID* 3 0 6.000000000E+02
2.000000000E+02*G000003

*G000003 0.000000000E-00

GRID* 4 0 0.000000000E+02
2.000000000E+02*G000004

*G000004 0.000000000E-00

PROD 1 1 1.234 2.345

CROD 1 1 1 2

CROD 2 1 2 3
CROD 3 1 3 4
CROD 4 1 4 1
ENDDATA

576 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

HComfort Module

HComfort is a set of tools allowing:

scaling and changing the position of HUMOS2 human model

3D detection and meshing of organs

HComfort Modules
HComfort offers two main modules: the Sca ling/ Po s itio ning tool and Sca n2M e s h.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 577

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Scaling and Positioning HUMOS2 Model

Scaling Tool

Using a statistical tool based on a human measurement database, the Scaling tool generates
the main dimensions of a human body of any desired percentile and modifies the HUMOS2
model according to these dimensions.

Scaling tool menu

To generate the dimensions, enter the desired percentile in the Percentile field and click
G e ne ra te dim e ns io ns .

The main dimensions can be changed independently from the percentile definition.

578 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Positioning Tool

Using angles defined on a simplified model based on the real articulations of the human body
(knee, wrist …), the Positioning tool is able to change the HUMOS2 model position. It
combines data of a pre-calculated database to generate the required position.

Simplified representation

Simplified model based on skeleton

The simplified model is based on the skeleton and its main articulations. The body is divided
into 16 parts that can be positioned. These parts are separated by articulations that allow
positioning of the simplified model. Each articulation is set in space by one or two different
angles (shown in the following figure) which are displayed in the top or side view.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 579

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Angles definition. The first letter indicates Right or Left, the second, Top or Side, and the third indicates
the angle.

Angles definition

The following figure depicts the angles of HUMOS2 driving position. Any of the angles can be
changed to define a new position.

580 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Angles definition

Database limits

The Positioning tool uses a database of pre-calculated positions to generate the required
one. A warning message box will pop up at the end of the positioning if the angles specified
for an articulation are outside the database. In this case the nearest available position is used
for the articulations.

D00 Generation

After specifying the desired percentile and defining the required position, click G e ne ra te D 00
to create the corresponding D00 file.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 581

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Scan2Mesh

Meshing with Scan2Mesh can be divided into two main steps:

the organs identification on a set of slices

the meshing of the detected organs

The first step requires input from you to identify the organs on the slices. The second step is
fully automatic.

582 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

User’s Organs Identification Interface

Scan2Mesh graphical interface is divided into four parts:

a menu bar

a list of images

a visualization area

an organs menu

Scan2Mesh user’s main interface

Menu Bar

You can choose the following options from the Menu bar:

File

Ne w pro je ct: load a list of image files and find information about their characteristics
(slices thickness, pixels dimensions)

Q uit: quit Scan2Mesh

Project

Lo a d pro je ct : load a project file containing a list of images and characteristics,

organs, etc.

Sa v e pro je ct : save a project file containing a list of images and characteristics,

organs, etc.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 583

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Sca nne r v a lue s : find the slices' thicknesses and the pixel dimensions

Help

Abo ut : display Scan2Mesh version

List of Images
From the Images list, select the image to be displayed in the visualization area.

Visualization Area
Displays the image selected in the image list and interacts with you to allow region selection
or hand-drawing.

Activate the Display regions check box to display identified regions by automatic methods.

Display regions

Organs Menu
O rga ns Lis t

Scroll through the list to select and display organs.

Ne w O rga n

Create a new organ.

E ra s e O rga n

Erase the selected organ.

584 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

M e s h O rga n

Show the meshing interface.

E dit O rga n

Show the edition sub-menu.

C ha nge co lo r

Change the display color of selected organs.

Edition Sub-Menu
Sa v e

Save the modifications performed on the selected organ.

C a nce l

Cancel the modifications performed on the selected organ.

R e na m e

Rename the selected organ.

E ra s e o n C urre nt

Erase the organ’s contour on the displayed image.

E ra s e Uppe r

Erase the organ’s contour on all images above the displayed one.

E ra s e Lo we r

Erase the organ’s contour on all images below the displayed one.

B y H a nd

Display the By hand drawing menu:

D ra w: allows drawing on the displayed image (left-click)

E ra s e : erase pixels on the displayed image (left-click)

Fill: fill a closed contour drawn by hand

Fill undo : undo last filling

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 585

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 By-hand drawing sub-menu

Auto m a tic

Display the Automatic segmentation menu:

Thre s ho lding: identify regions on the set of images by defining a threshold separating
organs from everything else

586 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Thresholding sub-menu

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 587

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Meshing

Meshing Interface

Meshing interface

General Parameters
The meshing interface is called by the M e s h o rga n button. It meshes the selected organ and
writes it to a D00 file.

Na m e

Name of the D00 file which will be generated

E le m e nts

Type of elements to generate: SHELL3N, SHELL4N, TETRA4 or SOLID BRICK

588 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Slices, voxel and pixel

D iv is io ns o f Spa ce

The organ is described by voxels (3D cubes representing a “thick” pixel). The number and the
shape of generated elements are directly linked to the number of voxels and their proportions.
The X, Y and Z values, describing the number of rows of voxels on each axis, can be modified
to adjust the number of voxels describing the organ.

Us e Im a ge R e a l R a tio

Use the scanner values to compute the division of space and obtain cubic voxels. Allows the
division of space modification by using the cursor.

Quality Improvements
Three different improvement types leading to improving elements quality and mesh biofidelity
can be performed. you decide the number of application and the strength of the modification
for each of them.

R a w D a ta Sm o o thing

Smooth the data obtained directly from the slices.

3D Surfa ce Sm o o thing (only for TETRA4, SHELL4N and BRICK)

Smooth the 3D reconstruction obtained from the slices data.

Projection on surface: activate to do a last projection on the reconstructed surface

without regarding the element's final quality.

E le m e nts Q ua lity Im pro v e m e nt

Improve the element's shape and quality by moving the nodes locally.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 589

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Installation and Configuration

Distribution Content

The HComfort distribution file contains a setup file (HComfort_V10b_WIN32.exe).

After installation, the HComfort directory will contain a script (see following) to launch
HComfort and five directories:
exe/

Directory containing the executables.

icondir/

Directory containing the icons for the application.

lib/

Directory containing the libraries which are necessary to launch HComfort.

etc/

Directory containing the HComfort database.

doc/

Directory containing documentation in .pdf format.

Installation
HComfort contains:

an automatic installation script

a README file

To install HComfort, run HComfort_V1.0.b_WIN32.exe.

A complete path (target directory for installation) will be requested. HComfort will be installed
in this directory and a launch script will be automatically created.

If you have any installation problems, please contact hwsupport@altair.com.

Running HComfort
HComfort modules are started with run_scal_posit.bat and run_scan2mesh.bat scripts.

Licenses
HComfort software is licensed using the FlexLm protocol. In order to be able to run HComfort
on your system, you must:

obtain a FlexLm license filef rom Altair Engineering, Inc.

590 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 have a FlexLm Altair daemon running on your system

To obtain a FlexLm license file, please provide Altair with complete data about your machine.
If you have any installation problems, please contact hwsupport@altair.com.

Troubleshooting
In case of any problem related to use or installation of HComfort, please contact
hwsupport@altair.com.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 591

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Process

592 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Parameterization

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 593

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Stochastic Analysis

Overview

The goal of a st oc ha st ic a na ly sis is to test the robustness of a given design. The goal of a
de sign of e xpe rim e nt s is to find linear approximations of the responses as functions of the
variables.

For both applications, the principle is the same: perform a number of computations for
different values of the variables and check how the responses vary in consequence. The
difference comes from the chosen sampling method.

With st oc ha st ic a na ly sis, the values of the variables are chosen randomly inside a
design space corresponding to the intervals of tolerance of the model characteristics.
The goal is to represent all the possible designs that could exist in actuality.

With de sign of e xpe rim e nt s, the values of the variables are chosen at the boundary of
a design space corresponding to the different values that could be given to the model
characteristics. The goal is to build linear approximations of the responses as functions
of the variables.

Design Variables and Responses

Variables are model characteristics which vary during the analysis.

Responses are results which are extracted at the end of each computation and are
stored for post-processing.

The goal of a parametric study is to discover the influence of variable modifications on

the model responses.

To define variables and responses:

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > Study > X plo re > E dit Pa ra m e te rs .

A new notebook window appears.

2. Go to the Variables or Responses page.

RADIOSS Computational Options (version, number of processors, etc.)

Just after the variables and responses are defined, it is also necessary to define the version
of RADIOSS to use, the number of processors, and how the computations should be
submitted.

To define the computational options:

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > Study > X plo re > R AD IO SS C o m puta tio na l
O ptio ns .

The following window appears.

594 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

2. Choose an Execution Mode.

3. Select the RADIOSS version to use.

4. Enter the Number of Processors to use.

5. Click the O k button.

Create New Task or Open Existing Task

Performing a task consists of generating a sampling, running the corresponding computations,

checking the RADIOSS execution, extracting the responses, and post-processing them. Before
creating a new task, design variables and responses on the model should have been defined,
and their definition should have been saved. Also, the RADIOSS computational options should
have been defined.

Create a new DOE / Stochastic Analysis task

1. From the Menu Bar of HyperCrash, select Pro ce s s , then Study , then X plo re , then Ne w
D O E / Sto cha s tic Ana ly s is .

The following window appears.

2. Enter a Ta s k Na m e , and click O k.

3. A directory named MXPLORE_TASK_D00RootName_TaskName is created, and all the

necessary files are copied into it. The D SS / M X PLO R E module with which the sampling,
run submission, run verification, results extraction, and results post-processing are going
to be performed is then run.

The next step is the definition of a sampling.

Open an existing DOE / Stochastic Analysis task

1. From the Menu Bar of HyperCrash, select Pro ce s s , then Study , then X plo re , then O pe n
D O E / Sto cha s tic Ana ly s is .

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 595

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The following window appears.

2. Select a task, and click O k.

596 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Variables in a Property

1. From the Va ria ble s notebook page, select the Pro p tab. The list of all the properties used
in the current model is displayed.

The types of properties that can be parameterized are: truss, beams, springs, beam-type
springs, and shells. See List of Variables and Responses for an extensive list of all the
possible variables in properties.

2. Select a property. There are two possible ways of doing this:

Select a property directly by clicking one of the list items.

or

Select a part by clicking ( ) or by tree selection ( ). The property used by the

selected part will be returned.
Note: If the property used by the selected part is also used by other parts, the
program will ask whether the property should be duplicated.

o To parameterize the property of only the selected part, answer Y e s : a copy of the
property will be created and assigned to only the selected part.

o To parameterize the property of all the parts which are currently using it, answer
No .

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 597

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 o To view which parts are using a property, select the property in the list, and click

the button.

3. Once a property has been selected, the list of its attributes is automatically displayed.

4. To create a variable:

Activate one of the attributes by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The variable is added to the list at the top of the Va ria ble s page.

598 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Variables in a Material

1. From the Va ria ble s notebook page, select the M a t tab. It contains the list of all the
materials used in the current model.

The material laws that can be parameterized are: laws 1, 2jc, 2za, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27,
32, 33, 36, 38, and 52. See List of Variables and Responses for an extensive list of all
the possible materials variables.

2. Select a material. There are two possible ways of doing this:

Select a material directly by clicking one of the list items.

or

Select a part by clicking ( ) or by tree selection ( ). The material used by the

selected part will be returned.
Note: If the material used by the selected part is also used by other parts, the
program will ask if the material should be duplicated.

o To parameterize the material of only the selected part, answer Y e s : a copy of the
material will be created and connected to only the selected part.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 599

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 o To parameterize the material of all the parts which are currently using it, answer
No .

o To view which parts are using a material, select it from the list, and click the
button.

3. Once a material has been selected, the list of its attributes is automatically displayed.

4. To create a variable:

Activate one of the attributes by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The variable is added to the list at the top of the Va ria ble s page.

600 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Variables in a Loadcase

1. From the Va ria ble s notebook page, select the Lo a dC a s e tab.

The LoadCase types that can be parameterized are: added mass, initial velocity, rigid wall,
rigid body, monitored volume, imposed velocity, imposed displacement, gravity,
concentrated load, and contact interface.

See List of Variables and Responses for an extensive list of all the possible LoadCase
variables.

2. Choose the type of loadcase to parameterize.

The list of loadcases of the selected type in the current model is displayed.

3. Select a loadcase by clicking one of the list items.

4. To view a loadcase, select it from the list, and click the button.

Once a loadcase has been selected, the list of its attributes is automatically displayed.

5. To create a variable:

Activate one of the attributes by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The variable is added to the list at the top of the Va ria ble s page.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 601

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Variables in a Connection

1. From the Va ria ble s notebook page, select the C o nne ctio ns tab.

The connections that can be parameterized in the current version are: spotwelds, welding
line, hemming, glue, and bolts.

See List of Variables and Responses for an extensive list of all the possible connections
variables.

2. Select a connection using . This will select the connection in the connection tree
window.

Once a connection has been selected, its name and the list of its attributes are
automatically displayed.

3. To create a variable:

Activate one of the attributes by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The variable is added to the list at the top of the Va ria ble s page.

602 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Translation/Scaling/Rotation Variables

1. From the Va ria ble s notebook page, select the M o v e tab.

The transformations that can be parameterized in the current version are: translation,
scaling, or rotation of a selection of parts or nodes in any direction.

2. Select the nodes to move by clicking ( ) or by box selection ( ), or select the parts

to move by clicking ( ) or by tree selection ( ).

To view the nodes or parts currently selected, click the button.

3. Choose between the tra ns la tio n, ro ta tio n, or s ca ling notebook page.

4. Define a translation direction, a rotation axis or a scaling direction by either entering the

coordinates of a vector in the X/Y/Z text entries, or by selecting two nodes using .

5. For scaling and rotation, select a point which will remain fixed during the transformation

(scaling or rotation center). This point can be selected by picking a node ( ) or by

entering its coordinate in the X/Y/Z text entries.

6. To create a variable:

Activate one of the attributes by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The variable is added to the list at the top of the Va ria ble s page.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 603

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

604 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Global Response

1. From the R e s po ns e s notebook page, select the G lo ba l tab.

The list of global TH variables is displayed.

2. To create a response:

Activate one of the variables by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Select a time filter (available choices are maximum, minimum, or final value along the
simulation time).

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The response is added to the list at the top of the R e s po ns e s page.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 605

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Responses on Parts

1. From the Responses notebook page, select the Pa rt tab.

2. Select a part by clicking ( ) or by tree selection ( ).

The name of the selected part and the associated list of TH variables are displayed.

3. To create a response:

Activate one of the variables by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Select a time filter (available choices are maximum, minimum, or final value along the
simulation time).

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The response is added to the list at the top of the Responses page.

The part is automatically saved in time history.

606 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Responses on Nodes

1. From the R e s po ns e s notebook page, select the No de tab.

2. Select a node by clicking ( ) or by entering its ID and clicking O k.

The list of nodes TH variables is displayed.

3. To create a response:

Activate one of the variables by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Select a time filter (available choices are maximum, minimum, or final value along the
simulation time).

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The response is added to the list at the top of the R e s po ns e s page.

The node is automatically saved in time history.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 607

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Responses on Elements

1. From the R e s po ns e s notebook page, select the E le m e nt tab.

2. Select the type of element on which to define the response ( , , , , , or

).

3. Select an element by clicking ( ), or by entering its ID.

The list of element TH variables is displayed.

4. To create a response:

Activate one of the variables by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Select a time filter (available choices are maximum, minimum, or final value along the
simulation time).

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

The response is added to the list at the top of the R e s po ns e s page.

The element is automatically saved in time history.

608 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 609

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create Responses on Sections, Accelerometers, Rigid
Walls, Rigid Bodies, Monitored Volumes, Contact
Interfaces

1. From the R e s po ns e s notebook page, select the O the rs tab.

2. Select the type of object on which to define a response. The list of objects of the
selected type in the current model is displayed.

3. Select an object from the list.

The list of TH variables of the selected type of object is displayed.

4. To see an object, select it from the list and click the button.

5. To create a response:

Activate one of the variables by clicking the corresponding radio button.

Select a time filter (available choices are maximum, minimum, or final value along the
simulation time).

Enter a name in the corresponding text field.

Click the Sa v e button.

610 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 The response is added to the list at the top of the R e s po ns e s page.

The object is automatically saved in time history.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 611

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a Variable or a Response

1. Go to the Va ria ble s or R e s po ns e s notebook page.

2. Select an object from the list of defined variables.

3. Click the button.

4. Edit the available field(s) in the lower window when you created the variable or response.

612 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To delete a Variable or a Response

1. Go to the Va ria ble s or R e s po ns e s notebook page.

2. Select one or several items from the list of defined variables.

3. Click the button and answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l
.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 613

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Optimization Study

Overview

First, it is necessary to define variables and responses. Among the responses, one will be
defined as the objective function. The others can be used in limiting constraints.

The goal of an opt im iza t ion st udy is to find the solution of a problem of the following type:

Minimize (Objective Function)

Subject to: Inequality Constraint 1 < Limit 1
Inequality Constraint 2 < Limit 2
...
Equality Constraint 1 = Value 1
Equality Constraint 2 = Value 2
With: minimum1 < design variable 1 < maximum1
minimum2 < design variable 2 < maximum2
...

Design Variables and Responses

Variables are model characteristics which vary during the analysis.

Responses are results which are extracted at the end of each computation and stored
for post-processing.

The goal of a parametric study is to discover the influence of variables modifications

on the model responses.

To define variables and responses:

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s , then Study , then O ptim iz a tio n, then E dit
Pa ra m e te rs .

A new notebook page appears.

2. Go to the Va ria ble s or R e s po ns e s page.

RADIOSS Computational Options

Just after the variables and responses are defined, it is necessary to also define the version
of RADIOSS to be used, the number of processors, and how the computations should be
submitted.

To define the computational options:

614 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s , then Study , then O ptim iz a tio n, then R AD IO SS
C o m puta tio na l O ptio ns .

The following window appears:

2. Select an E xe cutio n M o de .

3. Select the RADIOSS version to use.

4. Enter the Number of Processors to use.

5. Click the O k button.

Create New Task or Open Existing Task

Performing a task consists of defining an optimization problem and solving it. Before creating a
new task, design variables and responses on the model should have been defined. Also, the
RADIOSS computational options should have been defined.

Create a new optimization task

1. From the Menu Bar of HyperCrash, select Pro ce s s , then Study , then O ptim iz a tio n,
then Ne w O ptim iz a tio n Study .

The following window appears.

2. Enter a Ta s k Na m e and click O k.

A directory named MOPT_TASK_D00RootName_TaskName is created, and all the necessary

files are copied into it. The D SS / M O PT module with which the problem definition,
resolution and post-processing are going to be performed is then run.

The next step is the definition of an optimization problem.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 615

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Open an existing optimization task

1. From the Menu Bar of HyperCrash, select Pro ce s s , then Study , then O ptim iz a tio n,
then O pe n O ptim iz a tio n Study .

The following window appears.

2. Select a task, and click O k.

The optimization study module with which the problem definition, resolution, and post-
processing are going to be performed is then run.

616 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

List of Variables and Responses

List of Possible Variables in Properties

* --- Truss (2)

1 initial cross section TAREA

* --- beam (3)

1 cross section BAREA
2 Ixx IXX
3 Iyy IYY
4 Izz IZZ

* --- spring (4) not implemented

1 Mass MASS
2 TX K (stiffness) (#) TX_K
3 TX C (damping) TX_C
4 TX A Coeff.(*) TX_A
5 TX B Coeff.(*) TX_B
6 TX D Coeff.(*) TX_D
7 TX f(x) Scale Fact.(*) TX_FX_SF
8 TX g(dx) Scale Fact.(*)(**) TX_GDX_SF
9 TX fN3 Scale Fact.(*)(#)(&) TX_FN3_SF
10 TX Neg.Rupt.Lim. TX_DELTAMIN
11 TX Pos.Rupt.Lim. TX_DELTAMAX

(*): Not available if N1 = 0

(**): Not available if N2 = 0
(#): Not available if H = 0
(&): Not available if H=1 or H=2

* --- general spring (8) not implemented

* --- beam type spring (13)

1 Mass MASS
2 Inertia INERTIA
3 TX K (stiffness) (#) TX_K
4 TX C (damping) TX_C
5 TX A Coeff.(*) TX_A
6 TX B Coeff.(*) TX_B
7 TX D Coeff.(*) TX_D
8 TX f(x) Scale Fact.(*) TX_FX_SF
9 TX g(dx) Scale Fact.(*)(**) TX_GDX_SF
10 TX fN3 Scale Fact.(*)(#)(&) TX_FN3_SF
11 TX Neg.Rupt.Lim. TX_DELTAMIN
12 TX Pos.Rupt.Lim. TX_DELTAMAX

...Idem for TY, TZ, RX, RY, RZ

(*): Not available if N1 = 0

(**): Not available if N2 = 0
(#): Not available if H = 0

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 617

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 (&): Not available if H=1 or H=2

* --- 3 node spring (12) not implemented

* --- X elements (28) not implemented
* --- Pretensioner spring (32) not implemented
* --- Joint type spring (33) not implemented

* --- shell (1)

1 thickness THICK

* --- orthotropic shell (9)

1 thickness THICK

* --- composite shell (10) not implemented

* --- sandwich shell (11) not implemented
* --- Orthotropic solid (6) not implemented
* --- general solid (14) not implemented

List of Possible Variables in Materials

* --- Linear elastic (1)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E E
3 nu NU

* --- Johnson-Cook (2)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E E
3 nu NU
4 yield stress A
5 hardening param B
6 hardening exponent N
7 failure plastic strain EPSILON_MAX
8 max stress SIGMA_MAX
9 strain rate coeff C
10 ref strain rate EPS_._0
11 Cutoff Frequency F_CUT
12 Temperature Exp. M
13 Melting Temp. T_MELT
14 Specific Heat/Vol. RHO_CP
15 Initial Temp. T_I

* --- Zerilli armstrong (2)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E E
3 nu NU
4 yield stress C0
5 hardening parameter C5
6 hardening exponent N
7 failure plastic strain EPSILON_MAX
8 max stress SIGMA_MAX
9 strain rate coeff C1

618 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 10 ref strain rate EPS_._0
11 Cutoff Frequency F_CUT
12 C3 C3
13 C4 C4
14 Specific Heat/Vol. RHO_CP
15 Initial Temp. T_I

* --- Elasto-Plastic (3) not implemented

* --- Hydrodynamic johnson cook (4) not implemented
* --- Viscous (6) not implemented
* --- Rock-Concrete (10) not implemented
* --- Orthotropic (14) not implemented

* --- Linear elastic orthotropic (19)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E in direction 1 E11
3 E in direction 2 E22
4 Poisson coefficient nu12
5 shear modulus 12 G12
6 shear modulus 23 G23
7 shear modulus 31 G31
8 reduction fact. on E for comp RE

* --- Drucker-Prager (21) not implemented

1 Initial Density RHO_I

2 Young Modulus E
3 Poisson Coeff. NU
4 A0 A0
5 A1 A1
6 A2 A2
7 Von Mises Limit A_MAX
8 P(mu) Scale Fact. P_MU_SCALE
9 Tensile Bulk Mod K_T
10 Min Pressure P_MIN
11 Unload.Bulk Mod B21
12 Max Compression MU_MAX

* --- Ductile Damage (22)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 Young Modulus E
3 Poisson Coefficient NU
4 yield stress A
5 hardening param B
6 hardening exponent N
7 failure plastic strain EPSILON_MAX
8 max stress SIGMA_MAX
9 Strain Rate Coeff. C
10 Ref. Strain Rate EPS_._0
11 Damage Start EPS_DAM
12 Soft. Dam. Slope E_T

* --- Ductile Damage (23) not implemented

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 619

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 * --- brittle (24) not implemented
* --- Orthotropic shell (25) not implemented

* --- brittle shell (27)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E E
3 nu nu
4 yield stress A
5 hardening param B
6 hardening exponent N
7 failure plastic strain EPSILON_MAX
8 max stress SIGMA_MAX
9 Strain Rate Coeff. C
10 Ref. Strain Rate EPS_._0
11 Tensile rupt. strain 1 EPSILON_T1
12 Max strain 1 EPSILON_M1
13 Max damage 1 D_MAX1
14 Strain for elt del. 1 EPSILON_F1
15 Tensile rupt. strain 1 EPSILON_T2
16 Max strain 1 EPSILON_M2
17 Max damage 1 D_MAX2
18 Strain for elt del. 1 EPSILON_F2

* --- Honeycomb orthotropic (28) not implemented

* --- Hill orthotropic (32)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E E
3 nu NU
4 yield stress A
5 hardening param B
6 hardening exponent N
7 failure plastic strain EPSILON_MAX
8 max stress SIGMA_MAX
9 Min. Strain Rate EPS_._0_MIN
10 Strain Rate Expon. M_32
11 Lankford P. 0 deg R00
12 Lankford P. 45 deg R45
13 Lankford P. 90 deg R90

* --- Close cell foam (33)

1 Initial Density RHO_I

2 Young Modulus E
3 Initial Air P. P0
4 Foam/Polymer density PHI
5 Init.Vol.Strain GAMMA0
6 A Yield Param.* A
7 B Yield Param.* B
8 C Yield Param.* C
9 Yield Scale Factor** SCALE33
10 E1 Coeff for Young*** E1
11 E2 Coeff for Young*** E2

620 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 12 Tangent Modulus*** E_T
13 Visc.Coeff.pure Comp.*** ETA_STAR
14 Visc.Coeff.pure Shear*** ETA0

(*): available if If = 0
(**): available if If != 0. Scale factor
of the yield curve function number If, defined in CARD2.
(***): available if K_a = 1

* --- foam (34) not implemented

* --- generalized kelvin voigt (35) not implemented

* --- Piecewise linear (36)

1 initial density RHO_I
2 E E
3 nu NU
4 Maximum plastic strain EPS_P
5 tensile rupture strain 1 EPS_T1
6 tensile rupture strain 2 EPS_T2
7 Hardening Coefficient C_HARD
8 Stiffness Scale factor(*) SCALE36

(*) Scale factor applied to all the

alfa coefficients of CARD5 and CARD6

* --- foam tabulated law (38)

Initial Density RHO_I
Minimum Tension Modulus E_0
Stiffness Scale Factor(*) SCALE38

(*) It is a scale factor applied to alpha unload of CARD5,

and to all the alpha coefficients of CARD8

* --- Generelized Maxwell Kelvin (40) not implemented

* --- HyperElastic (42) not implemented
* --- Hill orthotropic tab (43) not implemented
* --- Cowper Symond (44) not implemented

* --- Gurson material (52)

1 Initial Density RHO_I
2 Young Modulus E
3 Poisson Ratio NU
4 Yield Stress A
5 Hardening Param. B
6 Hardening Exp. N
7 CowperSymond's Param c
8 Viscoplastic Exp. p
9 q1 Tvergaard Param. q1
10 q2 Tvergaard Param. q2
11 q3 Tvergaard Param. q3
12 Gaussian Std.Dev. SN
13 Nucl.Eff.Plast.Strain EPS_N
14 Init.Void.Vol.Fraction f1

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 621

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 15 Nucl.Void.Vol.Fraction fN
16 Crit.VVF at Coal. fC
17 Crit.VVF at Duct.Fract. fF

List of Possible Variables in LoadCases

*********** ADDED MASS ***************************

1 Mass MASS

*********** INITIAL VELOCITY **********************

1 X-Velocity VX
2 Y-Velocity VY
3 Z-Velocity VZ

*********** PLANE RIGID WALL *********************

1 Friction(*) FRIC
2 X Transl. TRANSL_X
3 Y Transl. TRANSL_Y
4 Z Transl. TRANSL_Z
5 X Rotation ROTATE_X
6 Y Rotation ROTATE_Y
7 Z Rotation ROTATE_Z
8 Mass(**) MASS
9 X Velocity(**) VX
10 Y Velocity(**) VY
11 Z Velocity(**) VZ

(*) available only if SLIDE=2

(**) available only for moving RW

X, Y and Z rotation are rotations of the normal

vector with point M as a fixed point.

*********** CYLINDER RIGID WALL *********************

1 Friction(*) FRIC
2 Diameter PHI
3 X Transl. TRANSL_X
4 Y Transl. TRANSL_Y
5 Z Transl. TRANSL_Z
6 Mass(**) MASS
7 X Velocity(**) VX
8 Y Velocity(**) VY
9 Z Velocity(**) VZ

(*) available only if SLIDE=2

(**) available only for moving RW

*********** PARALLELOGRAM RIGID WALL ****************

622 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 1 Friction(*) FRIC
2 Mass(**) MASS
3 X Velocity(**) VX
4 Y Velocity(**) VY
5 Z Velocity(**) VZ

(*) available only if SLIDE=2

(**) available only for moving RW

*********** SPHERE RIGID WALL ************************

1 Friction(*) FRIC
2 Diameter PHI
6 Mass(**) MASS
7 X Velocity(**) VX
8 Y Velocity(**) VY
9 Z Velocity(**) VZ

(*) available only if SLIDE=2

(**) available only for moving RW

*********** MONITORED VOLUMES ************************

(AIRBAG and COMMU types only)

For AIRBAG and COMMU types:

1 Gas Constant GAMMA

2 Volumic Viscosity MU
3 External Pressure P_EXT
4 P.Diff.to Open Vent DELTA_P_DEF
5 Vent Holes Surface A_VENT
6 Start Time for Ventin T_VEN
7 Specific Heat Cp CP
8 Scal.Fact.on Mass f. S_MASS
9 Scal.Fact.on Temp.f. S_TEMP

For COMMU type only: three more

variables per communicating airbag.

10 Com.Airb.1 DeltaPDef DELTA_P_DEF_CA1

11 Com.Airb.1 ACom A_COM_CA1
12 Com.Airb.1 TCom T_COM_CA1
13 Com.Airb.2 DeltaPDef DELTA_P_DEF_CA2
14 Com.Airb.2 ACom A_COM_CA2
15 Com.Airb.2 TCom T_COM_CA2

etc.

*********** RIGID BODIES **********************

1 Mass MASS
2 Inertia JXX JXX
3 Inertia JYY JYY

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 623

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 4 Inertia JZZ JZZ
5 Inertia JXY JXY
6 Inertia JYZ JYZ
7 Inertia JXZ JXZ

*********** IMPOSED VELOCITY ******************

1 Scale Factor SCALE

2 T Start TSTART
3 T Stop TSTOP

*********** IMPOSED DISPLACEMENTS *************

1 Scale Factor SCALE

2 T Start TSTART
3 T Stop TSTOP

*********** GRAVITY LOADS *********************

1 Scale Factor SCALE

*********** CONCENTRATED LOADS ****************

1 Scale Factor SCALE

*********** CONTACT INTERFACES ****************

* TYPE 3, 5 and 6:
1 Stiffn.Scale Factor STFAC
2 Friction FRIC
3 Gap GAP
4 T Start TSTART
5 T Stop TSTOP

* TYPES 7 and 11:

1 Stiffness STFAC
2 Friction FRIC
3 Gap GAP
4 T Start TSTART
5 T Stop TSTOP

* TYPE 8:
1 Drawbead Force FT
2 T Start TSTART
3 T Stop TSTOP

* TYPE 10:
1 Stiffn.Scale Factor STFAC
2 Gap GAP
3 T Start TSTART
4 T Stop TSTOP

* TYPE 14:
1 Stiffness STIF

624 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 2 Friction FRIC
3 Norm.Viscosity VISC
4 Gap GAP

* TYPE 15:
1 Stiffness STIF
2 Friction FRIC

List of Possible Variables in Connections

*********** SPOTWELDS ***************************

*********** WELDING LINE ************************
*********** HEMMING *****************************
*********** GLUE ********************************
*********** BOLT with SPRING ********************

-> variables of the associated SPR_BEAM property:

1 Mass MASS
2 Inertia INERTIA
3 Traction K (stiffness) (#) TX_K
4 Traction C (damping) TX_C
5 Traction A Coeff.(*) TX_A
6 Traction B Coeff.(*) TX_B
7 Traction D Coeff.(*) TX_D
8 Traction f(x) Scale Fact.(*) TX_FX_SF
10 Traction Neg.Rupt.Lim. TX_DELTAMIN
11 Traction Pos.Rupt.Lim. TX_DELTAMAX

...Idem for Shear, Torsion and Bending.

(*): Not available if N1 = 0

(#): Not available if H = 0
Note: For all types of connections, the stiffness is assumed to be the same in TY and TZ
(shear), and in RY and RZ (bending).

List of Possible Global Responses

1 internal E IE
2 kinetic E KE
3 x momentum XMOM
4 y momentum YMOM
5 z momentum ZMOM
6 mass MASS
7 time step DT
8 rotation E RKE
9 external work EFW
10 spring E SIE
11 contact E CE
12 hourglass E HE
13 total E TE
14 total E incl. rot E TER

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 625

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 15 global E TTE
16 variation of global E DTE
17 velocity x VX
18 velocity y VY
19 velocity z VZ

List of Possible Responses on Parts

1 internal E IE
2 kinetic E KE
3 x momentum XMOM
4 y momentum YMOM
5 z momentum ZMOM
6 mass MASS
7 hourglass E HE
8 rotation E RKE
9 total E TE
10 velocity x VX
11 velocity y VY
12 velocity z VZ

List of Possible Responses on Nodes

1 X Displacement DX
2 Y Displacement DY
3 Z Displacement DZ
4 X Velocity VX
5 Y Velocity VY
6 Z Velocity VZ
7 X Acceleration AX
8 Y Acceleration AY
9 Z Acceleration AZ
10 X Coordinate X
11 Y Coordinate Y
12 Z Coordinate Z
13 Magnitude of Disp DISP
14 Magnitude of Velocity VEL
15 Magnitude of Accel ACC
16 Angle btw DX and DY ADXY
17 Angle btw DY and DZ ADYZ
18 Angle btw DX and DZ ADZX
19 Angle btw VX and VY AVXY
20 Angle btw VY and VZ AVYZ
21 Angle btw VX and VZ AVZX
22 Angle btw AX and AY AAXY
23 Angle btw AY and AZ AAYZ
24 Angle btw AX and AZ AAZX

List of Possible Responses on Elements

*********** BRICK *****************************

626 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 1 Stress X SX
2 Stress Y SY
3 Stress Z SZ
4 Shear Stress XY SXY
5 Shear Stress YZ SYZ
6 Shear Stress XZ SXZ
7 Local Stress X LSX
8 Local Stress Y LSY
9 Local Stress Z LSZ
10 Local Shear Stress XY LSXY
11 Local Shear Stress YZ LSYZ
12 Local Shear Stress XZ LSXZ
13 Internal Energy IE
14 Density DENS
15 Bulk Viscosity P BULK
16 Element Volume VOL
17 Pressure P
18 Von Mises Stress VONM

*********** SHELL / TRIANGLE ******************

1 Mean stress dir 1 F1

2 Mean stress dir 2 F2
3 Mean stress dir 12 F12
4 Mean stress dir 13 Q1
5 Mean stress dir 23 Q2
6 Moment / L*thick^2 dir 1 M1
7 Moment / L*thick^2 dir 2 M2
8 Moment / L*thick^2 dir 12 M12
9 Membrane Energy IEM
10 Bending Energy IEB
11 Thickness THIC
12 Min.plast.strain over int.pts EMIN
13 Max.plast.strain over int.pts EMAX
14 Membrane strain dir.1 E1
15 Membrane strain dir.2 E2
16 Membrane strain dir.12 E12
17 Shear strain dir.1 SH1
18 Shear strain dir.2 SH2
19 Curvature dir 1 K1
20 Curvature dir 2 K2
21 Curvature dir 12 K12
22 Pressure P
23 Von Mises Strain VONM

*********** SPRINGS ***************************

1 Force X FX
2 Force Y FY
3 Force Z FZ
4 Moment X MX
5 Moment Y MY

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 627

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 6 Moment Z MZ
7 Elongation X LX
8 Elongation Y LY
9 Elongation Z LZ
10 Rotation X RX
11 Rotation Y RY
12 Rotation Z RZ
13 Internal Energy IE
14 Magn. of Force F
15 Magn. of Moment M
16 Magn. of Elongation L
17 Magn. of Rotation R

*********** BEAM ******************************

1 Normal Force 1 F1
2 Shear Force 12 F2
3 Shear Force 13 F3
4 Torsional Moment M1
5 Bending Moment 12 M2
6 Bending Moment 13 M3
7 Internal Energy IE
8 Shear Force FT

*********** TRUSS *****************************

1 Normal Force F
2 Internal Energy IE
3 Normal Section A
4 Initial length L

List of Possible Responses on Section, Accelerometers, Rigid Walls, Rigid Bodies,

Monitored Volumes, and Contact Interfaces

*********** SECTION ***************************

1 Normal Force X FNX

2 Normal Force Y FNY
3 Normal Force Z FNZ
4 Tangential Force X FTX
5 Tangential Force Y FTY
6 Tangential Force Z FTZ
7 Moment in dir 1 M1
8 Moment in dir 2 M2
9 Moment in dir 3 M3
10 Normal Force Magn. NF
11 Tangential Force Magn. TF
12 Moment Magn. TM
13 Force X FX
14 Force Y FY
15 Force Z FZ

*********** ACCELEROMETERS ********************

628 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 1 Accel.X AX
2 Accel.Y AY
3 Accel.Z AZ
4 Accel.Magn. ACC

*********** RIGID WALL ************************

1 Normal Force X FNX

2 Normal Force Y FNY
3 Normal Force Z FNZ
4 Tangential Force X FTX
5 Tangential Force Y FTY
6 Tangential Force Z FTZ
10 Normal Force Magn. NF
11 Tangential Force Magn. TF

*********** RIGID BODIES **********************

1 Rotation X RX
2 Rotation Y RY
3 Rotation Z RZ
4 Force X FX
5 Force Y FY
6 Force Z FZ
7 Moment X MX
8 Moment Y MY
9 Moment Z MZ
10 Force Magnitude TF
11 Moment Magnitude TM

*********** MONITORED VOLUMES *****************

1 Mass MASS
2 Volume VOL
3 Pressure P
4 Area A
5 Temperature T
6 Vent Area AO
7 Vent Velocity UO

*********** CONTACT INTERFACES ****************

1 Normal Force X FNX

2 Normal Force Y FNY
3 Normal Force Z FNZ
4 Tangential F. X FTX
5 Tangential F. Y FTY
6 Tangential F. Z FTZ
7 Normal F.Magn. NF
8 Tangent. F.Magn. TF

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 629

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Results Mapper

630 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To import a stamping result or a previous session

Import files

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > R e s ults M a ppe r.

2. Select the As s ign tab.

3. Click and select the format of the files to load:

AUTOFORM format

RADIOSS format

PAMSTAMP format

LS-DYNA format

NASTRAN format

Import previous session

4. In the new dialog window that opens, select the directory where the desired files are
located in the left area (under Folders), and then click the name of the files in the right
area (under Files) and select O K to load the stamping result, or select C a nce l to cancel
the load.
Note: Several files can be loaded at the same time.

5. Select one of the stamping results from the list.

6. Click to display the imported part in the small graphic window.

Delete imported files

1. Select one of the stamping results from the list.

2. Click to delete the loaded file.

Assign results

After merging the needed file, assign the stamping result to the crash model.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 631

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To assign a stamping result

Assigned parts

1. Select one of the stamping results from the list.

2. Click to load the stamping result and display it in the small graphic window.

3. Click and pick part(s) in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

or

Click to include (a) part(s) by box selection:

The default box is rectangular.

Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

or

Click to include the part(s) selected in the tree.

Note: The selected parts are displayed in the second list window. There is one list selection
for each stamping result.

4. Click M a p R e s ults .

Modify the assigned parts

Click to deselect the assigned part(s) and select a new one.

632 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To project a stamping result

After the stamping results have been imported and assigned, they can be mapped on the
crash mesh model.

Click M a p R e s ults to project the stamping result on the crash mesh model.

Click Sa v e Se s s io n to save the session.

Click C lo s e to close the Results Mapper menu.

Click C a nce l to cancel the stamping results projection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 633

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To display the projected stamping result

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > R e s ults M a ppe r.

2. Select the C o nto ur tab.

3. Select the parameter to display in the window Type of value:

Thickne s s

Pla s tic s tra in (select the integration point by clicking )

Stre s s te ns o r (select the integration point by clicking )

4. Click to view the selected parameter.

Range modification

1. Enter a value in the field, Min value:.

2. Enter a value in the field, Max value:.

3. Click to update the display selection.

4. Click or to set the minimum and the maximum value of the model.

Clear display

Click to clear the display in the graphic window.

Number of colors

Click to increase or decrease the number of colors.

634 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To save the projected stamping result

1. Enter a first root file name in the Output file name window.

or

Click B ro ws e to select a directory and an already existing file.

2. Select the shell formulation type:

Old formulation (RADIOSS version 3.1)

New formulation (RADIOSS version 4.1) — recommended.

3. Select the output value.

4. Select the number of integration points for the parts by clicking .

5. Click W rite to save the files, Y000 and Y111.

A second Browse window appears.

6. Set a second root name for the D00 and D11.

This second root name must be different from the first one. A geometric output is usually
requested if IGTYP is greater than 0 (see the flag IGTYP in the card /IOFLAG in the D00
file).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 635

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Element Timestep

Elementary Time Step Function

Caution: It is st rongly re c om m e nde d t ha t t his func t ion be use d o nly w he n t he m ode l is
finishe d a nd just prior t o t he st a rt of t he c a lc ula t ion.

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > E le m e nt Tim e s te p.

2. Define the name of the report in the Name field.

The report file (html) name will be: root_name.defined_name.html

3. Define the elementary minimum time step of the calculation in the Minimal Timestep
field.

4. Switch the toggle button, Exclude elements in Rigid Bodies ON or OFF.

ON: the elements included in rigid bodies will not be modified.

OFF: the elements included in rigid bodies will be modified.

5. Click the radio button Auto m a tic Tim e s te p to automatically divide the part into 10
subparts (maximum).

or

Click the radio button Im po s e Tim e s te p and define a time step range value for each
subpart in the Imposed Timestep field.

6. Click Vie w to view the modification proposal.

7. Click O ptim iz e to optimize the time step and split the part into several subparts and
assemblies.

Click C a nce l to cancel the time step optimization.

Tools are available to modify the timestep display of the graphic window.

1. Enter a value in the Max value field or click to reset the default value.

2. Enter a value in the Min value field or click to reset the default value.

3. Click to update the graphic display.

4. Click to remove the time step colors from the graphic window.

5. Click to increase or decrease the Num be r o f co lo rs ; or

Enter a value in the window Number of colors and press the C lo s e button to validate.

636 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 637

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Submodeling

A function providing the ability to modify, delete and reassemble the cut model will be
included with a future release.

The Submodeling Method

This option is available with RADIOSS 4.2 and later versions.

The purpose of the cut methodology is to create simplified models which will run faster than a
full model.

Full Model Submodel

The principle is to create in a full model, a section force defining the study domain. The first
step is to run the full model, saving in the section force, the displacement and the forces of
each section node.

The second step is to run the simplified model, imposing on the section nodes the
displacements found during the first step.

638 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Cutting the Model

Submodel Definition

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > Subm o de ling.

The Submodeling window appears.

2. Select faces and parts to define the submodel:

Button Behavior

pick elements in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add nodes by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box.

remove nodes by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 639

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 pick parts in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box.

remove parts by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

clear or cancel the selection.

3. Check the submodel selection:

Button Behavior

view only the submodel.

highlight the submodel.

highlight the remaining model.

reverse the selection. The selected faces become the remaining model.

update the display of the submodel.

calculate the boundary of the submodel.

From the Se ctio n m a na ge m e nt window, in the Se le ctio n folder:

1. Add nodes to the submodel boundary:

Button Behavior

pick nodes in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add nodes by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box.

remove the nodes by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

640 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 pick parts in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box.

remove the parts by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

clear or cancel the manual selection.

2. Add elements to the submodel boundary:

Button Behavior

pick faces in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add faces by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box.

remove the faces by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

pick parts in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in the
Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

add parts by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the SHIFT
key to define a polygon box.

remove the parts by box selection. The default box is rectangular. Use the
SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

add the parts selected in the tree.

remove the parts selected in the tree.

clear or cancel the manual selection.

select three nodes to create the local skew of the section.

update the display of the submodel boundary.

From the Section management window, in the Property folder:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 641

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Validation

1. Click Sa v e full m o de l to save the full model with the section force.

Select the full path and enter the file name in the Write full model window.

Select the RADIOSS format output.

Click O K to save the full model.

In the Write D01 file window, click W rite D 01 to save the Engine file.

2. Click Sa v e s ub- m o de l to save the submodel.

Select the full path and enter the file name in the Write exported model window.

Enter comments in the Header of D00 window and click Sa v e M o de l.

Click O K to save the submodel.

In the Write D01 file window, click W rite D 01 to save the Engine file.

3. Click Sa v e re m . m o de l to save the remaining model (optional).

Select the full path and enter the file name in the Write exported model window.

Enter comments in the Header of D00 window and click Sa v e M o de l.

Click O K to save the remaining model.

In the Write D01 file window, click W rite D 01 to save the Engine file.

or

Click C a nce l to cancel the submodeling creation.

642 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 643

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Model Manager

644 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Import

Select

Some models can be imported according to a loadcase. These models are from the database (
B00 files).

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > M o de l M a na ge r > D a ta ba s e Se a rching.

2. Click the C ho o s e button to view and select a loadcase.

A list of submodels to import appears in the window just below the Loadcase File
selection. These submodels appear in red indicating that they are not already loaded and
not connected.

3. Select a submodel from the list.

4. Click Se a rch M o de l to find the submodel in the database.

To learn how to search in the database, see database search.

The Hierarchy Data section is now available.

5. If necessary, set a new Name for the submodel.

6. If necessary, set a Parent name to define its position in the tree (the default position is
root; the submodel will be attached to the root).

The Position and Preview section is now available.

7. Click Sta rt Po s itio ning to start the positioning of the submodel using the mesh editing
tools.

8. Click O k to save the node displacements; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the node displacement, then answer the question at the bottom
right of the screen with Y e s or No .

The Position and Preview section is now available.

9. Click M e rge a uto to automatically merge the submodel in the model; or

Click M e rge o ffs e t to merge the submodel in the model with defined offset values.

10. Set the value in the window and click Se t a ll to : to set this offset value for whole
entities.

11. Set the value in the window in front of each entity.

12. Click C o nfirm O ffs e t to validate the defined offset values.

13. Click R e s e t to set the default value.

14. Click O K to merge the model and answer the question at the bottom right of the screen
with Y e s or No .

The values displayed in red are incorrect and must be changed. Negative offset values
can be input.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 645

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

The loaded submodel is now written in orange, indicating that the submodel is loaded and
merged in the main model.

Disintersector and Depenetrator

This area is available if the submodel contains shell elements.

In the Pa rts in m a in section, select one of the following:

1. Click to select nearby parts by picking.

Click to include a tree selection.

Click to automatically add the parts defined in the neighborhood of the submodel
(see Store and Modify).

2. Click C he ck inte rs e ctio ns to check all the intersections and penetrations. (To learn how
to check and remove the intersections and the penetrations, see Quality / Contact).

In the Connect to main model area select:

Click to create the pre-defined spotwelds in the submodel. (To learn how to
create spotwelds, see Connections / Spotweld.)

Click to create the predefined bolts. (To learn how to create bolts, see
Connections / Bolt.)

Click to create the predefined glues. (To learn how to create glues, see
Connections / Glue.)

Click to create the predefined added masses. (To learn how to create added
masses, see LoadCase / Added Mass).

The loaded submodel is now written in green, indicating that the submodel is loaded, merged,
checked and connected.

646 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Store/Modify

Models that can be stored in the databases are:

the active model (the model already displayed on the screen)

a model coming from the database (click M o de l fro m D a ta B a s e )

To learn how to search for a model in the databases, see Search.

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > M o de l M a na ge r > M a inte na nce .

2. Activate the Store/Modify tab.

3. Select a model to store in a database (active model or another model from a database).

4. Set some keywords by clicking Se le ct / Uns e le ct.

Select: the selected keywords are displayed in the keyword drop-down list in red and
are also displayed in the window, Keywords. Choose a word from the drop-down list
to be added to the window.

Unselect: choose an already selected keyword (in red) from the drop-down list to
remove it from the Keywords window.

The list of available databases appear in the window D a ta B a s e Ta ble s .

4. Click the desired database to select it.

5. If necessary, change the directory where the model will be written.

6. If necessary, add comments in the window, Comment.

This text will be displayed in the HyperCrash Message window when the model is loaded.

7. In the window, Create / Modify model, the Neighborhood, the Connection Marks, and
the positioning of the submodel can be done. Those functions are explained below.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 647

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 After the previous steps are completed, the new submodel can be stored in the selected
database.

8. Click Add to D a ta B a s e to store the model.

The models in the databases are saved in RADIOSS Block Format under the name,
NAMEB00.

Any parameters can be modified and the submodel can be saved one more time as a new
one (click Add to D a ta B a s e ) or as a modified model (click Sa v e m o difie d).

Neighborhood

The neighborhood of the model can be defined by clicking Ne ighbo rho o d.

This function creates a volume defined within a box. When the model, stored in a database is
loaded and contains neighborhood information, HyperCrash is able to find the parts which are
in this box.

1. Click and pick a node in the graphic window (center of the box).

or

Click and pick point on shell in the graphic window

or

Enter the coordinates X, Y, and Z of a point (center of the box).

2. Click to view the coordinates of the node or the point.

3. Set the cube length in the field next to Cube length.

4. Click O k to save and then C lo s e ; or

5. Click C a nce l to cancel and then C lo s e .

Move model

1. The model can be moved (translations, rotations, symmetry, etc.) by clicking M o v e

m o de l.

To learn how to move a model from the database, see move with defined displacement.

2. Click O k to save and C lo s e ; or

3. Click C a nce l to cancel and C lo s e .

648 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Connection Marks

The connection marks can be used to predefine some connections on the model stored in the
database. Those connections will be used later on to link the model in the database to the
main model.

Create Spot Marks

To learn the details about the spotweld modeling, please see Connections / Spotweld.

1. Click and pick a part in the graphic window.

or

Click to include parts from the tree selection.

2. Set a location with the Element or Node menus.

W ith E le m e nt:

Click and select an element in the graphic window; or.

Set a Shell Element Id and click O k.

W ith No de :

Click and select a node in the graphic window; or

Click and select a point on the spotweld in the graphic window; or

Set a Node Id and click O k, or

Set point coordinates X, Y, and Z and click to view.

After setting the location

1. Set the Name of the spot mark.

2. If necessary, set a Comment for this spot mark.

The comment will be displayed in the HyperCrash Message window.

3. Click Sa v e a s ne w to save this spot mark.

Create Bolt Marks

To learn the details about the bolt modeling, please see Connections / Bolt.

1. Click and pick a part in the graphic window.

or

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 649

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click to include parts from the tree selection.

2. Set a location with the Element or Node.

W ith E le m e nt:

Click and select an element in the graphic window, or

Set a Shell Element Id and click O k.

W ith No de :

Click and select a node in the graphic window, or

Click and select a point on the shell element in the graphic window; or
Set a Node Id and click O k, or

Set point coordinates X, Y, and Z and click to view.

3. After the Location is set, click the D ire ctio n tab for modification, if necessary.

The default orientation is determined by the normal of the selected element or the
average normal of the elements linked to the selected node.

To redefine the bolt direction

1. Deselect the button No rm a l to e le m e nt(s ).

2. Define a Direction with the vector coordinates X , Y , and Z.

or

Click and pick two nodes in the graphic window to define a vector.

Set the Properties of the bolt

1. Enter a Bolt Name.

2. If necessary, enter a Comment for this bolt.

650 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 This comment will be displayed in the HyperCrash Message window.

3. Enter a Prop. Name.

4. Select the type of bolt: Bolt with spring or Rigid Bolt.

5. In the case of "Bolt with spring" type, select the property for the spring.

6. Click Sa v e a s ne w to save this bolt mark.

View a spot mark or a bolt mark

1. Select a spot mark or a bolt mark in the list window.

2. Click to view it.

3. All the parameters of the spot marks or bolt marks can be modified.

4. Click Sa v e m o difie d to save the modified spot mark or bolt mark; or

Click Sa v e a s ne w to create a new spot mark or a new bolt mark.

Delete a spot mark or a bolt mark

1. Select a spot mark or a bolt mark in the list window.

2. Click to delete it.

3. Answer the question at the bottom right of the screen with Y e s or No .

4. After creating all the needed spot marks and bolt marks, return to the main menu by
clicking B a ck to Sto re / M o dify .

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 651

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Search

Search with Keywords

1. Select the keywords using Se le ct / Uns e le ct.

Select: the selected keywords are displayed in the keyword drop-down list in red and
are also displayed in the window Keywords. Choose a word from the drop-down list
to be added to the window.

Unselect: choose an already selected keyword (in red) from the drop-down list to
remove it from the Keywords window.

2. Click SE AR C H in D a ta B a s e to start the search.

All the submodels in the database which are defined with the same list of keywords are
displayed in the window just under with the name of the database and the keyword list.

The selected submodel is displayed in the small gra phic windo w. Using the mouse, it is
possible to rotate, zoom and move the submodel in this small graphic window.

3. Click Sy nchro dis pla ce m e nt to synchronize the displacement between the small graphic
window and the main one.

4. Select a model, and then click Va lida te to load it and continue to Import or Store and
Modify the submodel.

or

Click C a nce l to close the window.

Search with Scan

This function displays all the models available in the databases in the window, Database
Tables.

1. Click a database to highlight it.

All the submodels from this database are displayed in the window, Model List.

2. In the Model List window, select one submodel.

The keyword list for this model is displayed in the window, Selected Model KeyWords,
and the selected submodel is displayed in the small graphic window. Using the mouse, it is
possible to rotate, zoom, and move the submodel in the small graphic window.

3. Click Sy nchro dis pla ce m e nt to synchronize the displacement between the small graphic
window and the main one.

4. Select the desired submodel, and then click Va lida te to load it and continue to Import or
Store and Modify the submodel.

or

Click C a nce l to close the window.

652 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Search with D00

Any RADIOSS input deck model (D00 file) can be loaded.

1. Select a directory in the Directories window.

2. In the File window, double-click a D00 file to load it in the small graphic window.

Using the mouse, it is possible to rotate, zoom, and move the submodel in the small
graphic window.

3. Click Sy nchro dis pla ce m e nt to synchronize the displacement between the small graphic
window and the main one.

4. Select the desired submodel, and then click Va lida te to load it and continue to Import or
Store and Modify the submodel.

or

Click C a nce l to close the window.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 653

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Database/Keyword

This function allows keywords from HyperCrash to be added (in the file, <install
directory>/environment/.../modmng/keyword.tbl).

1. From the Menu Bar, select Pro ce s s > M o de l M a na ge r > M a inte na nce .

2. Select the D a ta ba s e > Ke y wo rd tabs.

3. In the Keyword Type / New area, enter the keyword type. (Example: enter "Model type
" and click O K.)

4. In the Keyword / New area, enter the attributes of the keyword type and click O K.
(Example: enter "FEM" and click O K.)

All the new keywords are written in the Validation window.

5. Click Va lida te to save the keywords. Answer the question at the bottom-right of the
screen with Y e s or No .

or

Click C le a r All to remove the keywords. Answer the question at the bottom-right of the
screen with Y e s or No .

Example of <install directory>/environment/.../modmng/keyword.tbl file:

Keyword type: component.

with the keywords: MOTOR, DOOR, TIRE, ENGINE, SEAT, RADIATOR, FUEL TANK, ODB.

Keyword type: Model Type.

with the keywords: FEM, BEAM, RBODY, MASS.

Keyword type: Crash type.

with the keywords: FRONT, REAR, SIDE, ALL.

654 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Options

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 655

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the part color

1. From the Menu Bar, select the O ptio ns > D is pla y .

A Display tab appears.

2. In the Display selection portion, select from the following:

Button Behavior

pick part(s) in the graphic window. When finished, answer the question in
the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l (bottom-right of the screen).

pick boxed parts in the graphic window.

include the part(s) selected in the tree

delete the previous selection, if needed

3. In the Color portion of the window, the part color can be modified:

Use the chromatic circle: move the cursor to select the desired color in the chromatic
circle.

Move the cursors to select values from the following: Hue, Saturation, Red, Green,
or Blue.

Set the values for each color.

The brightness level can be adjusted with the vertical selection box (right side) or with
the Value cursor.

Click Pa rt s e le ctio n to modify the color of the selected part(s).

656 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the part display mode

1. From the Menu Bar, select the O ptio ns > D is pla y .

A Display tab appears.

2. In the Part display portion, select from the following:

Button Behavior

view display by parts

display the selected part(s) with points

display the selected part(s) with contours

display the selected part(s) with lines

display the selected part(s) with polygons

display the selected part(s) with polygons and contours

display the selected part(s) with polygons and lines

cancel the part display modifications

Note: The display type will be modified if the display type modification on the to o lba r is
used.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 657

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the background color

This option modifies the background color of the graphic window. This modification is not
saved when leaving HyperCrash. In the Color window, the color can be modified by doing
the following:

Using the chromatic circle: move the cursor to select the desired color in the
chromatic circle.

Move the cursors to select values from the following: Hue, Saturation, Red, Green,
or Blue.

Set the values for each color.

Adjust the brightness level with the vertical selection box (right side) or with the
Value cursor.

Click B a ckgro und to modify the background color.

Some default colors can be set from the keyboard:

White background: press the W key.

Black background: press the B key.

Restore Background

1. Click Apply .

658 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the part move mode

This option changes the display of the model during the rotation, translation and zoom of the
model.

1. From the Menu Bar, select the O ptio ns > D is pla y .

2. In the Move draw mode portion at the bottom of the window:

Button Behavior

to have a point display type when moving the model.

to have a contour display type when moving the model.

to have a line display type when moving the model.

to have a polygon display type when moving the model.

to have a polygon and contour display type when moving the model.

to have a polygon and line display type when moving the model.

to have the same display type when moving the model as the model display.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 659

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the grid

This is a 2D grid set on the plane of the screen.

The grid is fixed; it does not rotate and translate along with the model.

The grid is updated with the zoom function.

In the 2D BackGround grid section:

Enter the BackGrid space (this is the distance between two lines).

Click O n to display the grid.

Click O ff to hide the grid.

660 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change the rendering options

The smooth rendering feature offers a high quality graphic representation of the model.
Smooth rendering improves the display of the model and optimizes the graphics for grabbing a
screenshot for importing into a presentation program, such as Microsoft PowerPoint.

This feature can also be used to aid in error checking, as the improved graphic display can
help you to identify element discontinuity in the model using different normals.

To activate the smooth rendering feature:

1. From the Menu Bar, select the O ptio ns menu.

2. Select Sm o o th R e nde ring.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 661

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To change current start-up settings

The ability to change the settings can be performed after HyperCrash has been invoked.

1. From the Menu Bar, select the O ptio ns menu.

2. Click Sta rt- up Se ttings ....

3. Select or deselect Show setting at start-up from the Start-up Settings dialog.

4. Click O K or C a nce l.

662 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To switch mouse setting
The two mouse settings available are:

Classic HyperCrash mode

HyperMesh/HyperWorks approach

While in an active session, this setting can be changed.

1. From the Options menu, select Us e C la s s ic M o us e Se tting.

2. Selecting Use Classic Mouse Setting turns this feature ON.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 663

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Function

Function Setting

Click the functions icon.

Create a new function

1. Set the function name in the Function name field.

2. Set the different optional fields.

3. Create several points on the curve:

Set an abscissa value in the field, t.

Set the ordinate value in the field, f(t).

Validate both input values by clicking Va lida te .

4. Repeat the operations until all the points of the curves are created.

Modify a function

1. Modify the function name in the Function name field.

2. Modify the different optional fields.

3. Create several points on the curve:

Set an abscissa value in the field, t.

Set the ordinate value in the field, f(t).

Validate both input values by clicking Va lida te .

4. Repeat the operations until all the new points are added.

Modify a point

1. Select the line in the curve point list.

2. Modify the abscissa value in the field, t.

3. Modify the the ordinate value in the field, f(t).

4. Validate the point by clicking Va lida te .

Remove point(s) on the curve

1. Select line(s) in the curve point list.

or

664 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Click to select all the points.

2. Click to delete the selected point(s).

Import a function from an external file

1. Click Im po rt.

2. In the new sub-window, select the directory for the function to read (left area part).

3. Enter the name of the function to read.

4. Select O K to read the function or C a nce l to cancel the reading.

5. Click O K to save the new function or the modifications; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the function creation or the modifications.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 665

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Global: Function — Curve
Note: This option appears in any module in which a function can be set and defined.

Create or Modify a Function

In the function window:

1. In the Function name field, enter the name.

2. Click to import a function from another RADIOSS input deck (D00) or an already
existing function in the model.

The following example depicts the format of a curve that HyperCrash reads from the input
deck:
#RADIOSS STARTER 44

/FUNCT/1/<name of function curve>

# X Y

0 0
2 6
4 11
5 14
6 17
8 22

/END

Only one curve should be stored in each file in the database.

3. Select the directory path in the upper-left area of the file selection window.

4. Select the RADIOSS input deck file name in the upper-right area of the file selection
window.

5. Click O K to import the function, or click C a nce l to cancel the function selection.

or

Select one of the already exiting functions of the model in the bottom area of the file
selection window.
Note: If the selected function is not displayed in the function window, check the
information in the message window.

6. Manually define the new function:

Set a time value in the field, t.

Set the displacement value in the field, f(t).

666 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Validate both input values by clicking Va lida te .

To modify a point:

o Select the line in the curve point list.

o Set a time value in the field, t.

o Set the displacement value in the field, f(t).

o Validate both input values by clicking Va lida te .

To remove point(s) from the curve:

o select line(s) in the curve point list.

or

o Click to select / unselect all the points.

o Click to delete the selected point(s).

7. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s , No , or C a nce l.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 667

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Global: Group Selection
Group Defined

In the node or surface selection of each menu, HyperCrash will propose the options:

Adde d to create a group t o a dd to the selection

R e m o v e d to create a group t o re m ov e to the selection

Se e to view the result of the selection, which is the group t o a dd m inus t he group
t o re m ov e .

668 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To create a group
From the top of the Se le ctio ns sub-window, select the Adde d or R e m o v e d radio button.

Node or element selection

Several options can be used in order to select nodes:

Click and pick nodes in the graphic window.

Click to add/remove nodes by ellipse selection

Click to add nodes by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to remove nodes by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to add all nodes in the graphic window.

Click and pick parts in the graphic window.

Click to add parts by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to remove parts by box selection:

o The default box is rectangular.

o Use the SHIFT key to define a polygon box.

Click to add the parts selected in the tree.

Click to remove the parts selected in the tree.

Enter the node identifier number in the Node by Id window and click O k.

Create and/or modify a box definition.

Options

Inc. conn. nodes

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 669

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 o Switch on: automatically include the connections nodes (spotwelds, glue, etc.).

o Switch off: automatically remove the connections nodes (spotwelds, glue, etc.).

Inc. RB master nodes

o Switch on: automatically include the master nodes of the rigid bodies which have
all slave nodes included in the group.

o Switch off: automatically remove the master nodes of the rigid bodies which have
all slave nodes included in the group.

No selection change

o Switch on: retain the same include selection as before the group modification.

o Switch off: update the same include nodes list.

Note: It is recommended to keep these default options.

670 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To modify a group

1. From the top of the Selections sub-window, select Adde d or R e m o v e d.

2. Follow the same steps as in the group creation.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 671

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

To define a box

In the s e le ctio n by B O X G R O UP sub-window:

1. Select one or several box(es) in the list and click to view the box(es).

2. Click to create a new box.

A Group by B o x window appears:

3. Enter the group name in the G ro up na m e window.

4. In the Original Position:

Click and pick a node in the graphic window.

or

Enter X, Y, and Z coordinates.

Click O k to validate the point definition.

5. In the Ending Position:

Click and pick a node in the graphic window.

or

Enter X, Y, and Z coordinates.

Click O k to validate the point definition.

6. In the Dimensions portion, modify the size of the box:

Use to change the size of the box for each direction.

or

Enter the size of the box in the dimensions windows.

Click O k to validate the modified box size.

7. Click to update the box display.

8. Click Sa v e to save the box creation; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the box creation.

9. Click C lo s e to close the box creation window.

Box modification

1. Select only one box in the list window.

2. In the pop-up menu (right button of the mouse) select the function, M o dify .

672 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 In the box creation window that appears:

3. Modify the box parameters as defined in the box creation.

4. Click to update the box display.

5. Click Sa v e to save the box creation; or

Click C a nce l to cancel the box creation.

6. Click C lo s e to close the box creation window.

Box deletion

1. Select a box in the list window (using the SHIFT and CTRL keys).

or

Click to select all listed boxes.

2. Click to delete the selected boundary conditions.

or

In the pop-up menu (right button of the mouse) select the function, D e le te .

3. Answer the question in the Dialog menu bar with Y e s or C a nce l.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 673

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Global: Skew Frame

This option will appear in any module where a skew can be set and defined.

Create a skew

In the Reference Axis sub-window, a skew frame can be defined:

1. If the G lo ba l toggle is active, the boundary condition will be in the global skew frame.

2. Click M o v ing Lo ca l to define a moving local skew frame:

In the graphic window, pick three nodes to define the local skew frame.

Click Sa v e to save the local skew frame, or click D e le te to cancel it.

3. Click Fixe d Lo ca l to define a fixed local skew frame:

Set a name in the Local Reference Axis name window and click O k.

Click to select a pre-defined fixed local axis. In the Local Axis file window, select
a local axis, click O K to validate, and then in the graphic window, pick one node to
view the local axis.

or

Fill in the XY plan definition fields to define the XY plane.

4. Click Se e .

5. In the graphic window, pick a node to display the local axis.

6. Click Sa v e to save; or

Click D e le te to cancel.

Modify a skew

In the Reference Axis sub-window, it is not yet possible to modify a local skew. It is only
possible to delete it and recreate a new one.

Delete a skew

In the Reference Axis sub-window of the menu / M o dify pages, a skew frame can be
defined.

1. Click Se e .

2. In the graphic window, pick a node to display the local axis.

3. Click D e le te to cancel the local skew.

674 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Global: Sensor

This option appears in any module in which a sensor can be set and defined.

Create or Modify a Sensor

In the sensor folder:

1. Click the sensor list menu and select a sensor type.

If the selected sensor is TIME:

o Enter the time value when the sensor will be activated.

If the selected sensor is D IST:

o Click and select the two nodes which will define the distance.

o Enter the time delay for the sensor activation.

o Enter the minimum distance between the two selected nodes to activate the
sensor.

o Enter the maximum distance between the two selected nodes to activate the
sensor.

The sensor will be activated when the minimum or maximum distance is reached and after
the time delay.

2. Click Sa v e to save the created sensor; or.

Click D e le te to delete the created sensor.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 675

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Settings

How do I ...

set the HyperCrash environment

The directory of the environment files is called $MCRASHDIR. This is a variable that needs to
be set in the shell environment (csh format):

MCRASHDIR = <ALTAIR_HOME>/hc/environment/RADIOSS_V4/
environment_kN_mm_ms_kg/

In this directory, the following files are needed:

drwxr-xr-x accelero
drwxr-xr-x belt
drwxr-xr-x bolt
drwxr-xr-x connection
drwxr-xr-x D01
drwxr-xr-x d2m_m2d
drwxr-xr-x database
drwxr-xr-x defaults
drwxr-xr-x dummng
drwxr-xr-x dummy_database
drwxr-xr-x includes
drwxr-xr-x loadcase
-rw-r--r-- mcrash_criteria
-rw-r--r-- mcrash_preferences
drwxr-xr-x mat
drwxr-xr-x menu
-rw-r--r-- modelchecker
drwxr-xr-x modmng
drwxr-xr-x monivol
drwxr-xr-x option
drwxr-xr-x p2m_m2p
drwxr-xr-x property
drwxr-xr-x safety
drwxr-xr-x section
drwxr-xr-x skew
drwxr-xr-x spotweld
drwxr-xr-x themes
drwxr-xr-x thickshell
drwxr-xr-x time_history
drwxr-xr-x XPM

The following variables have to be defined:

$MCRASHEXE = <ALTAIR_HOME>\hc\bin\win32\mxplore

$MCRASHDIR = <ALTAIR_HOME>\hc\environment\RADIOSS_V4
\environment_N_mm_ms_g\ dummy_database

676 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 (Example is in csh format.)

set the HyperCrash executable

The directory of the executable files is called $MCRASHEXE. This is a variable that needs to
be set in the shell environment (csh format):

MCRASHEXE = <ALTAIR_HOME>/hc/bin/<os_type>/

In this directory the following files are needed:

-rwxr-xr-x MCrashV241***

lrwxr-xr-x mcrash -> MCrashV241***

An alias may be used to execute HyperCrash (csh format):

alias mcrash $MCRASHEXE/mcrash

set the Model Manager

The following types of files are necessary:

database locations

keywords

loadcase file locations

Before the Model Management menu can be used, some information needs to be set in
the following files:

File: $MCRASHDIR/modmng/database_main.tbl

/MODMNG/DATABASE/PRIVATE

<the full path private dabase 1>private_1.tbl

<the full path private dabase 2>private_2.tbl

...

/MODMNG/DATABASE/PUBLIC

<the full path common dabase 1>database_1.tbl

<the full path common dabase 2>database_2.tbl

/END

where:

/MODMNG/DATABASE/PRIVATE is a command line.

<the full path private dabase i> is the full path of the private database.

<the full path common dabase i> is the full path of the common database
(available for all HyperCrash users).

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 677

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 private_i.tbl, database_i.tbl are the file names where the files of the
database with their keywords are written.

/END is a command line to indicate the end of the file.

File: <the full path database>database.tbl

This file contains the models which are stored in the databases with the keyword
descriptions. This file can be updated from HyperCrash.

The following lines show the minimum information necessary in the database.tbl file.

/MODMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY

<the full path database>

/END

where:

/MODMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY is a command line.

<the full path private database> is the path of the database, database.tbl
where the models will be stored.

/END is a command line to indicate the end of the file.

File: $MCRASHDIR/modmng/keyword.tbl

Nothing needs to be set in this file. This file is updated by HyperCrash. To learn how to
add keywords, see Keyword.

File: $MCRASHDIR/modmng/loadcase_main.tbl

This file contains the name and the location of the loadcase files. This file needs to be
created manually.

Example:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

/MODNMG/LOADCASE/TYPE

Front Crash

$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/front_crash.tbl

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

/MODNMG/LOADCASE/TYPE

Rear Crash

$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/rear_crash.tbl

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

678 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /MODNMG/LOADCASE/TYPE

Side Crash

$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/side_crash.tbl

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

/END

where:

/MODNMG/LOADCASE/TYPE is a command line.

Front Crash, Rear Crash, Side Crash are the loadcase names (the names
displayed in HyperCrash).

$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/front_crash.tbl is the path and the file name of the

Front Crash loadcase.

/END is a command line to indicate the end of the file.

File: $MCRASHDIR/loadcase/front_crash.tbl

This file contains the description of the loadcase. This file needs to be created manually.

Example:
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/SCREEN_KEYWORD

Component

Model type

Crash type

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL

Engine

ENGINE FEM FRONT

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL

Radiator

RADIATOR FEM FRONT

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL

Offset deformable barrier

ODB FEM FRONT

/END

where:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 679

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /MODMNG/LOADCASE/SCREEN_KEYWORD is a command line. This is the keyword list
displayed in the model list window.

Component, Model Type, Crash type are the items of the previous command line.
They are "keyword types" as defined in the file $MCRASHDIR/modmng/keyword.tbl.

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL is a command line to start the description of the model

to load.

Engine is the displayed name of the model which must be loaded.

ENGINE, FEM, FRONT are the keywords to find the model in the databases. Those
keywords must be defined in the file $MCRASHDIR/modmng/keyword.tbl.

/END is a command to indicate the end of the file.

set the Dummy Manager

The following types of files are necessary:

database locations

keywords

loadcase file locations

Before the Dummy Management menu can be used, some information needs to be set in
the following files:

File: $MCRASHDIR/dummng/keyword.tbl

This file needs to be created manually. Please see the Safety Module Reference Manual to
learn how to set this file.

Example:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/DUMMNG/KEYWORD
Norm
EUROSID USSID HYBRID_I@II
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/DUMMNG/KEYWORD
Percentile
5 50 95
#-
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/DUMMNG/KEYWORD
Modeling
RIGID FINE_MES@H COARSE_M@ESH
#-

680 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 #--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

File: $MCRASHDIR/dummng/database_main.tbl

/MODMNG/DATABASE/PRIVATE

<the full path private dabase 1>private_1.tbl

<the full path private dabase 2>private_2.tbl

...

/MODMNG/DATABASE/PUBLIC

<the full path common dabase 1>database_1.tbl

<the full path common dabase 2>database_2.tbl

/END

where:

/MODMNG/DATABASE/PRIVATE is a command line.

<the full path private dabase i> is the full path of the private database.

<the full path common dabase i> is the full path of the common database
(available for all HyperCrash users).

private_1.tbl, database_1.tbl are the file names where the files of the
database with their keywords are written.

/END is a command line to indicate the end of the file.

File: <the full path database>database.tbl

This file contains the models which are stored in the databases with the keyword
descriptions. This file needs to be created manually.

Default directory path definition:

/MODMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY

<the full path private database>

where:

/MODNMG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY is a command line.

<the full path private database> is the path of the database private.tbl
where the models will be stored.

Model file definition

/MODMNG/DATABASE/MODEL

<the full path of the model>/model_file_name

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 681

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 where:

/MODNMG/DATABASE/MODEL is a command line.

<the full path of the model> is the path where the dummy model is stored.

model_file_name is the dummy model.

End of the file

/END

where:

/END is a command line to indicate the end of the file.

682 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

HyperCrash Reference Manuals

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 683

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Environment File Description

This section shows all the HyperCrash environment parameter files. All the files are located in
the directory named $MCRASHDIR.

Format

After a keyword, the lines are formatted with 80 characters divided into 10 fields of eight
characters (like in RADIOSS Starter Input Deck).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The unused fields are displayed in gray.

The first character of a comment line is #.

The unit and the type of each parameter are defined as the following:

Unit: Length: mm, cm, dm, m …

Time: s, ms…

Mass: g, kg, t…

Force: N, kN…

The selected unit system must be consistent with an equivalent S.I. unit system.

Example of unit systems:

Length Time Mass Force Pressure Velocity Density Energy g

m s kg N Pa m/s kg/m3 J 9.81

mm s t N MPa mm/s t/mm3 mJ 9.81e+3

mm ms kg kN GPa m/s kg/mm3 J 9.81e-3

mm ms g N MPa m/s g/mm3 mJ 9.81e-3

684 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Main Module Reference Manual

This document presents the details of the directories that exist in HyperCrash and describes
the specific HyperCrash files within the directories.

The HyperCrash software contains directories for the following:

Executable

Environments

Configurations

Executable directory

The directory of the executable files is called $MCRASHEXE. This is a variable you need to set
in your shell environment (csh format):

MCRASHEXE = <ALTAIR_HOME>/hc/bin/<os_type>/

Environment directories

This directory contains the reference parameter files of HyperCrash. This directory is unit
system dependant.

The environment directory contains different sub-directories according to the output format
of the model:

environment

LSDYNA to output LS-DYNA model

PAM2G to output LS-DYNA model

RADIOSS_V4 to output RADIOSS V4.1, V4.2 and V4.4 model

RADIOSS_V5 to output RADIOSS V5.1 model

RADIOSS_V9 to output RADIOSS V9.0 model

RADIOSS_V10 to output RADIOSS V10.0 model

RADIOSS_V11 to output RADIOSS V11.0 model

Each sub-directory contains a list of environment directories according to the unit system:

environment (LSDYNA, PAM2G, RADIOSS_V4, RADIOSS_V5, RADIOSS_V9,

RADIOSS_V10 and RADIOSS_V11)
environment_kgf_mm_s

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 685

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 environment_kN_mm_ms_kg
environment_N_m_s_kg
environment_N_mm_ms_g
environment_N_mm_s_T

The directory of the environment files is named $MCRASHDIR.

Configuration directories

This directory contains the reference parameter files for HyperCrash.

The environment directory contains different sub-directories according to the output format
of the model:

config

CFG to output CFG model

LSDYNA to output LS-DYNA model

PAM2G to output LS-DYNA model

RADIOSS_V4 to output RADIOSS V4.1, V4.2, V4.3 and V4.4 model

RADIOSS_V5 to output RADIOSS V5.1 model

RADIOSS_V9 to output RADIOSS V9.0 model

RADIOSS_V10 to output RADIOSS V10.0 model

The following variables must be defined in order to take into account the selected
configuration:

Example for RADIOSS_V4 output format:

MV_VER_DIR = 4.4:4.3:4.4:4.1

MV_CFG_DIR = <ALTAIR_HOME>/hc/config/RADIOSS_V4

686 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Main Module Environment File Description

This section shows all the HyperCrash environment parameter files. All the files are located in
the directory named $MCRASHDIR.

The environment file enables you to modify or customize the values over the default values that will be used
when performing certain operations in HyperCrash.
They are unit dependent in some cases.

Example:

HyperCrash supports bolts and bolts are represented in a cylinder attached to the base. The
diameter and height of the cylinder can be modified, as well as the name and properties.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 687

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Accelerometer

The file, $MCRASHDIR/accelero/accelerodef is used to set the default value of the

accelerometer.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Cutfreq

Where:

Type Unit

Cutfreq is the cut-off frequency of the accelerometer Real Time-1

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# ACCELEROMETER DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#
# UNIT : Hz
#
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# Cut off freq.
1.6500
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# END OF ACCELEROMETER DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

688 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Bolt

The file, $MCRASHDIR/bolt/boltdef defines the bolt creation default values.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Version_number

Where: Type Unit

Version_number is the file identifier Text No

It is s tro ngly re co m m e nde d to no t m o dify this v a lue .

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Bolt_name

Where: Type Unit

Bolt_name Is the default bolt name Text No

Card 3:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Property_name

Where: Type Unit

Property_nam is the default spring property file name Text No

e

Card 4:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Length1 Length2 Diameter1

Where: Type Unit

Length1 is the first cylinder’s length Real Length

Length2 is the second cylinder’s length Real Length

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 689

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Diameter1 is the cylinder’s diameter Real Length

Card 5:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Spring_length

Where: Type Unit

Spring_lengt is the length of the spring set in the bolt with Real Length
h spring.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# BOLT DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

# UNIT : s, N , mm, T (1t=1000kg)

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# 1. GLOBAL DEFINITIONS:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#version number
V3.13_2.0
#default bolt name
New_Bolt
#default property name
SPRI_13_Bolt
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# length1| length2| diameter1|
10. 10. 20.
# spring length|(1 mm)
1.
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# END OF BOLT DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

690 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

General Connection

The general connection will replace the spotweld definition file presented previously.

* Options not yet available are in light gray.

Logical connection definition

Logical connection defined by a link between a set of parts with several connections. The
logical connection will contain the following information:

part IDs*

connection type

connection ID(s)

* In the case of self-connection inside one part, the part ID will be defined twice.

Connection definition

A connection is an entity that contains a geometrical definition and the associated FEM model.

type

geometrical position

geometrical definition

FEM description

Example
Logical connection 1
Part_1, Part2, Part3
Spotweld
1 2 4 5 9 10

Spotweld 1
spotweld
Xcoordinate Ycoordinate Zcoordinate
spring id
interface id node id element id
interface id node id element id

Default connection file name

The default file, connection.def will be used to define for each connection type the definition file of the
connection which has to be used:
$MCRASHDIR/connection/connection.def

In this file we will find for each connection both lines:

/TYPE/connection_type

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 691

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

<full path>PID_file

Where: Type Unit

Type Is a keyword Keyword No

connection_ty Is a keyword: Keyword No

pe SPOTWELD
GLUE
HEMMING
WELDING LINE

The end of the file will be specified with the keyword line:

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…
/TYPE/SPOTWELD
$MCRASHDIR/connection/Default_spotweld_radioss.mco
/TYPE/GLUE
$MCRASHDIR/connection/Default_glue_radioss.mco
/TYPE/BOLT
$MCRASHDIR/connection/Default_bolt_radioss.mco
/TYPE/HEMMING
$MCRASHDIR/connection/Default_hemming_radioss.mco
/TYPE/WELDLINE
$MCRASHDIR/connection/Default_welding_line_radioss.mco
/END
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

Connection definition file

The modeling of a connection will be defined in the file:

$MCRASHDIR/connection/connection_name.mco

This file will start with the first line of the RADIOSS input deck (D00 file) and the unit system
used in the file:

Example
#RADIOSS STARTER 41

692 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /UNIT/LENGTH/mm
/UNIT/MASS/g
/UNIT/TIME/ms

The connection_name will be the name displayed in the different HyperCrash windows to
identify the connection.

Connection type

The type of element for the connection could be:

/TYPE/connection_type

Where: Type Unit

TYPE is a keyword Keyword No

connection_type is a keyword: Keyword No

SPOTWELD
GLUE
HEMMING
WELDING LINE

Element type

The type of element for the connection could be:

/ELEMENT/Element_type

Where: Type Unit

ELEMENT is a keyword Keyword No

Element_type is a keyword: Keyword No

SPR_BEAM beam type spring

(default)
PREDIT
Predit spring
SPR_GENE
general spring
BEAM
beam
SOLID
general solid
SOL_ORTH
orthotropic solid

Link type

The link of these elements to the parts will be defined with:

/LINK/Link_type/Option

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 693

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

LINK is a keyword Keyword No

Link_type is a keyword: Keyword No

L_TIED_INTERFACE (default)
L_RBODY
L_BEAM
L_COMMON_NODE

Option is a keyword: Keyword No

MIDDLE (only for
L_TIED_INTERFACE)
OUTSIDE (only for L_TIED_INTERFACE
)
NONE

Property

The default property will be defined as:

/PROP/Type/Option

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

<full path>Property_file

Where: Type Unit

PROP is a keyword Keyword No

Type is a keyword: Keyword No

FIXED: HyperCrash will use the

property as it is defined

UPDATED: HyperCrash will use the property

as a base and modify it according to different
parameters

Option is a keyword: Keyword No

COUPLE_OF_PART

LOGICAL_CONNECTION (default)

MODEL

Property_fil is the reference file name of the property String No

e defined with its full path and/or environment
variable

694 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Material

The default material will be defined like:

/MAT/Type/Option

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

<full path>Material_file

Where: Type Unit

MAT is a keyword Keyword No

Type is a keyword: Keyword No

FIXED: HyperCrash will use the

material as it is defined

UPDATED: HyperCrash will use the

material as a base and modify it
according to different parameters

Option is a keyword: Keyword No

COUPLE_OF_PART

LOGICAL_CONNECTION (default)

MODEL

Material_fil is the reference file name of the material String No

e defined with its full path and/or environment
variable

Real approximation search

A tolerance parameter can be defined in order to compare a Real with an exact reference
value +/- a percentage value.
/APPROXIM/STRICT_FLOAT/Percentage

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 695

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

APPROXIM is a keyword Keyword No

STRICT_FLOA is a keyword Keyword No

T

Percentage defines the percentage value of the defined Real %

tolerance for the parameter /THICK/STRICT

Caution: This option is available only for PREDIT spotweld type and for the parameter /
THICK/STRICT.

Example

/APPROXIM/STRICT_FLOAT/3

reference thickness –3% < part thickness < reference thickness +3%

Parameters

Keywords will define which parameter of the material or the property will be modified and how
it will be modified.

The parameters will be defined according the following variables:

THICK Thickness of the part to link
YIELD Yield stress of the material
YOUNG Young modulus of the material
DENS Density of the material
The effect of each variables will be taken into account according the following options:
MIN the minimum value of the parts to link
MEAN the average value of the part to link
MAX the maximum value of the parts to link
STRICT the exact value of the parts to link
The parameters will be:

Parameters Name Element type

Spring
All the parameters of the
All the parameters of the property Beam
property
Truss

Solid
DIAM_P Diameter of the connection_type
Beam

696 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Parameters Name Element type

Truss

FILE_P The parameter is a file All

PARAM_P Parameter of parameter All

Each variable will define the parameter according to a table, such as:

Variable Parameter

Keyword line

The keyword line will be defined as:

/PARAM/param_id/support/param/p_index/p_option/variable/v_option

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Variable_value Parameter_value

Where: Type Unit

PARAM is a keyword Keyword No

param_id is an identifier of the PARAM Keyword No

support defines where the parameter is applied: Keyword No

PROP_P

MAT_P

param is a keyword that defines the modified Keyword No

parameter of the support (PROP_P and MAT_P)
and:

DIAM_P

FILE_P

PARAM_P

p_index is an index Integer No

> 0 in case PARAM is an array

= -1 in case PARAM is not an array

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 697

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 p_option is an option of the PARAM Keyword No

NONE

ABS

ORD

variable is the variable keyword Keyword No

THICK

YIELD

v_option is an option of the variable Keyword No

MIN

MEAN

MAX

The parameter is an integer

For each variable an Integer will define the correct parameter.

Keyword line

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Variable_value Param.

Where: Type Unit

Variable_val is the variable value Real Depend

ue s on
the
variabl
e

Param. is the corresponding parameter value Integer No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

/PARAM/1/PROP_P/ISOLID/-1/NONE/THICK/MEAN
0.50 1
0.70 1
0.90 12
1.20 12

698 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 2.00 112
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

The parameter is a Real

For each variable a Real will define the correct parameter.

Keyword line

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Variable_value Parameter_value

Where: Type Unit

Variable_val is the variable value Real Depend

ue s on
the
variabl
e

Parameter_va Is the corresponding parameter value Real No

lue

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

/PARAM/1/PROP_P/DIAM_P/-1/NONE/THICK/MIN
0.50 5.000
0.70 6.000
0.90 6.000
1.20 7.000
2.00 7.000
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

The parameter is a name

For the material, the variable is a name and HyperCrash will find the corresponding file in the
database:

$MCRASHDIR/mat if the parameter is MAT_P

$MCRASHDIR/prop if the parameter is PROP_P

Keyword line

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 699

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Variable_value File_name

Where: Type Unit

Variable_val is the variable value Real Depend

ue s on
the
variabl
e

File_name is the corresponding file name String No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

/PARAM/1/MAT_P/FILE_P/-1/NONE/YIELD/MEAN
210.0 STEEL_1
250.0 STEEL_2
300.0 STEEL_3
350.0 STEEL_4
400.0 STEEL_5
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

The parameter is a function

For each variable, a basic function will be set in the property of the material definition file.
This function will be scaled (in abscissa or ordinate) with the parameters.
Keyword line

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Variable_value Scale_value

Where: Type Unit

Variable_val is the variable value Real Depend

ue s on
the
variabl
e

Scale_value is the corresponding scale value Real No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

700 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /PARAM/1/PROP_P/TRA_FUNC1/0/ORD/THICK/MIN
0.50 10000.00
0.70 12000.00
0.90 13000.00
1.20 12000.00
2.00 11000.00
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

/PARAM/2/PROP_P/TRA_FUNC1/0/ABS/THICK/MIN
0.50 3.00
0.70 3.00
0.90 2.00
1.20 1.00
2.00 0.90
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

Basic function defined in the default spring PID:

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

/FUNCT/1/Spotweld function FX
-1.00 -1.00
-0.10 -1.00
0.00 0.00
0.10 1.00
1.00 1.00
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

Function of the spotweld PID:

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

/FUNCT/95734/Spotweld function FX
-2.00 -13000.00
-0.20 -13000.00
0.00 0.00
0.20 -13000.00
2.00 -13000.00
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|…

The parameter option is PARAM

For each variable, an Integer will define the correct PARAM which has to be used.
Keyword line

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 701

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Variable_value Param_ID

Where: Type Unit

Variable_valu is the variable value Real Depend

e s on
the
variabl
e

Param_ID is the corresponding parameter identifier Integer No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

/PARAM/12/PROP_P/PARAM_P/-1/NONE/YIELD/MIN
150 13
180 22
200 33
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|…

702 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Databases

Material

The material files are located in the directory, $MCRASHDIR/mat. There is one material per file.
The file is written with the RADIOSS format (V41, V42 or V44).

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MAT/LAW2/01/STEEL
#Initial density
.790000000E-08
# E nu
210000.000 .300000000
# a b n epsilon max maximum
stress
200.000000 450.00000 .500000000 .100000000E+31 425.00000
# c ref strain rate ICC
.000000000 .000000000 0
# m Tmelt Specific Heat Initial temp
0 0 0 0
/END
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Properties
The property files are located in the directory, $MCRASHDIR/property. There is one property
per file. The file is written with the RADIOSS format (V41, V42 or V44).

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/PROP/TYPE13/1/SPRI_13_Welding
2.00000000E-06 2.00000000E-04 1 0 0 0
100000. .000000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000
1 0 0 0 .000000000 .000000000
100000. .000000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000
2 0 0 0 .000000000 .000000000
100000. .000000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000
3 0 0 0 .000000000 .000000000
1000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000
0 0 0 0 .000000000 .000000000
1000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000
0 0 0 0 .000000000 .000000000
1000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000 .000000000
0 0 0 0 .000000000 .000000000
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 703

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 10---|
/CURVE/1/curve 1
-0.10000000 -0.10000000
.000000000 .000000000
.100000000 .100000000
.200000000 .200000000
.300000000 30.0000000
/CURVE/2/curve 2
-0.10000000 -0.10000000
.000000000 .000000000
.100000000 .100000000
.200000000 .200000000
.300000000 30.0000000
/CURVE/3/curve 3
-0.10000000 -0.10000000
.000000000 .000000000
.100000000 .100000000
.200000000 .200000000
.300000000 30.0000000
/SKEW/MOV/1/Skew 1
1 2 3
/END
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Fix Skew Frame

The skew files are defined in the directory, $MCRASHDIR/skew. The file contains the fix skew
frame card in RADIOSS 4.1 Block Format.

The line, /END is added to close the file reading.

Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/SKEW/FIX/1/-X-YZ
0 -1 0
0 0 1
/END
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

704 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

D01

The file $MCRASHDIR/D01/defaultD01 defines the default Engine file used when the written
RADIOSS input deck does not refer to an already existing Engine file (D01).

To know all the details about this file, please refer to the RADIOSS Engine manual .

Example
##
/TITLE

/VERS/41
/DT/NODA/CST
9.000000e-01 1.000000e-03
/ANIM/DT
0.000000e+00 5.000000e-00
/TFILE
0.09
/PRINT/100
/PARITH/ON
/RUN/default/1
100.01
/ANIM/ELEM/EPSP
/ANIM/ELEM/HOURG
/ANIM/VECT/VEL
/ANIM/VECT/CONT
/ANIM/VECT/FOPT
/ANIM/NODA/DMAS
/ANIM/MASS

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 705

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Include List

To set this option add the file, $MCRASHDIR/includes/include_list with the parameter
defined as follows.

To unset this option, remove (or rename) the file, $MCRASHDIR/includes/include_list or

set the character, # can be set on the top of the line on the parameters you do not want to
see.

The file, $MCRASHDIR/includes/include_list contains a list of RADIOSS data type that can
be searched in a database include file at the writing of the D00. After each type of data,
there is the path of the data base file to search.
Note: Currently, only material is available.

Card 1:
/ENTITY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

<full path> file_name

Where: Type Unit

ENTITY Is a keyword which can be: Keyword No

MATERIAL

file_name is the file name (with its full path) of the String No
stored include file.

Example

/MATERIAL

/usr/people/project1/mat_file

If you select to ”include a data base material file", the following line is written in the RADIOSS
input deck (D00 file):

#include/usr/people/project1/mat_file

and no material cards will be written in the RADIOSS input deck (D00 file).

706 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Default Material and Property Setting

The file default_mat_prop.txt is located inside the directory $MCRASHDIR/defaults. This

file contains the default material and/or properties which will be used during the file input.

Card 1: File setting

/INPUT/input_file_type/input_type

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

<full path> file_name

Where: Type Unit

INPUT is a keyword Keyword No

input_file_typ is the type of file which can be: Keyword No

e
NASTRAN

UNV

ANSYS

HYPERCRASH

input_type is the type of input which can be: Keyword No

PROP

MAT

file_name is the file name which contains all the String No

defaults properties and material of the file
input type

Card 2:

This card defined the beginning and the end of the default definition of the material and
property for the defined input file type.
/input_file_type/state

Where: Type Unit

input_file_ty is a keyword Keyword No

pe

state is a keyword: Keyword No

BEGIN

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 707

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 END

Card 3:

Between the card BEGIN and END, the property and the material linked to each type of
element can be defined as follows:
/element_type/input_type/input_type_id

Where: Type Unit

element_typ is the type of file which can be: Keyword No

e
PART_QUAD

PART_SHELL

PART_SOLID

PART_TETRA

PART_TETRA10

PART_XELEM

PART_BEAM

PART_TRUSS

PART_SPRING

PART_RIVET

PART_BRIC20

PART_SHEL16

PART_SPH

input_type is the type of input which can be: Keyword No

PROP

MAT

input_type_ is the identifier of the property or Integer No

id material card.

Example

File: default_mat_prop.txt

/INPUT/NASTRAN/PROP
$MCRASHDIR/defaults/nastran.def

708 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /INPUT/NASTRAN/MAT
$MCRASHDIR/defaults/nastran.def
/NASTRAN/BEGIN
/PART_SHELL/PROP/1
/PART_SHELL/MAT/3
/PART_SOLID/PROP/2
/PART_SOLID/MAT/3
/NASTRAN/END

File: propD00

#RADIOSS STARTER 41
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/PROP/TYPE1/1/DEFAULT SHELL
#-Ishel| Ismstr|
0 0
#- hm | hf | hr | dm |
0 0 0 0
#- N |Istrain| Thick | Ashear | | Ithick| Iplas|
5 0 0.7 0 2 0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/PROP/TYPE14/25/DEFAULT SOLID
#-Isoli| Ismstr|
1 2
#- q_a | q_b | h |
1.1 0.05 0.1
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/PROP/TYPE3/234/DEFAULT_BEAM
#- | Ismstr|
0
#- dm | df |
0 0
#- Area | Iyy | Izz | Ixx |
314 796 796 1592
#- Rot | Ishear|
000 000 0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

File: matD00
#RADIOSS STARTER 41
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MAT/LAW2/1/DEFAULT_STEEL_MATERIAL
# Init. dens. Ref. dens.
#- Rho_i | Rho_0 |
1.2e-09 0

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 709

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 #- E | Nu |
2800 0.3
#- a/C0 | b/C5 | n | Eps_max | sigma_max
|
192 200 0.32 0
0
#- c/C1 | Eps_0 | Icc |
0 0 0
#- m/C3 | T_melt/C4 | rhoCp | T_i |
0 0 0 0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MAT/LAW1/234/DEFAULT_ELASTIC_MATERIAL
# Init. dens. Ref. dens.
#- Rho_i | Rho_0 |
7.89e-09 0
#- E | Nu |
210000 0.3
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

710 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Menu

The file, $MCRASHDIR/menu/mcrash.menu defines the menus that will appear in the
HyperCrash session. Currently, not all menus available in HyperCrash are defined in this menu
file. They will be implemented during the HyperCrash development.

Card 1: menu card

/MCRASH/key_menu/menu_title

Where: Type Unit

MCRASH is a keyword Keyword No

key_menu is the keyword of the menu which Keyword No

can be:
FILE
DISCONNECTION
AUTOMATIC
SPOTMENU
BOLTMENU
GLUEMENU
WELDMENU
HEMMMENU

menu_tit is the name of the menu displayed in Keyword No

le HyperCrash

Card 2: function card

/key_menu/key_function/funct_title

Where: Type Unit

key_menu is the keyword of the menu Keyword No

key_function is the keyword of the function in No

Keyword
the menu

funct_title is the name of the function No

Keyword
displayed in HyperCrash

key_menu Associated key_function

DISCONNECTION NODES
SPRINGS
AUTOMATIC SPOTWELD
GLUE

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 711

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 HEMMING
WELDLINE
SPOTMENU CHANGE_PROP

BOLTMENU CREATE
MODIFY
CHECK
CRITERIA
CLOSE
GLUEMENU CREATE
MODIFY
CHECK
CRITERIA
ALL_EXT
SEL_EXT
CLOSE
WELDMENU CREATE
MODIFY
CHECK
CRITERIA
ALL_EXT
SEL_EXT
CLOSE
HEMMMENU CREATE
MODIFY
CHECK
CRITERIA
ALL_EXT
SEL_EXT
CLOSE

Several function cards can be defined for each menu card.

Card 3: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
#
# MCRASH : menu
#
/MCRASH/FILE/File
/FILE/MESH_FILE/Mesh...
/FILE/READ_NAS_FOR_CRASH/Nastran for Crash...
/FILE/READ_NAS_FOR_NAS/Nastran for Nastran...

712 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /FILE/NEWREADPAM/PAM 2G...
/FILE/READ_UNV/.UNV File...
/FILE/ANSYS/.CDB File...
/FILE/READ_DYNA/LS-DYNA...
/FILE/WRITE_NASTRAN/Nastran...
/FILE/WRITE_UNV/.UNV File
/FILE/WRITEPAM2G/PAM2G...
/FILE/WRITE_DYNA/LS-DYNA...
#
/MCRASH/DISCONNECTION/Disconnection
/DISCONNECTION/NODES/Nodes Disconnection
/DISCONNECTION/SPRINGS/Rigid Bodies,Rivets and Springs
#
/MCRASH/CONAUTOMENU/Automatic
/CONAUTOMENU/SPOTWELD/Spotweld
/CONAUTOMENU/GLUE/Glue
/CONAUTOMENU/HEMMING/Hemming
/CONAUTOMENU/WELDLINE/Weldline
#
/MCRASH/SPOTMENU/Spotweld
/SPOTMENU/CREATE/Create
/SPOTMENU/MODIFY/Modify
/SPOTMENU/CHECK/Check
/SPOTMENU/CRITERIA/Criteria...
/SPOTMENU/CUSTOMIZE/Customize...
/SPOTMENU/CHANGE_PROP/Modify Prop.
/SPOTMENU/ALL_EXT/Extract from Model
/SPOTMENU/SEL_EXT/Extract from Tree Selection
/SPOTMENU/EXP_SEL_CON_ELEM/Export Selected Connections
/SPOTMENU/CLOSE/Close
#
/MCRASH/BOLTMENU/Bolt
/BOLTMENU/CREATE/Create
/BOLTMENU/MODIFY/Modify
/BOLTMENU/CHECK/Check
/BOLTMENU/FILE/Import from File...
/BOLTMENU/CRITERIA/Criteria...
/BOLTMENU/CUSTOMIZE/Customize...
/BOLTMENU/EXP_SEL_CON_ELEM/Export Selected Connections
/BOLTMENU/CLOSE/Close
#
/MCRASH/GLUEMENU/Glue
/GLUEMENU/CREATE/Create
/GLUEMENU/MODIFY/Modify
/GLUEMENU/CHECK/Check
/GLUEMENU/FILE/Import from File...
/GLUEMENU/CUSTOMIZE/Customize...
/GLUEMENU/CHANGE_PROP/Modify Prop.
/GLUEMENU/CRITERIA/Criteria...
/GLUEMENU/ALL_EXT/Extract from Model
/GLUEMENU/SEL_EXT/Extract from Tree Selection
/GLUEMENU/EXP_SEL_CON_ELEM/Export Selected Connections

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 713

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /GLUEMENU/CLOSE/Close
#
/MCRASH/WELDMENU/Welding Line
/WELDMENU/CREATE/Create
/WELDMENU/MODIFY/Modify
/WELDMENU/CHECK/Check
/WELDMENU/FILE/Import from File...
/WELDMENU/CRITERIA/Criteria...
/WELDMENU/CUSTOMIZE/Customize...
/WELDMENU/CHANGE_PROP/Modify Prop.
/WELDMENU/ALL_EXT/Extract from Model
/WELDMENU/SEL_EXT/Extract from Tree Selection
/WELDMENU/EXP_SEL_CON_ELEM/Export Selected Connections
/WELDMENU/CLOSE/Close
#
/MCRASH/HEMMMENU/Hemming
/HEMMMENU/CREATE/Create
/HEMMMENU/MODIFY/Modify
/HEMMMENU/CHECK/Check
/HEMMMENU/FILE/Import from File...
/HEMMMENU/CRITERIA/Criteria...
/HEMMMENU/CUSTOMIZE/Customize...
/HEMMMENU/CHANGE_PROP/Modify prop.
/HEMMMENU/ALL_EXT/Extract from Model
/HEMMMENU/SEL_EXT/Extract from Tree Selection
/HEMMMENU/EXP_SEL_CON_ELEM/Export Selected Connections
/HEMMMENU/CLOSE/Close
#
/MCRASH/EXPORTCONMENU/Export Connection File...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MWFSPOT/All Spotwelds with Property Id...
/EXPORTCONMENU/CSVSPOT/All Spotwelds in CSV Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCSPOT/All Spotwelds as MFC XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCSPOP/Spotwelds from Tree Selection as MCF XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECASPOP/Spotwelds from Tree Selection...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECAWELD/All Welding Lines...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECAWELP/Welding Lines from Tree Selection...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MWFWELD/All Welding Lines with Property Id...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCWELD/All Welding Lines as MFC XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCWELP/Welding Lines from Tree Selection as MCF XML
Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECAHEM/All Hemmings...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECAHEMP/Hemmings from Tree Selection...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MWFHEM/All Hemmings with Property Id...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCHEM/All Hemmings as MFC XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCHEMP/Hemmings from Tree Selection as MCF XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECAGLUE/All Glues...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECAGLUP/Glues from Tree Selection...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MWFGLU/All Glues with Property Id...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCGLU/All Glues as MFC XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCGLUP/Glues from Tree Selection as MCF XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECABOLT/All Bolts...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MECABOLP/Bolts from Tree Selection...

714 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /EXPORTCONMENU/MFCBOLT/All Bolts as MFC XML Format...
/EXPORTCONMENU/MFCBOLP/Bolts from Tree Selection as MCF XML Format...
#
/MCRASH/MSAFETYMENU/Safety
/MSAFETYMENU/SEAT_DEFORMER/Seat Deformer
/MSAFETYMENU/DUMMY_POS/Dummy Positioner
/MSAFETYMENU/BELT_GENERATOR/Belt Generator
/MSAFETYMENU/AIRBAG/Airbag Folder
/MSAFETYMENU/HCOMFORT/HComfort
#
# Menu
#
/MCRASH/MODULECHOICE/File
/MODULECHOICE/MSAFETY/Safety
#/MODULECHOICE/MXPLORE/Study
/MODULECHOICE/MXCHANGE/Results Mapper
/MODULECHOICE/SUBMODEL/Submodeling
/MODULECHOICE/TIMESTEP/Element Timestep
#
/MCRASH/MESHEDIT/Mesh Editing
/MESHEDIT/RLINK/Rigid Link
/MESHEDIT/CYL_JOINT/Cylindrical Joint
/MESHEDIT/DAMP/Rayleigh Damping
#
/MCRASH/LOADCASEMENU/LoadCase
/LOADCASEMENU/IMPACC/Imposed Acceleration
/LOADCASEMENU/PLOAD/Pressure Load
#
#
# Toolbar
# list all the modules to be added
/MCRASH/TOOLBAR/MODULES
/TOOLBAR/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/NULL
/TOOLBAR/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/NULL
/TOOLBAR/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/NULL
#
# loadcase toolbar
#
/MCRASH/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/Loadcases
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/BCS/Boundary Conditions
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/CLOAD/Concentrated Loads
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/GRAV/Gravity Loads
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/IMPVEL/Imposed Velocities
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/IMPACC/Imposed Accelerations
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/IBVEL/Imposed Body Velocities
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/IMPDISP/Imposed Displacements
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/INIVEL/Initial Velocities
/TOOLBAR_LOADCASE/PLOAD/Pressure Loads
#
#
# connection Toolbar
#

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 715

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 #
/MCRASH/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/Connections
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/MCDS_RBE3/RBE3
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/RBODY/Rigid Bodies
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/CYL_JOINT/Cylindrical Joints
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/RLINK/Rigid Link
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/E_BOLT/Bolts
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/E_GLUE/Glues
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/E_HEMMING/Hemmings
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/E_SPOTWELD/Spotwelds
/TOOLBAR_CONNECTIONS/E_WELDING_LINE/Welding Lines
#
#
# Tools Toolbar
#
/MCRASH/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/Tools
/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/RWALL/Rigid Walls
/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/INTER/Contact Interfaces
/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/MONVOL/Monitored Volumes
/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/SECT/Sections
/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/ADMAS/Added Masses
/TOOLBAR_TOOLS/ACCEL/Accelerometers
#
#
/END

716 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Messages

The directory, $MCRASHDIR/messages/CONFIG contains the files with all the messages that
will be displayed in the message window and in the dialog toolbar.

Two files are located in this directory:

msg_arrays

msg_table

It is s tro ngly re co m m e nde d to no t m o dify the s e file s .

If you need messages in another language, please send an email to: hwsupport@altair.com

Cards:
Keyword{
Arguments 1
Arguments 2
…
Arguments n
}

The comment lines start with:

character /* and finish with */ (can be written on several lines).

character // and finish with the end of the line.

Example
KERNEL {
0000 "ERROR: Not possible to open \"%s\"" // comment
0001 "ERROR: End of file \"%s\""
0002 "Quoted string not found"
…
0039 "Not possible to define USER subtype (%i) for a %s"
0040 "%s is not a subtype of %s"
0041 "Not possible to add a %s into an ARRAY of %s type"
}

* the text in blue may be modified.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 717

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Option

In this directory are the necessary files to define specific user options.

To set and unset the option, the corresponding file has to be removed or the file needs to be
renamed.

Renumbering
This option can:

Renumber the part with the same ID as the property

Renumber the nodes of each part from part_ID*10000 to part_ID*10000+9999

Renumber the elements of each part from part_ID*10000 to part_ID*10000+9999

This option is activated with the file, $MCRASHDIR/option/renum_file which contains:

Card 1:
/RENUMBERING/WHERE/TYPE/FLAG/PART/OPTION

Where: Type Unit

RENUMBERING is a keyword Keyword No

WHERE is a keyword which defined where the Keyword No

renumbering will appears:

RENUM_IN_DTYPE: during the import of

the file

RENUM_ON_DTYPE: in the renumbering

page

RENUM_OUT_DTYPE: during the export

of the file

TYPE is a keyword which defined the type Keyword No

renumbering

RENUM_PART_WITH_PROP_ID: the
part will have the same ID as its
property

RENUM_NODE_W_PARTX1000: the
nodes of each part from
part_ID*10000 to part_ID*10000
+9999

718 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 RENUM_NODE_W_PARTX1000: the
elements of each part from
part_ID*10000 to part_ID*10000
+9999

FLAG is a keyword which defines: Keyword No

ON: the toggle button of the option

is be activated by default

OFF: the toggle button of the option is

not activated by default

PART is a keyword Keyword No

OPTION is a keyword which defined: Keyword No

RENUM_ALL: all entities defined in

TYPE will be renumbered

RENUM_NO_TYPE: nothing will be

renumbered

Card 2:

This card is necessary only if the option RENUM_ALL is used.

/TITLE/title_name

Where: Type Unit

TITLE is a keyword Keyword No

title_name is the name of the option which will be String No

displayed in HyperCrash.

Card 3:
/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

License option
This option can release the license when the user does not answer a question during a
defined time.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 719

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

This option is activated with the file, $MCRASHDIR/option/license_opt which contains:

Card 1: (FLEXLM option format)

TIMEOUT feature time

Where: Type Unit

TIMEOUT is a keyword Keyword No

feature is name of the feature to release after the Keyword No

time value

MCRASH

time is the time value in second Real Second

After the defined time value, the HyperCrash license is released and can be used by
somebody else.

When the time value is exceeded and if the user wants to continue to use the HyperCrash,
HyperCrash will request a new license to FLEXLM. If there are no more licenses available, only
the HyperCrash function "output” will be available to save the model.

720 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Section Force

The file, $MCRASHDIR/section/sectiondef defines the parameters for the force and the Cut
Approach sections.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Timestep Filtering Iframe

Where: Type Unit

Timestep is the output frequency time for the Real Time

root_nameSCO1 file.

Filtering is a coefficient for filtering (a < 1) Real No

Iframe is the default frame type (from RADIOSS 4.2 Integer No

format).

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# SECTION DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#/UNIT/LENGTH/mm
#/UNIT/MASS/g
#/UNIT/TIME/ms
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# 1. CUT APPROACH DEFINITIONS:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# timestep filtering iframe
1e-1 1.6500 12
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# END OF SECTION DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 721

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Spotweld

The file, $MCRASHDIR/spotweld/rspdef defines the spotweld creation parameters.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Spotgap Lengthmin Lengthmax

Where: Type Unit

Spotgap is the research gap for point projection on the Real Length
elements

Lengthmin is the minimum acceptable spring length for the Real Length
spotweld

Lengthmax is the maximum acceptable spring length for the Real Length
spotweld

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gapfactor Doublegap Angle

Where: Type Unit

Gapfactor is a factor to search the elements Real Length

Doublegap is the minimum length between two spotwelds Real Length

Angle is the maximum angle between the normal of Real Degree

the element and the spring

Card 3:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Mass Inertia

Where: Type Unit

Mass is the mass of the spring set in the property Real Mass

Inertia is the inertia of the spring set in the property Real Mass*L
ength²

722 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 4:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nsfunc

Where: Type Unit

Nsfunc is the number of the function Thickness vs. Integer No

force

Card 5: defines Nsfunc values

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Thickness Maxforce

Where: Type Unit

Thickness is the minimum thickness value of the welded Real Length

parts

Maxforce is the maximum shear force in the spring Real Force

before rupture

Card 7: additional Nsfunc

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Tens_factor

Where: Type Unit

Tens_factor is the factor defining the ratio between Real No

tension and shear

Card 7:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Rup_flag sl1 sl2

Where: Type Unit

Rup_flag is a flag to activate the rupture definition Integer No

0 = no rupture

1 = rupture

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 723

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 sl1 defines the point A of the following curve Real Length

sl2 defines the point B of the following curve Real Length

Card 8:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

K-tension K-shear K-torsion K-flexion

Where: Type Unit

K-tension is the stiffness in tension direction (1) Real Force/

Length

K-shear is the stiffness in shear direction (2, 3) Real Force/

Length

K-torsion is the stiffness in torsion direction (4) Real Torque/

Radian

K-flexion is the stiffness in flexion direction (5, 6) Real Torque/

Radian

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# MCRASH DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#
# UNIT : ms, N , mm, g
#
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# spotgap max aflag lindat length min length max
10.0 2 1 0.100 10.0

724 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 #searchgapfactor doublegap angle
1.1 5.0 15.0
# spring mass spring inertia
2.0E+00 2.0E+01
# nsfunc
10
# thickness force
0.60 5400.0
0.80 7200.0
1.00 10600.0
1.25 13600.0
1.50 18000.0
1.75 21200.0
2.00 25000.0
2.50 32800.0
3.00 42000.0
3.50 54000.0
# tens_factor
0.33
# ractiv sl1 sl2
0 0.25 1.25
# stension sshear storsion sflexion
100.e+03 500.e+03 5000.e+03 5000.e+03
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# END OF MCRASH DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 725

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Themes

The file, $MCRASHDIR/themes/mcrash1rc defines the HyperCrash window parameters.

It is s tro ngly re co m m e nde d to no t m o dify this file .

Cards:

Keyword{
Arguments 1
Arguments 2
…
Arguments n
}
The comment lines start with the # character.

Example
# pixmap_path "<dir 1>:<dir 2>:<dir 3>:..."
#
# include "rc-file"
#
# style <name> [= <name>]
# {
# <option>
# }
#
# widget <widget_set> style <style_name>
# widget_class <widget_class_set> style <style_name>

pixmap_path "."

style "defaultfont"
{
font = "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"
}

# common default

style "window"
{
bg[NORMAL] = { 0.2, 0.2, 0.4 }
}

style "toggle_button" = "default"

{
bg[ACTIVE] = { 1.0, 1.0, 0 }
font = "-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--12-120-75-75-P-67-ISO8859-1"
}

#widget_class "GtkWindow" style "window"

widget_class "*GtkCheckButton*" style "toggle_button"

726 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 widget_class "*GtkRadioButton*" style "toggle_button"
#widget_class "*Gtk*Pan*" style "window"

# possible priorities are (in ascending order):

# lowest
# gtk (used by gtk for internal class bindings)
# application (for hard coded bindings on application basis)
# rc (used implicitel by rc files)
# highest

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 727

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Quality Criteria

The file, $MCRASHDIR/mcrash_criteria defines the Quality / Check Element of Tree Selection
parameters, where the user can error check an element.

/Keyword/Nb_param/Param_1/Param_2/…/Param_nb_param

728 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

Keyword is the keyword defining the element quality String No

criteria.

Nb_param is the number of parameters to read Integer No

Param_i is the element type that will be checked String No

with the element quality criteria

Card 1: Limit of the bad elements

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Criteria_S Criteria_1 Criteria_2 Criteria_3 Criteria_4

Where: Type Unit

Criteria_i is the value that defines the bad element Real Depend
limit for mesh class i. s on
the
criteria

Card 2: Limit of the good elements

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Criteria_S Criteria_1 Criteria_2 Criteria_3 Criteria_4

Where: Type Unit

Criteria_i is the value that defines the good element Real Depend
limit for mesh class i. s on
the
criteria

Table of keywords and parameters:

Criteria name Keywords Parameters Criteria unit

SHELL3N

Time step: (see RADIOSS manual) SHELL4N

ELT_TIMESTEP SPRING Time

Computed value has to be greater than
limit. BEAM

TRUSS

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 729

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Criteria name Keywords Parameters Criteria unit

SOLID

Minimum mesh size SHELL4N

SHELL3N
ELT_MINSIZE SPRING Length

Computed value has to be greater than BEAM

limit. TRUSS

Maximum mesh size SHELL4N

SHELL3N
ELT_MAXSIZE SPRING Length

Computed value has to be smaller than BEAM

limit.
TRUSS
Minimum angle: the smallest interior
angle of the element projected onto its
middle plane.
SHELL4N
ELT_MINANGLE Degrees
SHELL3N
Computed value has to be greater than
limit.
Maximum angle: the greatest interior
angle of the element projected onto its
middle plane.
SHELL4N
ELT_MAXANGLE Degrees
SHELL3N
Computed value has to be greater than
limit.
Warping:
The normal at each node is computed,
that is, the normal of the plane including
this node and its two neighbors.
The two angles between opposite normal ELT_WARPING SHELL4N Degrees
vectors are computed.
The greater one of these two angles is
the warping. Computed value has to be
smaller than limit.

Aspect ratio: aspect ratio is calculated

as (length of longest side / length of ELT_ASPECT SHELL4N No
shortest side). Computed value has to be

730 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Criteria name Keywords Parameters Criteria unit

smaller than limit (closer to 1.0).

4 nodes shell degeneration ELT_DEGENERATED SHELL4N No criteria

SPRING
Minimum mass ELT_MINMASS BEAM Mass

TRUSS

SPRING
Maximum mass ELT_MAXMASS BEAM Mass

TRUSS

Percentage of 3 node shell elements in PART_TRIAS --- No

parts

Maximum mass of the parts PART_MASS --- Mass

Card 3:
/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#-- CLASS S ---|--- CLASS 1 ---|--- CLASS 2 ---|--- CLASS 3 ---|--- CLASS 4
---|
/ELT_TIMESTEP/6/SHELL3N/SHELL4N/SPRING/BEAM/TRUSS/SOLID
8e-7 8e-7 8e-7 8e-7
8e-7
1e-6 1e-6 1e-6 1e-6
1e-6
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/ELT_MINSIZE/2/SHELL3N/SHELL4N
6 5 5 6
6
8
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/ELT_MAXSIZE/2/SHELL3N/SHELL4N
100 10 20 40
100

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 731

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 #--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/ELT_MINANGLE/1/SHELL3N
30 45 45 30
30
45
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#-- CLASS S ---|--- CLASS 1 ---|--- CLASS 2 ---|--- CLASS 3 ---|--- CLASS 4
---|
/PART_TRIAS/
15 15 15 20
30
10 10 10 15
20
/PART_MASS/
20e-3 20e-3 20e-3 20e-3
20e-3

/END

732 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Intersections / Penetrations Criteria

The file, $MCRASHDIR/mcrash_preferences defines the Quality / Contact menu parameters.

Parameters for intersection

Card 1:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/MAX_RATIO_OF_AUTO_MOVED_NODES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Ratio

Where: Type Unit

Ratio defines the maximum percentage of nodes Real No

from one part that HyperCrash is allowed to
move automatically to correct the same
intersection (default is 0.1 = 10%).

Card 2:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/GAP_SEARCH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gap_search

Where: Type Unit

Gap_search defines the box to search the intersection Real Length

(default = 1).

Caution: It is dangerous for the quality of the mesh to have a value for Gap_search that
is too high. This can cause memory trouble in the Disintersector and an abort of
HyperCrash. The Gap_search should be m uc h sm a lle r t ha n t he m inim um e le m e nt
size .

Card 3:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/GAP_SEARCH_AFTER_TOGGLE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gap_search

Where: Type Unit

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 733

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Gap_search defines the box to search the intersection Real Length
when using the toggle function (default = 2).

This option is only active if GAP_SEARCH_AFTER_TOGGLE is bigger than Gap_search. Thus, the
Semiautomatic Disintersector can propose new positions for nodes, which are not moved by
the Automatic Disintersector, because their distance to the next element is too long.
Caution: The same warning as for Gap_search applies. GAP_SEARCH_AFTER_TOGGLE should
not be bigger than the average element size.

Card 4:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/GAP_AFTER_DISINTERSECTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gap_value

Where: Type Unit

Gap_value is the distance of the depenetration after an Real Length

automatic disintersection. (default = 0.1).

Card 5:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/MAX_NB_CANDIDATES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Number_of_candidates

Where: Type Unit

Number_of_candidates defines the size of the memory Real No

allocation during the depenetration
(default = -4).

If Number_of_candidates is
positive: the number of candidate
value will increase one by one if
necessary.

If Number_of_candidates is
negative: the number of candidate
value will be doubled if necessary.

Card 6:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/MIN_DISTANCE_FACTOR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

734 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Factor

Where: Type Unit

Factor is a multiplier of the Gap value for the Real No

automatic preliminary node displacement.
This factor must be defined strictly between
0 and 1. (default = 0.001).

If the value is lower than 0, no automatic

preliminary displacement will be done.

Card 7:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/AUTO_PREPARE_DISINTERSECTION/keyword

Where: Type Unit

keyword is a flag YES or NO which allows to Keyword No

compute propositions for a disintersection
directly after an intersection check.

Default = YES.

In case HyperCrash fails during the

disintersection proposal computation, set
the keyword to NO.

Card 8:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/TRIPLE_EDGES_ARE_CONTOUR/keyword

Where: Type Unit

keyword is a flag YES or NO. This option allows the Keyword No

use of triple edges as part contour. The
automatic disintersection then works better.
The option is active for parts of shell
elements only, not for parts of solids.

Default = YES.

Card 9:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/PROJECT_ON_BOTH_PARTS/keyword

Where: Type Unit

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 735

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 keyword is a flag YES or NO. With YES, all elements Keyword No
(segments) of the two intersecting parts
are used for the projection of the nodes
"on the wrong side." With NO, the nodes
are only projected on the segments of one
of the parts.

Default = YES.

Card 10:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/PERFORMANCE_TEST/keyword

Where: Type Unit

keyword is a flag YES or NO. With YES, a timer for Keyword No

some actions (check of intersections,
automatic disintersection) is activated.
Default = NO.

Card 11:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/AUTO_SELECT_NEXT/keyword

Where: Type Unit

keyword is a flag YES or NO. If YES: The next part Keyword No

couple is selected automatically. This
option reduces the number of user actions
(mouse clicks). If NO: The next part
couple is not selected automatically.

Default = YES.

Card 12:

/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/INTERFACE_TYPE_IF_PARTS_CHECKED/type

Where: Type Unit

type is a keyword which defines which interface Keyword No

type will be displayed in the disintersection
window:
Type_7

Type_7_AND_11

Default = Type_7

736 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 13:

/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/DISPLAY_LINEGROUPS/keyword

Where: Type Unit

keyword Is a keyword YES or NO. If YES, a first Keyword No

column with the number of intersections
(that is, groups of connected intersection
lines) for each couple of intersecting parts is
displayed. At the same time, a "spin-button"
type selector is displayed which allows the
showing of all the intersection lines (of a part
couple) at the same time, or only one group
of connected intersection lines at a time.

Card 14:
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/EPSILON_PARALLELISM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Limit

Where: Type Unit

Limit Is the minus value of the normal direction of Real No

two intersected segment. If the value <
Limit, then the segments are parallel.
Intersection is not computed. If the value >
Limit, then the segments are not parallel.
Intersection is computed.

Default = 1e-10.

Parameters for penetrations

Card 15:
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/SMOOTH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Number_of_cycles

Where: Type Unit

Number_of_cycl is the number of cycles for the smoothing Integer No

es function.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 737

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Recommended value = 3

Card 16:
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/GAP_PART_CHECK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gap_default

Where: Type Unit

Gap_default is the gap which is used for the penetration Real No

check of the "Tree selection". Negative
values mean "variable gap".

Default = -1

Card 17:
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/Gap_mini

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gap_mini

Where: Type Unit

Gap_mini is the minimum gap which is used for the Real Length
penetration check of the "Tree selection" if it
is checked with variable gap.

Default = 0.000001

Card 18:
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/GAP_PARAMETERS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

a b

Where: Type Unit

a Is a multiplier of the defined interface gap Real No

(default = 1)

b Is an additional value to the defined interface Real Length

gap (default = 0)

738 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

These parameters are used to compute the depenetration gap with the following equation:

gap_for_depenetration = gap_defined_interface * a + b

Parameters for window setting

Card 19:
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/SHOW_GAP_PARAMETERS/Flag

Where: Type Unit

Flag Yes: The gap parameters option will be Keyword No

displayed.

No: The gap parameters option will not be

displayed.

Card 20:
/CHECK/DISINT_DEPEN/MAX_DISPLACEMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Limit_good Limit_bad

Where: Type Unit

Limit_good All the penetrations with a value higher than Real Length
Limit_good will be displayed in orange.

Limit_bad All the penetrations with a value higher than Real Length
Limit_bad will be displayed in red.

Other cards

Card 21:
/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/MAX_RATIO_OF_AUTO_MOVED_NODES
0.1
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/GAP_SEARCH
5.0
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/GAP_SEARCH_AFTER_TOGGLE
20.0

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 739

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/GAP_AFTER_DISINTERSECTION
0.1
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/MIN_DISTANCE_FACTOR
0
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/DISINTERSECT_LINE_BY_LINE/YES
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/MAX_NB_CANDIDATES
#-60
-4
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS_DISPLAY/INTERFACE_TYPE_IF_PARTS_CHECKED/TYPE_7_AND_11
/CHECK/INTERSECTIONS/TRIPLE_EDGES_ARE_CONTOUR/YES
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/SMOOTH
#10
3
#/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/NB_NORMAL_CYCLES
#3
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/GAP_MIN
0.1
/CHECK/DEPENETRATOR/SHOW_GAP_PARAMETERS/YES
/CHECK/DISINT_DEPEN/MAX_DISPLACEMENT
#- limit good -|- limit bad -|
0.5 2.0
/END

740 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Model Checker

The file, $MCRASHDIR/modelchecker defines the Quality / Model Checker menu parameters.

The user can control the range of values that are marked as ERROR or WARNING.

Card 1: check group

/MODCHK/GROUP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Group_name

Where: Type Unit

MODCHK is a keyword Keyword No

GROUP is a keyword Keyword No

Group_name is the name of the check group. String No

The check groups contain several checks. If the Model Checker list is sorted by "Check," the
group titles are displayed in black.

Card 2: Check
/MODCHK/CHECK/level/keyword_check/object_type

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Check_title

Icon_title

Popup_title

Where: Type Unit

MODCHK is a keyword Keyword No

CHECK is a keyword Keyword No

level is the check level: ERROR, WARNING or INFO Keyword No

keyword_check is the checked keyword (see list of available Keyword No

checks)

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 741

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 object_type is the RADIOSS keyword of the object type to Keyword No
check

Check_title is the check title Keyword No

Icon_title is the default name displayed in the modify Keyword No

page of the checked entities (not mandatory)

Popup_title is the default name displayed in the tooltips Keyword No

and pop-up menu of Modify Notebook sheet
of the checked entities, when there are
several entities in the same Modify sheet.
(optional – Used only for SPRING.)

Note:

For checks that concern the model, for example, RandomNoise, no object_type is
read.

For checks that are available only for a single object_type, for example,
RbodyCommonSlave, it is not necessary to give this type.

The title of the check is displayed in the Model Checker list. This title is also used for
the tooltips and pop-up menus in the ".../Modify" pages.

Check list:

Keyword_check Available for Check Standard

level

Check if there is random

RandomNoise (Model) WARNING
noise in the model.

all object Check the number of NODE,

NbInMode SHELL, RBODY… in the INFO
types
model.

all object Check if there is the same

DoubleId identifier number between ERROR
types
same type objects.

MAT
Unused Check the unused object. WARNING
PROP

Check the free nodes

FreeNodes (Model) (unlinked with object) in WARNING
the model.

all object Check the number of each

ThNbSelected INFO
types in TH entities set in TH.

742 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Keyword_check Available for Check Standard
level

BRICK

TETRA4
Check the volume of the 3D
NegativeVolume TETRA10 ERROR
elements.
SHEL16

BRIC20

Check the connectivity of

ShellDegenerated SHELL ERROR
the SHELL elements.

ShellDegeneratedOtherThan3A Check the connectivity of

SHELL ERROR
nd4 the SHELL elements.

SH3N Check if thickness is directly

ShellElemThickness WARNING
set on the elements definition.
SHELL
Check if the thickness defined
PropShellTooThick PROP in the property of shell is higher WARNING
than a defined value.
Check if the thickness defined
PropShellTooThin PROP in the property of shell is WARNING
smaller than a defined value.
Check if the thickness defined
PropShellThickness0 PROP in the property of shell is less ERROR
than or equal to 0.

BEAM
Check if the nodes of the 1D
1dLooseNode SPRING ERROR
elements are not connected.
TRUSS
Check if nodes of the 1D
BEAM elements are connected with
the same element type and the
1dConnectivity SPRING WARNING
same PID or with only added
TRUSS mass, accelerometer or
section.
Check if springs with a property
Spring13Length0 SPRING ERROR
type have null length.
Check if there is spring type 4
Prop4or8 PROP WARNING
or 8 in the model.
Check if the area of the beam
NULLArea_of_Beam_Truss PROP and truss property are less than ERROR
or equal to 0.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 743

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Keyword_check Available for Check Standard
level
Check if the area of the beam
NULLInertia_of_Beam_Spring PROP and spring property are less ERROR
than or equal to 0.
Check if the mass of the spring
NULLMass_Spring PROP property is less than or equal to ERROR
0.
Check if the Isearch = 1 in the
WARNING
interface type 2.
Interface2BadIsearch INTER Check if the Isearch is less
than 0 and greater than 2 in the ERROR
interface type 2.
Check if several rigid bodies
RbodyCommonMaster RBODY ERROR
have the same master nodes.
Check if some rigid bodies
RbodyMasterOnElem RBODY master nodes are set on WARNING
elements.
Check if some rigid bodies have
RbodyCommonSlave RBODY ERROR
common slave nodes.
Check if some master nodes of
RbodyCascade RBODY rigid bodies are not slave nodes WARNING
of others rigid bodies.
Check if the rigid body has only
Rbody1Slave RBODY WARNING
one slave node.
Check if the master node of the
RbodyMasterIsSlave RBODY rigid body is also slave of the ERROR
same rigid body.
Check if there is the spherical
RbodyNotSpherica RBODY inertia option if the master node WARNING
is small.
Check if the ID of the master
RbodyId2MasterId RBODY node is not the same as the WARNING
RBODY ID.
Check is nodes with added
AdmasNodesNotOnElem ADMAS masses are not connected to WARNING
elements (free).

SHELL Check if the edge of the shell is

TripleEdgeShell used more than two times in WARNING
SH3N the model.
Check if the skew frame is
SkewsAxis SKEW ERROR
correctly defined.

Check if the three nodes

SectionsNodes123 SECTION ERROR
defining the skew frame are

744 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Keyword_check Available for Check Standard
level
correctly defined.

Card 3: Correction
/MODCHK/CORRECTION/keyword_correction

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Correction_name

Where: Type Unit

MODCHK is a keyword Keyword No

CORRECTION is a keyword Keyword No

keyword_corre is a keyword for the correction (see the list Keyword No

ction below)

Correction_na is the name of the correction displayed in String No

me HyperCrash.

Available correction:

Keyword_check Available Correction

RandomNoise DeleteRamdomNoise

DoubleId CorrectDoubleId

Unused Delete

FreeNodes DeleteFreeNode

ThNbSelected -

NbInModel -

NegativeVolume CorrectSolidNegativeVolume

ShellDegenerated CorrectShellDegenerated

ShellDegeneratedOtherThan3And4 CorrectShellDegeneratedOtherThan3And4

ShellElemThickness DeleteShellElemThickness

PropShellTooThick ChangeManually

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 745

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Keyword_check Available Correction

PropShellTooThin ChangeManually

PropShellThickness0 ChangeManually

1dLooseNode ModifyManually

1dConnectivity ModifyManually

Spring13Length0 ModifyManually

Disconnect
Prop4or8
ChangeManually

NULLArea_of_Beam_Truss ChangeManually

NULLInertia_of_Beam_Spring ChangeManually

ChangeManually
NULLMass_Spring
Delete

Interface2BadIsearch CorrectIsearchInType2

RbodyCommonMaster ModifyManually

RbodyMasterOnElem ModifyManually

RbodyCommonSlave ModifyManually

RbodyCascade ModifyManually

Rbody1Slave ModifyManually

RbodyMasterIsSlave ModifyManually

RbodyNotSpherica ModifyManually

RbodyId2MasterId CorrectRbodyId2MasterId

AdmasNodesNotOnElem ModifyManually

TripleEdgeShell -

SkewsAxis -

SectionsNodes123 -

Card 4:
/END

746 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example

/MODCHK/GROUP
Accelero Cards
#---------------------------------------
/MODCHK/CHECK/INFO/NbInModel/ACCEL
Number of Accelero
Number
#---------------------------------------
/MODCHK/CHECK/INFO/ThNbSelected/ACCEL
Nb. TH-selected Accelero
Number
#---------------------------------------
/MODCHK/CHECK/ERROR/DoubleId/ACCEL
Double ID's of Accelero
Double ID
/MODCHK/CORRECTION/CorrectDoubleId
Modify ID automatically
#=======================================
/MODCHK/GROUP
Dummy Cards
#---------------------------------------
/MODCHK/CHECK/INFO/NbInModel/DUMMY
Number of Dummy
Number
#---------------------------------------
/MODCHK/CHECK/ERROR/DoubleId/DUMMY
Double ID's of Dummy
Double ID
/MODCHK/CORRECTION/CorrectDoubleId
Modify ID automatically
#---------------------------------------
/END

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 747

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Specific HyperCrash Input Files

The .mesh files each contain a part meshed: nodes, shell elements, specific data of the part,
material name, thickness, and property type.

The .mcrash file: one file containing data not depending on the mesh: hierarchical tree of the
model, mass data, and connections data. This file will have the extension .mcrash.

Format
The lines after keywords are formatted lines of 80 characters divided into 10 fields of eight
characters (as in RADIOSS Starter Input Deck).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

748 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

.mcrash File

Header

The first line of the .mcrash file will be:

#MCRASH_GLOBALFILE

Where: Type Unit

#MCRASH_GLOBALFILE is a keyword Keyword No

This line will be followed by:

/MODEL/model_title

Where: Type Unit

MODEL is a keyword Keyword No

model_title is a name of the model String No

Hierarchy: assembly

The hierarchy of the model will be described by the appropriate number of the following lines:
/TREE/ASSEMBLY/assembly_id/assembly_title

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

ASSEMBLY is a keyword Keyword No

assembly_id is the identifier number of the Integer No

assembly

assembly_title is the name of the assembly String No

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nbchil
d

In the following lines we have Nbchild (Integer) representing IDs of Assemblies, Physical
Parts, or Subparts.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 749

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Child1 Child1
0

Child_
Nbchil
d

/TREE/HPART/hpart_id/NAME

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

HPART is a keyword Keyword No

hpart_id is the identifier number of the HPART Integer No

NAME is the name of the HPART String No

Note:

It must be the same as the one defined in the corresponding .mesh file.

Two assemblies cannot share the same ID.

One assembly and one physical part cannot share the same ID.

Two physical parts cannot share the same ID.

Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/ASSEMBLY/6/SEAT_L_COMP
25
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
67
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
77
78 79 80 81 82
/TREE/HPART/7/STIFF_RR_LWRARM_L
/TREE/HPART/8/MEMBER_ENG_CRADLE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

750 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Theoretical mass of each part

For each physical part, we must have the following line in the file:
/MASS/part_id/mass_value/unit

Where: Type Unit

MASS is a keyword Keyword No

part_id is the identifier of the part (HPART or Integer No

SUBPART)

mass_value is the mass value of the HPART or SUBPART Real Mass

defined by part_id

unit is a keyword which defines the unit and can be: String No
kg

t ( 1 t = 1000 kg)

hunit ( 1 hunit = 9800 kg)

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MASS/1345/12.0567/hunit
/MASS/1365/56.00/g
/MASS/1/.0001/t
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Total Mass and center of gravity

The total theoretical mass of the car must be given to the keyword:
/TOTALMASS/mass_value/unit

/FRONTMASS/mass_value/unit

/REARMASS/mass_value/unit

Where: Type Unit

TOTALMASS is a keyword Keyword No

FRONTMASS is a keyword Keyword No

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 751

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 REARMASS is a keyword Keyword No

mass_value is the theoretical mass value Real Mass

unit is a keyword which defines the unit and String No

can be:

kg

t ( 1 t = 1000 kg)

hunit ( 1 hunit = 9800 kg)

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TOTALMASS/1650.0000/kg
/FRONTMASS/800.0000/kg
/REARMASS/850.0000/kg
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Center of gravity

The theoretical coordinates of the center of mass are to be defined by the following block:
/CENTERG/unit

Where: Type Unit

CENTERG is a keyword Keyword No

unit is a keyword which defined the unit and String No

can be:

kg

t ( 1 t = 1000 kg)

hunit ( 1 hunit = 9800 kg)

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Xg Yg Zg

752 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

Xg Are the coordinate values of the center of Real Length

mass in the global coordinate system.
Yg Real Length

Zg Real Length

End of the file

End of input data is signalled with:

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 753

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Spotwelds

/SPOTWELD/Nb_part/id

Where: Type Unit

SPOTWELD is a keyword Keyword No

Nb_part is the number of part or subpart to weld Integer No

(Integer < 6)

id is the identifier number of the spotweld Integer No

Card 1: coordinates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

x_I y_I z_I

Where: Typ Unit

e

x_I Global Coordinates of points defining the position Real Length

of the spotweld for each part or subpart to weld:
y_I one Card for each point. Nbpoint card has to be Real Length
defined.
z_I Real Length

Card 2: Part id or subpart id

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

part_1 .. .. part_Nbpoint

Where: Typ Unit

e

part_I is the identifier number of the parts to weld Inte No

ger

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/SPOTWELD/2/3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25

754 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 1 2
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 755

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Bolt

/BOLT/Bolt_id/Bolt_name/Type

Where: Type Unit

BOLT is a keyword Keyword No

Bolt_id is the identifier number of the bolt Integer No

Bolt_name is the name of the bolt String No

Type is the flag of the bolt (Integer): Integer No

1: rigid bold

2: deformable (with spring)

3: deformable (with spring and

property)

Card 1 and 2: bolt size

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X_center Y_center Z_center Diameter

Xdir Ydir Zdir L1 L2

Where: Typ Unit

e

X_center is the global coordinate value of the geometrical Real Length

center of the bolt.
Y_center Real Length

Z_center Real Length

Diameter is the diameter of the bolt Real Length

Xdir is the bolt direction vector coordinates along X Real Length

Ydir is the bolt direction vector coordinates along Y Real Length

Zdir is the bolt direction vector coordinates along Z Real Length

L1 is search distance in negative direction on the Real Length

axle of the bolt

756 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

L2
is search distance in positive direction on the axle Real Length
of the bolt

Card 3 and 4: parts list of the set 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Npart1

Part1_1 Part1_2 Part1_10

Where: Typ Unit

e

Npart1 is the number of part in the set 1 Inte No

ger

Part1,i are the identifier number of the part of the set 1 Inte No
(10 parts per line). ger

Card 5 and 6: parts list of the set 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Npart2

Part2_1 Part2_2 Part2_10

Where: Typ Unit

e

Npart2 is the number of part in the set 2 Inte No

ger

Part2,i are the identifier number of the part of the set 2 Inte No
(10 parts per line). ger

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 757

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 7: Only if TYPE = 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

< full path > prop_file_name

Where: Type Unit

< full path > is the full path and file name of the spring Strin No
prop_file_ property of the bolt g
name

In case <full path> is not defined, the prop_file_name will be read in the directory,
$MCRASHDIR/property. Variable (like $MCRASHDIR) can also be used to defined the path.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/BOLT/2/Front subframe fixation/1
-678.822 -449.455 301.25 50.000000
.000000 .000000 1.00000 100.00000
120.00000
3
10 12 13
2
11 21
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/BOLT/2/Front subframe fixation/3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25 50.000000
.000000 .000000 1.00000 100.00000
120.00000
3
10 12 13
2
11 21
$MCRASHDIR/my_bolt/bolt_256.prop
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

758 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Glue

/GLUE/glue_type/Nb_pt/Glue_id

Where: Type Unit

GLUE is a keyword Keyword No

glue_type is keyword which defined the glue type: Keyword No

AUTO: automatic glue

LINE: glue defined with a line

AREA: glue defined with a contour line

Nb_pt is the number of geometrical points Integer No

defining the surface glued

Glue_id is the identifier number of the glue Integer No

Card 1: Set of part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part_1 Part_2 Gap Property_name

Where: Typ Unit

e

Part_1 is the identifier number of the first part to weld Inte No

ger

Part_2 is the identifier number of the second part to weld Inte No

ger

Gap is the distance value to search the connection Real No

Property_name is the file name of the springs property of the Strin No

glue. The spring property file should be stored in g
the directory $HCRASHDIR/property (text).

Card 2: coordinates

This card has to be defined only for type = LINE or AREA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 759

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

X1_1 Y1_1 Z1_1

X2_1 Y2_1 Z2_1

X1_I Y1_I Z1_i

X2_I Y2_I Z2_i

X1_nbr_pt Y1_nbr_pt Z1_nbr_pt

X2_nbr_pt Y2_nbr_pt Z2_nbr_pt

Where: Ty Unit
pe

xi_j Global Coordinates of points defining the position Re Length

of the glue for both parts or subparts to weld: one al
Card for each point.
yi_j Re Length
al

zi_j Rea Length

l

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/GLUE/LINE/3/16
3 4 0.000000SPRI_13_Glue
25.271300 46.455500 0.000000
25.271300 46.455500 5.000000
35.271300 46.455500 0.000000
35.271300 46.455500 5.000000
45.271300 46.455500 0.000000
45.271300 46.455500 5.000000
/GLUE/AREA/4/17
3 4 0.000000SPRI_13_Glue
31.000000 62.000000 0.300000
31.000000 62.000000 7.000000
31.000000 47.000000 0.500000
31.000000 48.000000 8.000000
50.000000 34.000000 0.000000
50.000000 33.000000 7.000000
68.000000 56.000000 0.400000
68.000000 58.000000 7.000000
/GLUE/AUTO/0/18/automatic glue

760 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 3 4 20.00000SPRI_13_Glue
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 761

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Weldline

/WELDLINE/Npart/nb_pt/id

Where: Type Unit

WELDLINE is a keyword Keyword No

Npart is the number of part or subpart to weld (Integer Integer No

< 6)

nb_pt is the number of weldline point Integer No

id is the identifier number of the weldline Integer No

Card 1: Part id or subpart id

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part_1 .. .. part_Nb_pt

Where: Typ Unit

e

part_I is the identifier number of the parts to weld Inte No

ger

Card 2: coordinates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X1_1 Y1_1 Z1_1

X2_1 Y2_1 Z2_1

X1_I Y1_I Z1_i

X2_I Y2_I Z2_i

X1_nbr_pt Y1_nbr_pt Z1_nbr_pt

X2_nbr_pt Y2_nbr_pt Z2_nbr_pt

762 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Ty Unit
pe

xi_j Global Coordinates of points defining the position of the Re Length

weldline for the part (or subpart) i and the point j. al
The number of lines to define is Npart*Nb_pt.
yi_j Re Length
al

zi_j Re Length
al

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/WELDLINE/2/2/3000
1 2
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -459.455 301.25
-678.822 -459.455 301.25
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 763

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Hemming

/HEMMING/npart/nbr_pt/id

Where: Type Unit

HEMMING is a keyword Keyword No

npart is the number of part or subpart of the Integer No

hemming (Integer < 6)

nbr_pt is the number of hemming point Integer No

id is the identifier number of the hemming Integer No

Card 1: Part id or subpart id

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part_1 .. .. part_Nb_pt

Where: Ty Unit
pe

Part_I is the identifier number of the parts of the hemming Int No

eg
er

Card 2: coordinates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X1_1 Y1_1 Z1_1

X2_1 Y2_1 Z2_1

X1_I Y1_I Z1_i

X2_I Y2_I Z2_i

X1_nbr_pt Y1_nbr_pt Z1_nbr_pt

X2_nbr_pt Y2_nbr_pt Z2_nbr_pt

764 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Typ Unit
e

xi_j Global Coordinates of points defining the position Real Length

of the hemming for the part (or subpart) i and
yi_j the point j. The number of lines to define is Real Length
Npart*Nb_pt.
zi_j Real Length

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/HEMMING/3/2/30000
1 2 3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 601.25
-678.822 -449.455 601.25
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 765

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

.mesh File

For each physical part declared in the .mcrash file, there will be a corresponding .mesh file.

In each .mesh file the declarations of the nodes, elements will be preceded by a header,
which will contain the name of the part, the material name, the mesh class, the CAD design
date, and the thickness.

The format of this header is described as follows: The name of a physical part file will be
normalized. It will be of the following form:
NAME.mesh

Where NAME is the name of the part in the .mcrash file (no blank character in the name).

Header Format

First line:
#HyperCrash_PART

Where: Type Unit

#HyperCrash_PART is a keyword. This keyword is left Keyword No

justified.

After this line, all lines beginning with a # are comment lines.

Parts

For each block describing one part, information will be contained here:
/HPART/part_id/nb_subpart/dd_mmm_yyyy/NAME/Class

Where: Type Unit

HPART is a keyword Keyword No

part_id is the identifier number of the part Integer No

nb_subpart is the number of subpart Integer No

dd_mmm_yyyy is the reference date defined with : Keyword No

dd: day (01 < Integer < 32)

mmm: month

jan January

feb February

mar March

766 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 apr April

may May

jun June

jul July

aug August

sep September

oct October

nov November

dec December
yyyy: year

NAME is the name of the part String No

Class is the class of the part which can: Integer No

0: special (several class en the

same time) – default value.

1: fine mesh

2: fine mesh

3: medium mesh

4: coarse mesh

/SUBPART/subpart_id/subpart_name

Where: Type Unit

SUBPART is a keyword Keyword No

subpart_id is the identifier number of the subpart Integer No

subpart_nam is the name of subpart String No

e

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PID MID Class

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 767

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

PID is a keyword Keyword No

MID is a keyword Keyword No

Class is the class of the part which can: Integer No

0: special (several class at the same

time) – default value.

1: fine mesh

2: fine mesh

3: medium mesh

4: coarse mesh

/MID/Mat_id/Mat_name

Where: Type Unit

MID is a keyword Keyword No

Mat_id is the identifier number of the material Integer No

Mat_name is the file name of the material which will String No

be read in the $MCRASHDIR/mat (String
with less than 9 characters).

The name of the material is the same as the file name of the same material in the database.
/PID/type/prop_id/thickness/unit

Where: Type Unit

PID is a keyword Keyword No

type is keyword to defined the type of property Keyword No

which can be:

SHELL

prop_id is the identifier number of the property Integer No

thickness is the thickness value of the part Real Length

unit is a keyword which defined the unit and Keyword No

can be:

768 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 mm

cm

dm

inch

ft

Example
#HyperCrash_PART
/HPART/8/0/30_jul_1999/MEMBER_ENG_CRADLE/1
/MID/1/HST440
/PID/SHELL/1/2.00000/mm
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

#HyperCrash_PART
/HPART/76/2/SEATRAIL6S5AAV0_L/2
/SUBPART/1/shell19_jul_1999
1 1 1
/MID/1/SP
/PID/SHELL/1/2.00000/mm
/SUBPART/2/beam
2 2 0
/MID/2/SP
/PID/SHELL/2/1.20000/mm
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Nodes

/NODE/unit

Where: Type Unit

NODE is a keyword Keyword No

unit is a keyword which defined the unit and Keyword No

can be:

mm

cm

dm

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 769

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 inch

ft

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

NODID XCOOR YCOOR ZCOOR

Where: Type Unit

NODID is the identifier number of the node Integer No

XCOOR is the node coordinate value in the first Real Length

global coordinate system

YCOOR is the node coordinate value in the second Real Length

global coordinate system

ZCOOR is the node coordinate value in the third Real Length

global coordinate system

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/NODE/mm
3 1072.15028 -146.71306 92.20811
4 1072.15028 -162.30000 92.20811
5 1083.68673 -162.30000 90.99558
6 1095.22224 -162.30000 89.78315
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Elements
/SH3N/Part_id

Where: Type Unit

SH3N is a keyword Keyword No

Part_id is the identifier number of the part or Integer No

subpart of 3 node shell elements.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

770 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

SH3N_ID NOD1 NOD2 NOD3

Where: Type Unit

SH3N_ID is the identifier number of the 3 node shell Integer No

element.

NODi are the identifier numbers of the node Integer No

connectivity of the element.

/SHELL/part_id

Where: Type Unit

SHELL is a keyword Keyword No

part_id is the identifier number of the part or Integer No

subpart of 4 node shell elements.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

SHELL_ID NOD1 NOD2 NOD3 NOD4

Where: Type Unit

SHELL_ID is the identifier number of the 4 node shell Integer No

element.

NODi are the identifier numbers of the node Integer No

connectivity of the element.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/SH3N/1
13 21 1 10
15 23 13 14
21 32 28 33
22 29 28 34
/SH3N/2
24 16 31 19
25 17 18 32
29 21 38 20
30 35 37 39
36 42 43 41
/SHELL/1
1 11 5 6 7

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 771

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 2 11 3 4 5
/SHELL/2
3 12 8 9 10
4 2 3 11 12
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Note: SH3N and SHELL may not share the same ID and can only refer to nodes, parts and/or subparts
defined in the same file.

End of the file

End of input data is signalled with:

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

772 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Spotweld File Format Description

This document describes all the spotweld file formats that HyperCrash is able to read. If you
need another specific format, please contact: hwsupport@altair.com

HyperCrash spotweld file

This is a text file with the following cards. HyperCrash is able to import and export this
spotweld file format.

Card 1: spotweld

/SPOTWELD/Nb_part/id

Where: Type Unit

SPOTWELD is a keyword Keyword No

Nb_part is the number of part or subpart to weld Integer No

(Integer < 6)

id is the identifier number of the spotweld Integer No

Card 2: coordinates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

x_I y_I z_I

Where: Typ Unit

e

x_I Global Coordinates of points defining the position Real Length

of the spotweld for each part or subpart to weld:
y_I one Card for each point. Nbpoint card has to be Real Length
defined.
z_I Real Length

Card 3: Part ID or subpart ID

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

part_1 .. .. part_Nbpoint

Where: Typ Unit

e

part_I is the identifiers number of the parts to weld Inte No

ger

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 773

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 4:

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/SPOTWELD/2/3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
1 2
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

User file format 1:.mwf

Id_spotweld::nb_plate::x_coord::y_coord::z_coord::Id_prop_1::Id_prop_2::…

Where: Type Unit

Id_spotweld is the identifier number of the spotweld Integer No

nb_plate is the number of parts to weld Integer No

x_coord is the x coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

y_coord is the y coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

z_coord is the z coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

Id_prop_i is the property identifier of the part to Integer No

weld (2 < i < 5)

:: (comma) is the field separator Character No

HyperCrash will try to weld the parts linked to the defined property (up to five properties).

Example:
1016::3::2094.178500::-778.072000::781.493150::500::500::125

User file format 2: .mwf

Id_spotweld,x_coord,y_coord,z_coord,Id_prop_1,Id_prop_2,…

774 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

Id_spotweld is the identifiers number of the spotweld Integer No

x_coord is the x coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

y_coord is the y coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

z_coord is the z coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

Id_prop_i is the property identifier of the part to Integer No

weld (2 < i < 5) (optional)

, (comma) is the field separator Character No

Example:
62016,2094.178500,-778.072000,781.493150,1234,6423,4654

62016,1024.13543,-458.0,12.34653

User file format 3: .csv

SPOT,Id_spotweld,nb_plate,x_coord,y_coord,z_coord,Id_prop_1,Id_prop_2,…

Where: Type Unit

SPOT is a keyword Keyword No

Id_spotweld is the identifier number of the spotweld Integer No

nb_plate is the number of parts to weld Integer No

x_coord is the x coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

y_coord is the y coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

z_coord is the z coordinate of the spotweld Real Length

Id_prop_i is the property identifier of the part to Integer No

weld (2 < i < 5)

, (comma) is the field separator Character No

Example:
SPOT,62016,2,2094.178500,-778.072000,781.493150,1265,7532,

SPOT,62016,3,2045.176700,-798.120400,657.486350,1264,7632,18654,

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 775

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Post-Processing Input File

This document describes all the post-processing file formats that HyperCrash is able to read.
If you need another specific format, please contact: hwsupport@altair.com

TH node file format 1: .csv

This is a text file (.csv) defined with the following cards.
For each node, three lines have to be defined with:

Node_label_X, coordinate value in X direction

Node_label_Y, coordinate value in Y direction

Node_label_Z, coordinate value in Z direction

Use the following characters to separate the different fields: ”,”, ”or” or ”blank”.
Note: The node label must not contain these 3 characters.

Example:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
Dashboard_lower_position_1_X,1234.098
Dashboard_lower_position_1_Y,0
Dashboard_lower_position_1_Z,-125.754
#
Dashboard_lower_position_2_X,1234.098
Dashboard_lower_position_2_Y,-150
Dashboard_lower_position_2_Z,-125.754
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

TH node file format 2: .txt

This is a text file (.txt) defined with the following cards.

For each node, one line is defined with:

X_coordinate Y_coordinate Z_coordinate Node_label

To separate the different fields, use the space character.

Example:
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
1234.098 0 -125.754 Dashboard_lower_position_1
1234.098 –150 -125.754 Dashboard_lower_position_1
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

776 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Nastran File Format

The targets of the read and write functions are:

Import NASTRAN mesh to create a RADIOSS crash model.

Import NASTRAN model to create a NASTRAN model mainly for:

o Static analysis

o NVH analysis

HyperCrash reads only the NASTRAN bulk format.

Control cards
The Nastran control cards are just able to read and write without any modification
possibilities. These lines are kept in the M00 file.

Header
The Nastran bulk data reading will start from the keyword line:
BEGIN BULK

The lines above this keyword line will be set as control cards.

Read and write entities

The following table shows the read and write entities by HyperCrash. Most of the NASTRAN
entities are translated into a RADIOSS entity.

Currently the following NASTRAN cards are supported:

black : development finish

orange : under development
red : development planned

NASTRAN RADIOSS NASTRAN Notes

GRID NODE GRID

GRID* GRID*

CQUAD4 SHELL CQUAD4 ID of CORD is lost

CQUAD4*

CTRIA SH3N CTRIA ID of CORD is lost

CTRIA*

CELAS1 SPRING CELAS1

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 777

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

NASTRAN RADIOSS NASTRAN Notes

CBEAM BEAM CBEAM or CBAR

CBAR BEAM CBEAM or CBAR

CROD TRUSS CROD

RBE2 RBODY RBE2

PSHELL PROP/SHELL PSHELL

PBEAM PROP/BEAM PBEAM or PBAR

PBAR PROP/BEAM PBEAM or PBAR

PELAS PROP/13 or PROP/8 PELAS

CELAS2 SPRING type 13 CELAS2

MAT1 MAT law 1 MAT1

PCOMP MAT + PROP MAT1 + PSHELL

FORCE CLOAD

SPC BCS

SPC1

CHEXA BRICK CHEXA

SHELL16

BRIC20

CPENTA BRICK CPENTA

SHELL16

BRIC20

PSOLID PROP 14

CONM2 ADMAS CONM2

CTETRA TETRA4 CTETRA

TETRA10

778 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

NASTRAN RADIOSS NASTRAN Notes

ASET GROUP ASET

PLOAD

MPC

RBE3 --- RBE3 Displayed as RBODY

CWELD HyperCrash spotweld

PWELD PROP type 13

CBUSH

PBUSH

CDAMP (i)

PDAMP

CVISC

PVISC

INCLUDE

CORD2R SKEW

CORD1R SKEW

CMASS (i)

PMASS

CONM1

RBAR

RROD

PLOTEL

PBARL

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 779

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

NASTRAN RADIOSS NASTRAN Notes

CONROD

SUPERELEMENT

RSPLINE

NASTRAN CONTROL KEPT but impossible Save as text in the

CARDS to modify M00 file

Spotwelds
The spotwelds of the RADIOSS model are translated with the following FEM NASTRAN model:

CBEAM + RBE2

CBAR + RBE2

CWELD

The spotweld information is written in the <root_name>M00 file.

HyperCrash can translate the previous FEM NASTRAN model to Altair’s spotweld if a
<root_name>M00 file can be read during the import of the NASTRAN file.

End of the data

The following keyword line of the end of the file defines the end of the bulk data.
ENDDATA

780 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

ANSYS File Format

Only the read function is now existing. ANSYS (.cdb) version 5.6 and 5.7 are supported.

The following elements can be read:

SHELL 43, 63, 93 & 181

SOLID 95, 45, 72 & 92

BEAM 4, 24 & 44

PIPE 16

MASS 21

ANSYS RADIOSS Notes

double precision
NBLOCK NODE
nodes

EBLOCK SHELL 43 SHELL & SH3N

SHELL 63 SHELL & SH3N

SHELL 93 SHELL & SH3N

SHELL 181 SHELL & SH3N

SOLID 95 BRICK 20 nodes to 8 nodes*

SOLID 45 BRICK

SOLID 72 TETRA4

SOLID 92 TETRA10

BEAM 4 BEAM 3rd node created

BEAM 44 BEAM 3rd node created

BEAM 24 BEAM

PIPE 16 TRUSS

MASS 21 ADMAS

SHELL 43, 63, 93

RLBLOCK PROP/SHELL Thickness read
& 181

SOLID 95, 45, 72

PROP/SOLID Default values assigned
& 92

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 781

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

ANSYS RADIOSS Notes

BEAM 4 & 44 PROP/BEAM Area, Ixx, Iyy & Izz read

BEAM 24 PROP/BEAM Default values assigned

PIPE 16 PROP/TRUSS Ø & wall thickness read

MASS 21 Mass read

EX, EY, EZ, NUXY, If material is missing or is

MPTEMP NUYZ, NUXZ & MAT/LAW1 & MAT/LAW14 not supported, default
DENS material = LAW2

*20 nodes Solid is transformed into 8 nodes Solid. 20 nodes Hexahedron not yet supported
by RADIOSS.

782 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Universal File Format

From UNIVERSAL to RADIOSS

Universal dataset Universal Information RADIOSS

15 (V4) Nodes simple precision Nodes double precision

2411 (MS2)
Nodes double precision Nodes double precision
781 (V5)

Elements types:
Elements:
11 - rod (V4,V5,MS2)
21 - beam (V4,V5,MS2) Truss
Beam
64 - sh4n (V5,MS2) Shell 3n
91 - sh3n (V4,V5,MS2) Shell 4n
2412 (MS2) 94 - sh4n (V4,V5,MS2) Shell 4n
780 (V5) Spring
111 - tetra (V4,V5,MS2) Spring
71 (V4)
112 - penta (V5,MS2) Solid
115 - hexa (V4,V5,MS2) Solid
118 - 10 nodes solid (MS2) Solid
122 - rigid body (V5,MS2) Tetra10
136 - spring (V4,V5,MS2) Rigid body
137 - spring (V5,MS2) Added mass
161 - added mass (V5,MS2)

2452 (MS9)
2435 (MS6a,7,8) Permanent groups: Groups:
2430 (MS5) entity type code:
2429 (MS3) 7 - nodes Nodes
2417 (MS2) 8 - elements Elements
752 (V4)

Materials:
773 (V5) Materials:
-> only ISOTROPIC
1710 (MS)
-> read: density, Young's modulus,
1714 (MS9)
Poisson's law 2
1715 (MS9)
coef. and yield stress

Physical properties: Physical

2448 (MS9)
descriptor
2437 (MS8)
789 (MS2) 0 - null property Properties type:
788 (V6)
772 (V5) 10 - rod
731 (V4)
21 - linear beam

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 783

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Universal dataset Universal Information RADIOSS

60 - flat plate

90 - thin shell VOID 0

TRUSS 2
110 - solid BEAM 3
SHELL 1
133 - translational spring
SHELL 1
134 - rotational spring SOLID 14
SPRING 4
161 - lumped mass SPRING 4
-
-> thickness read for shells
-> stiffness read for springs

Vx : I-DEAS vx MSx : I-DEAS master series x

From RADIOSS to UNIVERSAL

RADIOSS Universal Information Universal dataset

Elements: Elements types:

Truss 11
Beam 21
3n shell 91 780 (V5)
4n shell 94 2412 (MS)
Spring 136
Solid 111,115
Tetra10 118

Nodes simple precision 15 (V5)

Nodes double precision
Nodes double precision 2411 (MS)

Groups: Permanent groups:

752 (V5)
Nodes type 7 2417 (MS)
Elements type 8

Properties: Physical properties:

descriptor type
SHELL 90
SPRING 772 (V5)
133 789 (MS)
SPR_BEAM 133
TRUSS 10
BEAM 21
SOLID 110

784 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

RADIOSS Universal Information Universal dataset

Materials: Materials: not translated (V5)

law 2 isotropic 1710 (MS)

Vx: I-DEAS version x

MSx: I-DEAS master series x

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 785

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

M00 File Description for Main Module

The M00 file contains the description of Macro-objects, which do not exist in RADIOSS Input.
It is useful for HyperCrash. This description refers to objects contained in the D00 Block
Format file; a M00 file has no meaning without its associated D00; therefore, if the D00 file is
named ROOTNAMED00, then the M00 will be named ROOTNAMEM00.

When some characters or fields appear between parenthesis ( ), then either they are not
mandatory or the two forms may appear:

Example 1:
/TREE/ASSEMBLY/assembly_id(/assembly_title)

In the M00 file you may find:

/TREE/ASSEMBLY/1 or /TREE/ASSEMBLY/2/assembly_title

Example 2:
(UN)CREATED

In the M00 file you may encounter either the word UNCREATED or CREATED.

Connections describe local RADIOSS modeling for entities such as spotwelds. Two notions
exist: the e le m e nt a ry c onne c t ion, which is the description of one spotweld linking a set of
parts, and the logic a l c onne c t ion, which is a set of elementary connection linking a set of
part. This distinction exists for SPOTWELD, BOLT, HEMMING, and WELDLINE.

Hierarchy
This section explains the following keywords:

/TREE/ASSEMBLY

/TREE/HPART

/TREE/SUBPART

/TREE/PART_ADMAS

/TREE/PART_RBODY

786 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Assembly

The keyword line is:

/TREE/ASSEMBLY/assembly_id/assembly_title

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

ASSEMBLY is a keyword Keyword No

assembly_id is the identifier number of the Integer No

assembly

assembly_titl is the name of the assembly String No

e

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nbchil
d

In the following lines we have Nbchild (Integer) representing IDs of assemblies, physical
parts, or subparts.

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Child1 Child1
0

Child_
Nbchil
d

For each ASSEMBLY there is a corresponding /SUBSET/ in the associated D00 file.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/ASSEMBLY/1/Front side frame
2 2 6
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 787

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Physical Part

/TREE/HPART/hpart_id/hpart_title

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

HPART is a keyword Keyword No

hpart_id is the identifier number of the HPART Integer No

hpart_title is the name of the HPART String No

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nbchil
d

In the following lines we have Nbchild IDs of subparts.

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Child1 Child1
0

Child_
Nbchil
d

For each HPART there is a corresponding /SUBSET/ in the associated D00 file.

788 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/HPART/2/Front side frame R
2
3 4
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/HPART/6/Front side frame L
1
5
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Subpart
/TREE/SUBPART/subpart_id/subpart_title

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

SUBPART is a keyword Keyword No

subpart_id is the identifier number of the subpart Integer No

subpart_title is the name of the subpart String No

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Parent_id

Where: Type Unit

Parent_id is the identifier of a physical part (/TREE/ Integer No

HPART) or a subset (/TREE/ASSEMBLY).

For each SUBPART there is a corresponding /PART/ with the same ID in the associated D00
file.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 789

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/SUBPART/3/Front side frame R - FR
2
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/SUBPART/4/Front side frame R - RR
2
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Part of Added Mass

/TREE/PART_ADMAS/parent_id/id/title

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

PART_ADMAS is a keyword Keyword No

parent_id is the identifier number of the parent Integer No

(assembly, hpart, subpart)

id is the identifier number of the added mass Integer No

title is the name of the added mass String No

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nbmass

The following cards contains the ID of Nbmass added mass, defined in the associated D00 file:

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Mass 1 Mass 2

Mass
Nbmass

790 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/PART_ADMAS/7/Stiffner
1
1235
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Part of Rigid Body

/TREE/PART_RBODY/parent_id/id/title

Where: Type Unit

TREE is a keyword Keyword No

PART_RBODY is a keyword Keyword No

parent_id is the identifier number of the parent Integer No

(assembly, hpart, subpart)

id is the identifier number of the rigid body Integer No

title is the name of the rigid body String No

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nbrbody

Where: Type Unit

Nbrbody is the number of rigid body Integer No

The following cards contains the ID of Nodal Rigid Body defined in the associated D00 file:

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 791

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Rbody Rbody
1 10

Rbody
Nbrbody

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/TREE/PART_RBODY/8/Stiffner
1
567
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Theoretical Mass of Part

The theoretical mass is the mass of the part defined in the CAD.
/PART/THEO_MASS/Part_id/mass

Where: Type Unit

PART is a keyword Keyword No

THEO_MASS is a keyword Keyword No

Part_id is the identifier of the part on which the Integer No

theoretical mass will be applied

mass is the theoretical mass of the part (mass Real Mass

defined in the CAD)

This option is used to give a theoretical value of the mass of the referred part.

792 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Class of Part
/PART/CLASS/Part_id/class

Where: Type Unit

PART is a keyword Keyword No

CLASS is a keyword Keyword No

Part_id is the identifier of the part defined in the Integer No

input deck

class is the class of the part which can be: Integer No

0: special (several classes at the

same time) – default value.

1: fine mesh

2: fine mesh

3: medium mesh

4: coarse mesh

M00 associated to RADIOSS 4.1 fixed format

In the D00 file fixed format, only the following options are written:

Hierarchy

Spotweld

Bolt

Part of Added Mass

Part of Rigid Body

Glue

Welding lines

Logical Connection

Theoretical Mass of Part

Class of Part

Dummy

Belt

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 793

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Also, specific cards for the hierarchy will be written in the M00 file. These two cards have to
be added in the M00 file in order to correctly retain the hierarchy description. These cards do
not replace the previous defined ones.

Subset description
/FIXTREE/SUBSET/Subset_id/Subset_name/Nb_child

Where: Type Unit

FIXTREE is a keyword Keyword No

SUBSET is a keyword Keyword No

Subset_id is the identifier number of the subset Integer No

Subset_name is the name of the subset String No

Nb_child is the number of the subset(s) defined in Integer No

this subset

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Child_1 ... Child_10

.... Child_
Nb_child

Where: Type Unit

Child_i is the identifier number of ASSEMBLY or Keyword No

HPART.

Subpart description
/FIXTREE/SUBPART/Subpart_id/Subpart_name/PID/MID/Subset_ID

Where: Type Unit

FIXTREE is a keyword Keyword No

SUBPART is a keyword Keyword No

Subpart_id is the identifier number of the subpart Integer No

Subpart_nam is the name of the subpart Integer No

e

794 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

PID is the property identifier number of the Integer No

subpart

MID is the material identifier number of the Integer No

subpart

Subset_ID is the subset identifier number of the Integer No

subset where the subpart will be set

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/FIXTREE/SUBPART/1/FR BMP BEAM/1/1/51
/FIXTREE/SUBSET/1/FRONT BMP BEAM ASSY/1
51
/FIXTREE/SUBSET/2/SPOT BEAM TO BRKT L/2
54 70
/FIXTREE/SUBSET/51/New_physical_part/0
/FIXTREE/SUBPART/1/FR BMP BEAM/1/1/51
/FIXTREE/SUBPART/54/SPOTWELD/6/0/0
/FIXTREE/SUBPART/70/New_Bolt/26/0/0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

M00 associated to NASTRAN file

In the NASTRAN file bulk format, only the following option is written:

Hierarchy

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 795

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Spotweld

Connections

/SPOTWELD/Nbpoint/id(/title)

Where: Type Unit

SPOTWELD is a keyword Keyword No

Nbpoint is the number of part or subpart to weld Integer No

(Integer < 6)

id is the identifier number of the spotweld Integer No

title is the name of the spotweld String No

Card 1: coordinates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

x_I y_I z_I

Where: Typ Unit

e

x_I Global Coordinates of points defining the position Real Length

of the spotweld for each part or subpart to weld:
y_I one Card for each point. Nbpoint card has to be Real Length
defined.
z_I Real Length

Card 2: Part ID or subpart ID

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

part_1 .. .. part_Nbpoint

Where: Typ Unit

e

part_I is the identifier number of the parts to weld Inte No

ger

796 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 3: Status

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Status

Where: Typ Unit

e

Status Is a keyword which defines the status of the Key No

spotweld: wor
d
UNCREATED (1)

CREATED (2)

The string has to be left justified.

1. If status is UNCREATED, it means that the spotweld modeling is not in the input deck, but
HyperCrash keeps only its geometrical description in the M00 file (Nbpoint, coordinates of
points, list of parts to weld).

2. If status is CREATED, the following keyword lines will be written for each spotweld
connection:

Card 4: Node ID of the spring

/NODE/Nod_id

Where: Type Unit

NODE is a keyword Keyword No

Nod_id is the identifier of one of the nodes of the Integer No

spring of the spotweld

This keyword line will be written Nbpoint times.

and Np-1 lines with:

Card 5: Spring ID of the connection

/SPRING/spring_id

Where: Type Unit

SPRING is a keyword Keyword No

spring_id is the identifier of one of the springs of the Integer No

spotweld

This keyword line will be written Nbpoint-1 times.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 797

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 6: Interface ID of the connection

/INTER/inter_id

Where: Type Unit

INTER is a keyword Keyword No

inter_id is the identifier of one of the interface of Integer No

the spotweld

This keyword line will be written Nbpoint times.

Card 7: Element ID of the connection

/Element/element_id

Where: Type Unit

Element is a keyword which can be: Keyword No

SHELL

SH3N

element_id is the identifier for one of the SHELL or Integer No

SH3N element of the spotweld

This keyword line will be written Nbpoint times.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/SPOTWELD/2/3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
1 2
UNCREATED
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/SPOTWELD/3/7
-670.155 -519.814 299.2
-670.155 -519.814 299.533
-670.155 -519.814 300.013
1 2 3
CREATED
/NODE/12844
/NODE/12843
/NODE/12845
/SPRING/7
/SPRING/9

798 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /INTER/53
/INTER/54
/INTER/55
/SHELL/358
/SH3N/1456
/SHELL/567
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 799

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Bolt

/BOLT/Nb_part1/Nb_part2/Type_bolt/Bolt_id(/Title)

Where: Type Unit

BOLT is a keyword Keyword No

Nb_part1 is the number of part in the set 1 Integer No

Nb_part2 is the number of part in the set 2 Integer No

Type_bolt is a flag which defines the type of bolt: Integer No

0: not defined

1: rigid bolt

2: deformable bolt (with spring)

Bolt_id is the identifier number of the bolt Integer No

Title is the name of the bolt - optional String No

Card 1: bolt center

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X_center Y_center Z_center

Where: Typ Unit

e

X_center is the global coordinate value of the geometrical Real Length

center of the bolt.
Y_center Real Length

Z_center Real Length

800 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 2: bolt direction

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X_vect Y_vect Z_vect

Where: Typ Unit

e

X_vect defines component of the bolt axle in the global Real No

coordinate system.
Y_vect Real No

Z_vect Real No

Card 3: bolt size

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Length1 Length2 Diameter

Where: Typ Unit

e

Length1 is the search distance in negative direction on the Real Length

axle of the bolt.

Length2 is the search distance in positive direction on the Real Length

axle of the bolt.

Diameter is the search diameter of the bolt. Real Length

Card 4: parts list of the set 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part1,1 Part1,2 ... Part1,10

Part1,nb1

Where: Type Unit

Part1,i are the identifier numbers of the parts of the Integ No

set 1 (10 parts per line). er

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 801

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 5: parts list of the set 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part2,1 Part2,2 .... Part2,10

Part2,nb2

Where: Type Unit

Part2,i are the identifier numbers of the parts of the Integ No

set 2 (10 parts per line). er

Card 6: status

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Status

Where: Type Unit

Status is a keyword which define the status of the bolt: Keyw No

ord
UNCREATED (1)
CREATED (2)
The string has to be left-justified.

1. If status is UNCREATED, it means that the bolt modeling is not in the input deck, but
HyperCrash keeps only its geometrical description in the M00 file (from Card 1 to 6).

2. If status is CREATED, the following keyword lines will be added:

Card 7: Node ID of the spring

/NODE/Nod_id

Where: Type Unit

NODE is a keyword Keyword No

Nod_id is the identifier of the nodes. Integer No

In case of deformable bolt, four nodes will

be defined:
both nodes of the spring
the master node ID of both rigid
bodies
In case of rigid bolt, two nodes will be
defined:

802 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 the master node ID of both rigid
bodies

Card 8: Spring identifier

/SPRING/spring_id

Where: Type Unit

SPRING is a keyword Keyword No

spring_id is the identifier of the spring. This card is Integer No

required only in the case of deformable
bolt.

Card 9: Rigid Body identifier

/RBODY/rbody_id

Where: Type Unit

RBODY is a keyword Keyword No

rbody_id is the identifier of the rigid bodies: Integer No

Deformable bolt: two cards will be

defined

Rigid bolt: one card will be defined

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/BOLT/1/0/0/3/susp_arg
1117.09 557.936 790
0.042071 -0.254517 0.966153
5 5 80
110016
2478
UNCREATED
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/BOLT/1/2/2/1/New_Bolt
-642.4 486.071 260.389
-1 0 0
100 100 40
1
3 5
CREATED
/NODE/12883
/NODE/12884

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 803

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /NODE/12885
/NODE/12886
/SPRING/21
/RBODY/2
/RBODY/3
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/BOLT/1/3/1/2/1
4957.2555 -584.953 1155.805
0 0 1
100 100 90
459
384 388 389
CREATED
/NODE/328707
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

804 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Glue

/GLUE/glue_type/param/glue_id(/title)

Where: Type Unit

GLUE is a keyword Keyword No

glue_type is keyword which defines the glue type: Keyword No

AUTO: automatic glue

LINE: glue defined with a line

AREA: glue defined with a contour line

param is the spring property ID of the glue in Integer No

the D00 file if the glue type is AUTO.

glue_id is the identifier number of the glue Integer No

title is the name of the glue - optional String No

The glue with the type AUTO and AREA can be only UNCREATED.

Card 1: Set of part

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part_1 Part_2 Gap Property_Name

Where: Typ Unit

e

Part_1 is the identifier number of the first part to weld Inte No

ger

Part_2 is the identifier number of the second part to weld Inte No

ger

Gap is the distance value to search the part Real No

Property_Name is the file name of the springs property of the Inte No

glue. The spring property file should be stored in ger
the directory $HCRASHDIR/property (text).

Where Property_Name is a string giving the name of the property or the name of the file in
which the property will be read.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 805

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 2: coordinates

This card has to be defined only for type = LINE or AREA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

x_part_1 y_part_1 z_part_1

x_part_2 y_part_2 z_part_2

Where: Typ Unit

e

X_part_I Global coordinates of points defining the position of Real Length

the glue for the both part or subpart to weld: one
y_part_I Card for each point and each point. Real Length

z_part_I Real Length

Card 3: Status

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Status

Where: Typ Unit

e

Status is a keyword which defines the status of the glue: Key No

wor
UNCREATED (1) d
CREATED (2)

The string has to be left-justified.

1. If status is UNCREATED, it means that the glue modeling is not in the input deck, but
HyperCrash keeps only its geometrical description in the M00 file (from Card 1 and 2).

2. If status is CREATED, the following keyword lines will be added for each glue connection:

806 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 4: Node

/NODE/Nod_id

Where: Type Unit

NODE is a keyword Keyword No

Nod_id is the identifier number of nodes defined in Integer No

the associated D00 file (nodes of the
spring element).

This keyword line will be written twice, for both nodes of the spring.

Card 5: Spring ID of the connection

/SPRING/spring_id

Where: Type Unit

SPRING is a keyword Keyword No

spring_id is the identifier of one of the springs of Integer No

the glue

Card 6: Interface ID of the connection

/INTER/inter_id

Where: Type Unit

INTER is a keyword Keyword No

inter_id is the identifier of one of the interfaces of Integer No

the glue

Card 7: Element ID of the connection

/Element/element_id

Where: Type Unit

Element is a keyword which can be: Keyword No

SHELL

SH3N

element_id is the identifier of one of the SHELL or Integer No

SH3N element of the glue

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 807

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

This keyword line will be written twice, one for each nodes of the spring element.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/GLUE/LINE/3/16
3 4 0.000000SPRI_13_Glue
25.271300 46.455500 0.000000
25.271300 46.455500 5.000000
35.271300 46.455500 0.000000
35.271300 46.455500 5.000000
45.271300 46.455500 0.000000
45.271300 46.455500 5.000000
UNCREATED
/GLUE/AREA/4/17
3 4 0.000000SPRI_13_Glue
31.000000 62.000000 0.300000
31.000000 62.000000 7.000000
31.000000 47.000000 0.500000
31.000000 48.000000 8.000000
50.000000 34.000000 0.000000
50.000000 33.000000 7.000000
68.000000 56.000000 0.400000
68.000000 58.000000 7.000000
UNCREATED
/GLUE/AUTO/0/18/automatic glue
3 4 20.00000SPRI_13_Glue
UNCREATED
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/GLUE/LINE/3/16
3 4 0SPRI_13_Glue
35.2713 46.4555 0.75
35.2713 46.4555 6.2
25.2713 46.4555 0.75
25.2713 46.4555 6.2
45.2713 46.4555 0.75
45.4872698 45.9418162 6.54751341
CREATED
CREATED
/NODE/586
/NODE/587
/SPRING/1
/INTER/1
/INTER/2
/SHELL/202
/SHELL/317
CREATED
/NODE/588
/NODE/589
/SPRING/2
/INTER/1

808 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 /INTER/2
/SH3N/622
/SH3N/667
UNCREATED
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 809

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Weldline

/WELDLINE/Nbpoint/id(/title)

Where: Type Unit

WELDLINE is a keyword Keyword No

Nbpoint is the number of part or subpart to weld Integer No

(Integer < 6)

id is the identifier number of the spotweld Integer No

title is the name of the spotweld String No

This is the same format as the spotweld. Only the keyword is changed.

810 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/WELDLINE/2/3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
1 2
UNCREATED
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/WELDLINE/3/7
-670.155 -519.814 299.2
-670.155 -519.814 299.533
-670.155 -519.814 300.013
1 2
CREATED
/NODE/12844
/NODE/12843
/NODE/12845
/SPRING/7
/SPRING/9
/INTER/53
/INTER/54
/INTER/55
/SHELL/358
/SH3N/1456
/SHELL/567
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 811

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Hemming

/HEMMING/Nbpoint/id(/title)

Where: Type Unit

HEMMING is a keyword Keyword No

Nbpoint is the number of part or subpart of the Integer No

hemming (Integer < 6)

id is the identifier number of the hemming Integer No

title is the name of the hemming - optional String No

This is the same format as the spotweld. Only the keyword is changed.

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/HEMMING/2/3
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
-678.822 -449.455 301.25
1 2
UNCREATED
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/HEMMING/3/7
-670.155 -519.814 299.2
-670.155 -519.814 299.533
-670.155 -519.814 300.013
1 2
CREATED
/NODE/12844
/NODE/12843
/NODE/12845
/SPRING/7
/SPRING/9
/INTER/53
/INTER/54
/INTER/55
/SHELL/358
/SH3N/1456
/SHELL/567
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

812 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Logical Connection

/CONNEC/TYPE/id

Where: Type Unit

CONNECT is a keyword Keyword No

TYPE is a keyword which is the type of Integer No

connection:

SPOTWELD

BOLT

WELDLINE

HEMMING

id is the identifier number of the connection Integer No

This is the same format as the spotweld. Only the keyword is changed.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nb_elem

Where: Typ Unit

e

Nb_elem is the number of elementary connection of the Inte No

type defined in the keyword line ger

This is the same format as the spotweld. Only the keyword is changed.

Card 2:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Elem_ Elem_2 .... Elem_10

1

.... elem_Nb_elem

Where: Type Unit

Elem_i is the identifier number of elementary Integer No

connection.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 813

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/CONNEC/SPOTWELD/19
1
19
/CONNEC/BOLT/20
1
20
/CONNEC/WELDLINE/21
7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
/CONNEC/HEMMING/22
9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

814 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Model Manager Module Reference Manual

This document describes the different files needed to set up the Model Manager in the
HyperCrash environment directories and the format of the different files.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 815

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Model Manager Module Environment File Description

Keyword

The model will be located in the database with a keyword list that will be used to research
the model in the database.

All the keyword are defined in the file, $MCRASHDIR/modmng/keyword.tbl.

Several keyword lists can be defined in the keyword.tbl file. Each keyword list is defined
inside a keyword group.

Card 1:
/MODMNG/KEYWORD

keyword_group_name

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Key_1 Key_2

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

KEYWORD Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

keyword_group_name is the name of the keyword group String No

Key_i is the name of the keyword (8 characters

String No
only)

To write a keyword with more than 8 characters, the character ’@’ will be set at the first
position of the next field (See the keyword FUEL TANK in the Example below).

Card 2: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/KEYWORD

816 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Component
MOTOR DOOR TIRE ENGINE SEAT RADIATORFUEL TAN@K ODB
#-
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/KEYWORD
Model Type
FEM BEAM RBODY MASS
#-
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/KEYWORD
Crash type
FRONT REAR SIDE ALL
/END

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 817

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Loadcase Main Table

The model building refers to a loadcase (example: front crash on rigid wall at 35 mph.). The
loadcase file location is set in a main table file, $MCRASHDIR/modmng/loadcase_main.tbl.

Card 1: Loadcase group

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/GROUP

Group_loadcase_name

Nb_loadcase_type

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

LOADCASE is a keyword Keyword No

GROUP is a keyword Keyword No

is the name of the loadcase group

Group_loadcase
which will be displayed in the M o de l String No
_name
M a na ge r page

Nb_loadcase_ty is the number of loadcase type to read

String No
pe in this group

Card 2: Loadcase type

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/TYPE

Loadcase_name

Loadcase_file_name

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

LOADCASE is a keyword Keyword No

TYPE is a keyword Keyword No

is the name of the loadcase which will

Loadcase_name be displayed in the Model Manager String No
graphic user interface (window)

is the name of the loadcase file

Loadcase_file_n
(defined with the full path and/or with String No
ame
the variable $MCRASHDIR)

818 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 3: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/GROUP
Front crash
2
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/TYPE
Front Crash 1
$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/front_crash_1.tbl
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/TYPE
Front Crash 2
$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/front_crash_2.tbl
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/TYPE
Rear Crash
$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/rear_crash.tbl
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/TYPE
Side Crash
$MCRASHDIR/loadcase/side_crash.tbl
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

Loadcase file description

The loadcase file may be defined where the user wants because the full path is defined in the
loadcase main table. The default setting is located in the directory, $MCRASHDIR/loadcase/.

Card 1:

This card defines the keyword that will be displayed on the Model Manager sub-model list.
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/SCREEN_KEYWORD

keyword_group_name_1

keyword_group_name_2

keyword_group_name_n

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 819

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

LOADCASE is a keyword Keyword No

SCREEN_KEYWORD is a keyword Keyword No

is the name of the keyword group(s)
keyword_group_name
name that will be displayed in the Model String No
_i
Manager graphic user interface (window).

Card 2: sub-model definition

This card defines a sub-model (or component) described with keywords that will be loaded to
create the complete model according to the loadcase.
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL

submodel_name

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Key_1 Key_2

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

LOADCASE Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

MODEL Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

submodel_name is the name of the sub-model file (defined

Keyw
with the full path and/or with the variable, No
ord
$MCRASHDIR)

Key_I is the name of the keyword (8 characters

String No
only)

To write a keyword with more than 8 characters, the character ’@’ will be set on the first
position of the next field (See the section Keyword).

Card 3: automatic positioning (optional)

/MODMNG/POSITIONING/DIRECTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

820 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

X_coord Y_cood Z_coord Angle

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

POSITIONING Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

DIRECTION Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

X_coord is the x component of the direction vector Real No

Y_coord is the y component of the direction vector Real No

Z_coord is the z component of the direction vector Real No

Angle Degre
is the rotation angle around the vector Real
e

If the vector direction is also defined in the submodel (B00 file), HyperCrash will rotate the
submodel until both directions are the same. The rotations are done around the point (0,0,0).

If the Angle value is different from 0, HyperCrash will rotate the model around the vector
direction and around the point (0,0,0).

Card 3: automatic positioning (optional)

/MODMNG/POSITIONING/BOX2BOX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X_param_main Y_param_main Z_param_main

X_param_sub Y_param_sub Z_param_sub

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

POSITIONING is a keyword Keyword No

BOX2BOX is a keyword Keyword No

i_param_main defines the position on the main model ( 0 <

param > 1) in the three directions of the Real No
global frame

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 821

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 i_param_sub defines the same position on the submodel (
B00 file) in the three directions of the global Real No
frame

Both models are defined with their external box

and in their local frame, between 0 and 1.

HyperCrash will translate the model, until both

positions are on the same place.

Card 4: automatic positioning (optional)

/MODMNG/POSITIONING/TRANSLATION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X_value Y_value Z_value

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

POSITIONING Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

TRANSLATION Keyw
is a keyword No
ord

i_value defines the translation value in the three

Real Length
directions of the global frame x, y, and z.

The submodel will be translated with the defined values in the global frame.

Card 5: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

822 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Example

/MODMNG/LOADCASE/SCREEN_KEYWORD
Component
Model Type
Crash type
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL
Engine
ENGINE FEM FRONT
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL
Radiator
RADIATOR FEM FRONT
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/LOADCASE/MODEL
Offset deformable barrier
ODB FEM FRONT
/MODMNG/POSITIONING/BOX2BOX
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
0.5 0.0 0.0
0.5 1.0 0.0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/MODMNG/POSITIONING/TRANSLATION
0.0 -1.0 0.0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 823

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Database Main Table

The file, $MCRASHDIR/modmng/database_main.tbl defines the path of the different

databases:

Two types of databases may be defined:

Private database: just for the user

Public database: for any user

Card 1:

This card defines the type of database and their path:

/MODMNG/DATABASE/type

<full_path>database_name_table.tbl

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

DATABASE is a keyword Keyword No

is a keyword which define the

type of database:

PRIVATE for the private

type Keyword No
database

PUBLIC for the common

database

is the file name (with the full

database_name_table.
path) of the database table list of String No
tbl
each databases

Several database table can be defined under this keyword line.

Card 3: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
/MODMNG/DATABASE/PRIVATE
$HOME/private_database/private_database_1.tbl
$HOME/private_database/private_database_2.tbl
/MODMNG/DATABASE/PUBLIC

824 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 $MCRASHDIR/database/database1.tbl
$MCRASHDIR/database/database2.tbl
$MCRASHDIR/database/database3.tbl
/END

Database table file

For each database, there is only one table file (.tbl). This file defines all the sub-models (
B00 files) located in the database.

For all the details about the sub-models (file B00), please refer to the B00 Description
manual.

Card 1: Database path

/MODMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY

directory_path

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

DATABASE is a keyword Keyword No

DIRECTORY is a keyword Keyword No

is the default directory path where

directory_path the sub-model (B00 file) will be String No
stored

Card 2: model description

/MODMNG/DATABASE/MODEL

/path/File_name

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Key_1 Key_2

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG Keywo
is a keyword No
rd

DATABASE Keywo
is a keyword No
rd

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 825

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MODEL Keywo
is a keyword No
rd

File_name is the file name of the B00 sub-model defined

with its full path and/or with the variable, String No
$MCRASHDIR.

Key_i is the keyword list used to defined the

model. The keywords are defined in the file, String No
$MCRASHDIR/modmng/keyword.tbl

To write a keyword with more than 8 characters, the character ’@’ will be set at the first
position of the next field (See the section Keyword).

Card 3: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
/MODMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY
$MCRASHDIR/database/
/MODMNG/DATABASE/MODEL
$MCRASHDIR/database/MODEL01B00
WINDSHIE@LD FEM FRONT
$MCRASHDIR/database/MODEL02B00
ENGINE FEM FRONT
/END

826 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

B00 File Description

The HyperCrash Model Manager database file (B00 file) is composed of a RADIOSS input deck
(D00 file – 41 Block Format) and at the bottom of this file, some information is necessary for
HyperCrash.

Header
The specific part of the B00 file starts with the keyword line:

/MODMNG/START

Some comments can be added between these lines. These comments will be displayed in the
message window when the B00 file is loaded.

These lines must start with the # character.

Example:
/MODMNG/START

# This model will be merged with this model

M00 file information

All information that are in the M00 files are included in the B00 file between the two following
keyword lines.

Example:
/MODMNG/MCRASH/START

spotwelds information

bolts information

tree information

/MODMNG/MCRASH/END

Positioning information
This keyword line is used to define a main direction for a model. This information will be used
during the loading of the file for the automatic positioning.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 827

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

/MODMNG/POSITIONING/DIRECTION
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

x-coordinate y-coordinate z-coordinate

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Example for a full car model:

/MODMNG/POSITIONING/DIRECTION
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
1.0 0.0 0.0
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

Example for a frontal rigid wall:

#---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
# START OF MODMNG SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
/MODMNG/START
# Rigid Wall at x = 0
/MODMNG/HyperCrash/START
/MODMNG/HyperCrash/END
/MODMNG/POSITIONING/DIRECTION
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--10---|
1.0 0.0 0.0
/MODMNG/END
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
# END OF MODMNG SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------|

Note: Further information for the automatic positioning is defined in the Loadcase file
description.

End of the B00 specific information

The specific part of the B00 file ends with the keyword line:

/MODMNG/END

Where: Type Unit

MODMNG is a keyword Keyword No

END is a keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

828 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Safety Module Reference Manual

This document describes the necessary files and the format used for the H-Safety application
in HyperCrash.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 829

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Belt

The file, $MCRASHDIR/belt/geometrydef is used to set the default value of the belt
geometry.

Card 1:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Width

Where: Type Unit

Width Is the default belt width value Real Length

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# BELT GEOMETRY DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#
# UNIT : mm
#
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# Width gap nbelw nblength
50. 4.0 3 30
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
# END OF BELT GEOMETRY DEFINITION FILE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

830 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Dummy Manager

This section defines the necessary files used by the Safety menu.

Keyword

The model will be located in the database with a keyword list that will be used to research the model in the
database. All the keywords are defined in the file, $MCRASHDIR/dummng/keyword.tbl.

Each keyword list is defined inside a keyword group:

Card 1:

/DUMMNG/KEYWORD

keyword_group_name

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Key_1 Key_2

Where: Typ Unit

e

DUMMNG is a keyword Key No

wor
d

KEYWORD is a keyword Key No

wor
d

keyword_group_name is the name of the keyword group Strin No

g

Key_I is the keyword list of the group of keyword Strin No

(eight characters) g

To write a keyword with more than eight characters, the character ’@’ will be set at the first
position of the next field (See the keyword, HYBRID_III in the Example below).

Card 2: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 831

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 10---|
/DUMMNG/KEYWORD
Norm
EUROSID USSID HYBRID_I@II
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/DUMMNG/KEYWORD
Person
ADULT CHILD
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

832 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Database Main Table

The file, $MCRASHDIR/dummng/database_main.tbl defines the path of the different

databases:

Two types of database may be defined:

Private database: just for the user

Public database: for any user

Card 1:

This card defines the type of database and their path:

/DUMMNG/DATABASE/type

<full_path>database_name_table.tbl

Where: Type Unit

DUMMNG is a keyword Keyword No

DATABASE is a keyword Keyword No

is a keyword which define the

type of database :

PRIVATE for the private

type Keyword No
database

PUBLIC for the common

database
is the file name (with the full
database_name_table. path) of the database table String No
tbl list of each databases

Several database tables can be defined under this keyword line.

Card 2: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
/DUMMNG/DATABASE/PRIVATE
$HOME/private_database/private_dummy_database_1.tbl
/DUMMNG/DATABASE/PUBLIC
$MCRASHDIR/database/dummy_database1.tbl

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 833

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 $MCRASHDIR/database/dummy_database2.tbl
/END

Database table file

For each database, there is only one table file (.tbl). This file defines all the sub-models (
B00 files) located in the database.

Card 1: Dummy database path

This card defines the database path:

/DUMMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY

directory_path

Where: Type Unit

DUMMNG is a keyword Keyword No

DATABASE is a keyword Keyword No

DIRECTORY is a keyword Keyword No

directory_path is the default directory path where the

String No
dummy model will be stored

Card 2: model description

/DUMMNG/IMPORT/ONLY_DATABASE/YES

Option to deactivate the page (D00) where the user can read a dummy model which is not set
in the database.

Card 3: model description

/DUMMNG/DATABASE/MODEL

/path/File_name

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Key_1 Key_2

Where: Type Unit

DUMMNG Keywo
is a keyword No
rd

DATABASE Keywo
is a keyword No
rd

834 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 MODEL Keywo
is a keyword No
rd

File_name is the file name of the dummy model defined

with its full path and/or with the variable, String No
$MCRASHDIR.
is the keyword list used to defined the model. The
Key_i
keywords are defined in the file, $MCRASHDIR/ String No
dummng/keyword.tbl

To write a keyword with more than eight characters, the character ’@’ will be set at the first
position of the next field (See the section, Keyword).

Card 4: end of file

/END

Where: Type Unit

END Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/DUMMNG/DATABASE/DIRECTORY
$DUMMY_BASE
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/DUMMNG/DATABASE/MODEL
$DUMMY_BASE/H350R12BD00
HYBRID_I@II 50 RIGID
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
/END

Dummy database environment

The dummy database will be defined with the variable, DUMMY_BASE.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 835

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

M00 File Description for Safety Module

The M00 file is a file which contains the information which does not exist in the D00 (RADIOSS
Block Format only).

The keywords described here are:

DUMMY_POS

BELT_GEN

Dummy
/DUMMY_POS/Id/Title

Where: Type Unit

DUMMY_POS Is a keyword Keyword No

Id Is the identifier number of the dummy Integer No

Title Is the name of the dummy, name displayed String No

in the Safety page.

Card 1: subset and node group

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Subset Grnod

Where: Type Unit

Subset is the identifier number of a subset defined in Integer No

the associated D00 file, and corresponding to
the Dummy.

Grnod is the identifier number of a node group Integer No

defined in the associated D00 file.

836 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 2: H point position in the global skew frame

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Hx Hy Hz

Card 3: Rotation of the dummy (in the global skew frame around the H point)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Rx Ry Rz

Card 4: car reference point setting

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Side sill Hinge_x (point Hinge_z (point

(point 1) 2) 2)

Card 5: car reference point setting

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

B-pillar (point Bracket (point Floor (point 5)

3) 4)

Card 6: dummy positioning / car reference points

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A B C D

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 837

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 7: dummy positioning / car reference points

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

E F G I

Card 8: left leg positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Left_alpha_x Left_alpha_y Left_alpha_z

Card 9: left leg positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Left_beta_x Left_beta_y Left_beta_z

Card 10: left leg positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Left_theta_x Left_theta_y Left_theta_z

Card 11: right leg positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Right_alpha_x Right_alpha_y Right_alpha_z

Card 12: right leg positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Right_beta_x Right_beta_y Right_beta_z

Card 13: right leg positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Right_theta_x Right_theta_y Right_theta_z

Card 14: left arm positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Left_phi_x Left_phi_y Left_phi_z

838 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 15: left arm positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Left_omega_x Left_omega_y Left_omega_z

Card 16: left arm positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Left_gamma_x Left_gamma_y Left_gamma_z

Card 17: right arm positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Right_phi_x Right_phi_y Right_phi_z

Card 18: right arm positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Right_omega_x Right_omega_y Right_omega_z

Card 19: right arm positioning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Right_gamma_x Right_gamma_y Right_gamma_z

Card 20: Torso / neck angle

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Kappa_x Kappa_y Kappa_z

Card 21: Torso / pelvis angle

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Lambda_x Lambda_y Lambda_z

Card 22: Head / neck angle

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Eta_x Eta_y Eta_z

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 839

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 23 to 25: Global rotation matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Angle_11 Angle_12 Angle_13

Angle_21 Angle_22 Angle_23

Angle_31 Angle_32 Angle_33

840 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Belt

/BELT_GEN/partid

Where: Type Unit

BELT_GEN is a keyword Keyword No

partid is the identifier number of the part of the Integer No

belt in the associated RADIOSS input deck
file (D00)

Card 1: subset and node group

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nnode Npart

Where: Type Unit

Nnode is the number of nodes used to define the belt Integ No

er

Npart is the number of part of the dummy model used to Integ No

define the dummy external surface er

Card 2: node list

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Node_1 Node_2 ... Node_10

... Node_Nnode

Where: Type Unit

Node_i is the identifier number of nodes used to define Intege No

the belt r

Card 3: Dummy part list

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part_1 Part_ ... Part_10

2

... Part_Npart

Where: Type Unit

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 841

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part_i is the identifier number of part used to define Integer No

the dummy external surface

Card 4: Node coordinates

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

x_1 y_1 z_1

...

x_Nnode y_Nnode z_Nnode

Where: Type Unit

x_i is the coordinate values (in the global frame) of Integ No

the Nnode nodes listed previously. er

y_I Integ No
er

z_i Integ No
er

Card 5: Seat belt definition flags

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Elem_type Rbcreat Fixp

Where: Typ Unit

e

Elem_type is a flag which define the type of element used Flag No

for the seat belt:

0: shell

1: multi_strand

2: truss

3: spring

Rbcreat is a flag to create automatically the rigid body Flag No

on the tops of the seat belt:

0: not created

1: created

842 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Fixp is a flag to allow the displacement of the Flag No

reference points according the gap value:

0: displacement allowed

1: displacement not allowed

Card 6: default parameters

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Gap Width

Where: Type Unit

Gap is contact interface gap between the dummy and Real Length
the seat belt

Width is the width of the seat belt Real Length

Card 7: Parameters

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Nleng Nwidth

Where: Type Unit

Nleng is the number of element in the length of the seat Integ No

belt er

Nwidth is the number of element in the width of the seat Integ No

belt er

Card 8: Parameters

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part Mat Prop

Where: Type Unit

Part is the identifier number of the seat belt part Intege No

(same ID as the one defined in the keyword line) r

Mat is the identifier number of the seat belt material Intege No

r

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 843

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Prop is the identifier number of the seat belt property Intege No

r

Card 9: Rigid bodies master node (only if Rbcreat=1)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Master1 Master2

Where: Type Unit

Master1 is the identifier number of the master node of the Integ No

first rigid body (defined only if the flag, Rbcreat = er
1)

Master2 is the identifier number of the master node of the Integ No

second rigid body (defined only if the flag, er
Rbcreat = 1)

Card 10: seat belt direction

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

V1x V1y V1z

V2x V2y V2z

Where: Type Unit

V1_i is the component of the direction vector of the Real No

first top of the seat belt

V2_i is the component of the direction vector of the Real No

second top of the seat belt

844 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Results Mapper Module Reference Manual

This document describes all the Results Mapper file formats that HyperCrash is able to read.

If you need another specific format, please contact: hwsupport@altair.com

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 845

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Format Introduction for Results Mapper Module

The lines after keywords are formatted lines of 80 digits divided into 10 fields of eight digits
(like in RADIOSS Starter Input Deck).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

The unused fields are displayed in gray. The first character of the comment line will be #.

846 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Results Mapper Format

This specific format of Results Mapper information file is defined in order to import stamping
results in the crash model.

Card 1: Title
/TITLE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Title-name

Where: Type Unit

TITLE Is a keyword Keyword No

Title-name Is the a name of the model String No

Card 2: Results type

/MAPPED_DATA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Flag

Where: Type Unit

MAPPED_DATA Is a keyword Keyword No

Flag is a flag which can be: Flag No

0: default

1: for already projected results which

come from AUTOFORM

Card 3: Nodes
/NODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Node_id X_coord Y_coord Z_coord

Where: Type Unit

NODE Is a keyword Keyword No

Node_id Is the node identifier number Integer No

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 847

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 X_coord is the coordinate value of the node around Real Length
first global frame direction

Y_coord is the coordinate value of the node around Real Length

second global frame direction

Z_coord is the coordinate value of the node around Real Length

third global frame direction

Card 4: 4 nodes shell elements

/ELEM/ELEM_TYPE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Elem_id Node_1 Node_2 Node_3 Node_4

Where: Type Unit

ELEM is a keyword Keyword No

ELEM_TYPE is a keyword which define the type of element: Keyword No

SHELL4N for the 4 node shell element

SHELL3N for the 3 node shell element

Elem_id is the element identifier number Integer No

Node_i is node identifier number of the element Integer No

connectivity

Card 5: Stamping results

/XCHANGE_DATA/LOCAL_FRAME

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Elem_i NPT NPS

d

Where: Type Unit

XCHANGE_DATA is a keyword Keyword No

LOCAL_FRAME is a keyword. The results are written in Keyword No

the same local frame as the RADIOSS one.

Elem_id is the element identifier number Integer No

NPT is the number of integration point through Integer No

the thickness

848 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 NPS is the number of Gauss point on the shell Integer No
surface (not currently used)

Card 6: Stamping results

1* 2* 3* 4* 5* 6*

Thick

S_X(1,1) S_Y(1,1) S_XY(1,1) S_XZ(1,1) S_YZ(1,1) EPSP(1,1)

S_X(NPT,1) S_Y(NPT,1) S_XY(NPT,1) S_XZ(NPT,1) S_YZ(NPT,1) EPSP(NPT,1)

* field of 12 digits.

Where: Type Unit

Thick is the thickness of the element Real Length

S_X(I,j) is the stress around X direction for the ith Real Force/length2
integration point of the jth Gauss point of
the element

S_Y(I,j) is the stress around Y direction for the ith Real Force/length2
integration point of the jth Gauss point of
the element

S_XY(i,j) is the shear stress in the plane XY for the ith Real Force/length2
integration point of the jth Gauss point of
the element

S_XZ(i,j) is the shear stress in the plane XZ for the ith Real Force/length2
integration point of the jth Gauss point of
the element

S_YZ(i,j) is the shear stress in the plane YZ for the ith Real Force/length2
integration point of the jth Gauss point of
the element

EPSP(i,j) is the plastic stain in the element for the ith Real Force/length2
integration point of the jth Gauss point of
the element

Note: The 3 nodes shell elements must be written after the 4 nodes shell elements.

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 849

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 7:

/ENDDATA

Where: Type Unit

ENDDATA Keyword to finish the input. Keyword No

Example

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|
#XCHANGE INPUT FILE : Model.stp
/TITLE
example of M-Xhange file
/MAPPED_DATA
0
/NODE
1 1.398435600E+02 3.913563370E+01-1.180800000E+01
1 1.868243430E+02 3.913563370E-01-1.180800000E+01
/ELEM/SHELL4N
1 7496 7498 7500 7501
2 7495 7499 7512 7514
/ELEM/SHELL3N/
1 7496 7498 7500
10 5676 7526 5644
/XCHANGE_DATA/GLOBAL_FRAME
#SHELL4N DATA
1 1 1
2.09509E+00
1.29725E+02 1.29725E+02 7.37888E+02 1.78872E+02-2.67278E+02-1.44972E+02
9.34029E-04
2 1 1
2.09509E+00
1.29725E+02 1.29725E+02 7.37888E+02 1.78872E+02-2.67278E+02-1.44972E+02
9.34029E-04
#SHELL3N DATA
1 1 1
2.09509E+00
1.29725E+02 1.29725E+02 7.37888E+02 1.78872E+02-2.67278E+02-1.44972E+02
9.34029E-04
10 1 1
2.09509E+00
1.29725E+02 1.29725E+02 7.37888E+02 1.78872E+02-2.67278E+02-1.44972E+02
9.34029E-04
#
/ENDDATA
#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--
10---|

850 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Fast Form 3D Format

Results Mapper is able to read the user format defined as follows:

Card 1: header (optional)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

BEGIN BULK

Where: Type Unit

BEGIN BULK is a keyword to define the beginning of the Keyword No

data

Card 2: Nodes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

GRID* Node_id x_coord y_coord cflag

cflag z_coord

Where: Type Unit

GRID* is the keyword (double field format) Keyword No

Node_id is the identifier number of the node Integer No

I_coord are the coordinate values of the node in the Integer No

global frame

cflag is the continuation line flag String No

Card 3: 4 nodes shell elements

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CQUAD4 EID PID Node_1 Node_2 Node_3 Node_4 cflag

cflag TH_1 TH_2 TH_3 TH_4

Where: Type Unit

CQUAD4 is the keyword for the 4 nodes shell element Keywor No

d

EID is the identifier number of the element Integer No

PID is the property identifier number of the Integer No

element

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 851

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 Node_i are the identifier numbers of the node Integer No
connectivity of the shell

cflag is the continuation line flag String No

TH_i is the thickness of the node_i Real Length

Card 4: 3 nodes shell elements

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CTRIA3 EID PID Node_1 Node_2 Node_3 cflag

cflag TH_1 TH_2 TH_3

Where: Type Unit

CTRIA3 is the keyword for the 3 nodes shell Keyword No

element

EID is the identifier number of the element Integer No

PID is the property identifier number of the Integer No

element

Node_i are the identifier numbers of the node Integer No

connectivity of the shell

cflag is the continuation line flag String No

TH_i is the thickness of the node_i Real Length

Example
BEGIN BULK
GRID* 1 -8.6314740e+02 -5.3617853e+02
1000001
*1000001 2.0918124e+02
GRID* 2 -8.6434418e+02 -5.3400195e+02
1000002
*1000002 2.0917842e+02
GRID* 3 -8.6554608e+02 -5.3181616e+02
1000003
*1000003 2.0917554e+02
GRID* 4 -8.6674969e+02 -5.2962726e+02
1000004
*1000004 2.0917262e+02
CQUAD4 1 4 2397 181 149 23980.0000000.000000
+E100001
+E100001 1.5586081.5552421.5613061.560449
CQUAD4 2 4 2398 149 150 23990.0000000.000000

852 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 +E100002
+E100002 1.5604491.5613061.5553691.560354
CQUAD4 3 4 2400 151 152 24010.0000000.000000
+E100003
+E100003 1.5492411.5470191.5443201.554353
CTRIA3 83 4 2480 2479 63
+E100083
+E100083 1.3716001.3562011.357757
CQUAD4 84 4 2401 152 153 24020.0000000.000000
+E100004
+E100004 1.5543531.5443201.5341601.559306

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 853

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

PamStamp Format

Card 1: File type identifier

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

AMAP

Where: Type Unit

AMAP is a keyword Keyword No

Card 2 and 3: Control information

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Nb_ci

Nb_Nodes

Where: Type Unit

Nb_ci is the number of control information which is Integer No

presently equal to 6

Nb_Nodes is the number of nodes in the model Integer No

Card 4: Nodes (one card per node)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

NODE / Node_id x_coord y_coord z_coord

Where: Type Unit

NODE / is a keyword Keyword No

Node_id is the identifier of the node Integer No

i_coord is the i coordinate value of the node in the global Real Length
frame

Card 5: 4 nodes and 3 nodes shell elements (one card per element)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SHELL / Elem_id Node_1 Node_2 Node_3 Node NPT NPS

_4

Where: Type Unit

854 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 SHELL / is a keyword Keyword No

Elem_id is the identifier of the node Integer No

Node_i is the node identifier number of the shell Integer No

connectivity

NPT is the number of integration point through the Integer No

thickness

NPS is the number of Gauss points on the shell surface (not Integer No
currently used)

Card 6: Shell variables description (one card per variable)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Var_key

Nb_values NPT_dpd NPS_dpd

Where: Type Unit

Var_key is the variable type keyword. THIC, PLAS Integer No

and STRS keywords are taken into account
(other keywords are ignored).

Nb_values is the number of values to be read for this Integer No

variable

NPT_dpd is a flag for the dependency on the number Integer No

of integration points through the thickness
and which can be:

0: independent

1: dependent

NPS_dpd is a flag for the dependency on the number Integer No

of Gauss points (not used today) and which
can be:

0: independent

1: dependent

Card 7: Shell variables data block description (One card per variable)

1* 2* 3* 4* 5* 6*

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 855

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Var_1(1,1,1) Var_1(2,1,1) ... Var_1 Var_1(1,2,1)
(Nb_values,1,1
)

Var_1 Var_2(1,1,1) ... Var_Nv

(Nb_values, (Nb_values,
NPT,1) NPT,1)

...

Var_Ns(1,1,1) ...

*field of 13 digits.

Where: Type Unit

Var_i is a specific variable type (thickness, plastic Real Length,

strain …) Force/length2
or no unit

Nb_values is the number of values per variable Integer No

NPT is the number of integration point through Integer No

the thickness

Nv is the number of variables Integer No

Ns is the number of 3 nodes and 4 nodes shell Integer No

elements

Example
AMAP
6
10528
NODE / 9276 .71720192E+02 -.44168634E+03 -.11976915E+02
NODE / 9277 .73868263E+02 -.44167099E+03 -.98283386E+01
NODE / 9278 .75555687E+02 -.44165979E+03 -.73018613E+01
NODE / 9279 .76718987E+02 -.44165094E+03 -.44946604E+01
SHELL / 9025 9025 9057 9058 9026 3 1
SHELL / 9026 9026 9058 9059 9027 3 1
SHELL / 9027 9027 9059 9060 9028 3 1
SHELL / 9028 9028 9060 9061 9029 3 1
THIC 6
1 0 1 1 0 0
PLAS 6
1 1 1 0 0 0
STRS 6
5 1 1 -1 1 -2
.100002E+01 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 -.191125E-03 -.685494E-

856 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 05
.543749E-04 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 -.220166E-03 -.492977E-04 .334407E-
04
.000000E+00 .000000E+00 -.249215E-03 -.914052E-04 .124898E-
04 .000000E+00
.000000E+00
.100004E+01 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .194877E-03 .105157E-
03
-.277142E-04 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .208800E-03 .895069E-04 -.716815E-
04
.000000E+00 .000000E+00 .222600E-03 .736836E-04 -.115605E-
03 .000000E+00
.000000E+00
.100003E+01 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 -.163653E-03 -.141608E-
03
.168436E-03 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 -.175705E-03 -.141802E-03 .103958E-
03
.000000E+00 .000000E+00 -.187603E-03 -.141966E-03 .394956E-
04 .000000E+00
.000000E+00
.100006E+01 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .137944E-03 .227799E-
03
-.359828E-04 .000000E+00 .000000E+00 .125826E-03 .198729E-03 -.117759E-
03
.000000E+00 .000000E+00 .113734E-03 .169621E-03 -.199548E-
03 .000000E+00
.000000E+00

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 857

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

LS-DYNA Format

Results Mapper is able to read the user format as defined following:

Card 1: Nodes
*NODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

id X_coord Y_coord Z_coord

Where: Type Unit

*NODE is the keyword Keyword No

id is the identifier number of the node Integer No

I_coord are the coordinate values of the node in the Real No

global frame

Card 2: 4 nodes shell elements

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EID PID Node_1 Node_2 Node_3 Node_4

TH_1 TH_2 TH_3 TH_4

Type Unit

Where:

*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS is a keyword Keyword No

EID is the identifier number of Integer No

the element

PID is the part identifier number Integer No

of the element

Node_i are the identifier numbers Integer No

of the node connectivity of
the shell

TH_i is the thickness of the Real Lengt

node_i h

858 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

Card 3: Initial stress and strain

*INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

EID NPLANE NTHICK

T SIGXX SIGYY SIGZZ SIGXY SIGYZ SIGZX EPS

Where: Type Unit

*INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL is a keyword Keyword No

EID is the identifier number of the Integer No

element

NPLANE is the part identifier number of the Integer No

element

NTHICK are the identifier numbers of the Integer No

node connectivity of the shell

For each NTHICK and NPLANE:

Where: Type Unit

T is the parametric coordinate of Real No

through thickness integration
point

SIGij are the tensor stress values Real Pressure

EPS is the effective plastic strain Real No

Example
*NODE
$ NODE X Y Z TC RC
19891 -0.10000000E-04 0.60475000E+03 -0.34046400E+03 1 0
19892 -0.40078700E+02 0.60280680E+03 -0.34044900E+03 0 0
19893 -0.80098000E+02 0.59983900E+03 -0.34043500E+03 0 0
19894 -0.11991700E+03 0.59482330E+03 -0.34042300E+03 0 0
19895 -0.15930000E+03 0.58709760E+03 -0.34041400E+03 0 0
*ELEMENT_SHELL_THICKNESS
$ EID PID N1 N2 N3 N4
$ T1 T2 T3 T4
19519 65871 20698 20219 19918 20221
0.100753E+01 0.100425E+01 0.961544E+00 0.974212E+00
19520 65871 20220 19917 20219 20698
0.104208E+01 0.104628E+01 0.100425E+01 0.100753E+01
19521 65871 19948 20220 20698 20224

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 859

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 0.103773E+01 0.104208E+01 0.100753E+01 0.101316E+01
*INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL
$ EID NPLANE NTHICK
$ T SIGXX SIGYY SIGZZ SIGXY SIGYZ SIGZX
EPS
19519 4 5
-0.906E+00 0.195E+03-0.214E+03 0.429E-01-0.263E+02 0.108E+01 0.323E+01
0.179E+00
-0.906E+00 0.294E+03-0.969E+02 0.127E+00-0.603E+02-0.542E+00 0.621E+01
0.227E+00
-0.906E+00 0.346E+03-0.297E+01 0.955E-01-0.346E+02-0.509E+00 0.577E+01
0.167E+00
-0.906E+00 0.396E+03 0.800E+02 0.188E+00-0.629E+02-0.206E+01 0.847E+01
0.239E+00
-0.538E+00 0.213E+03-0.197E+03 0.375E-01-0.256E+02 0.103E+01 0.318E+01
0.182E+00
-0.538E+00 0.307E+03-0.839E+02 0.112E+00-0.594E+02-0.507E+00 0.598E+01
0.231E+00
-0.538E+00 0.359E+03 0.109E+02 0.821E-01-0.334E+02-0.584E+00 0.540E+01
0.173E+00
-0.538E+00 0.405E+03 0.891E+02 0.166E+00-0.616E+02-0.203E+01 0.799E+01
0.246E+00
0.000E+00 0.239E+03-0.174E+03 0.287E-01-0.247E+02 0.951E+00 0.300E+01
0.188E+00
0.000E+00 0.326E+03-0.656E+02 0.911E-01-0.579E+02-0.463E+00 0.556E+01
0.239E+00
0.000E+00 0.377E+03 0.298E+02 0.637E-01-0.317E+02-0.691E+00 0.478E+01
0.182E+00
0.000E+00 0.418E+03 0.102E+03 0.135E+00-0.597E+02-0.200E+01 0.723E+01
0.255E+00
0.538E+00 0.263E+03-0.151E+03 0.196E-01-0.238E+02 0.868E+00 0.270E+01
0.194E+00
0.538E+00 0.344E+03-0.482E+02 0.711E-01-0.565E+02-0.426E+00 0.504E+01
0.247E+00
0.538E+00 0.392E+03 0.474E+02 0.476E-01-0.300E+02-0.794E+00 0.408E+01
0.191E+00
0.538E+00 0.431E+03 0.114E+03 0.107E+00-0.580E+02-0.196E+01 0.642E+01
0.265E+00
0.906E+00 0.279E+03-0.136E+03 0.137E-01-0.231E+02 0.809E+00 0.242E+01
0.198E+00
0.906E+00 0.355E+03-0.367E+02 0.584E-01-0.555E+02-0.404E+00 0.464E+01
0.252E+00
0.906E+00 0.402E+03 0.585E+02 0.381E-01-0.290E+02-0.862E+00 0.356E+01
0.198E+00
0.906E+00 0.438E+03 0.122E+03 0.901E-01-0.568E+02-0.195E+01 0.583E+01
0.272E+00
19520 4 5
-0.906E+00 0.185E+03-0.232E+03 0.260E-01-0.991E+01 0.154E+00 0.220E+01
0.180E+00
-0.906E+00 0.173E+03-0.243E+03 0.433E-01-0.307E+01 0.209E+00 0.274E+01
0.178E+00
-0.906E+00 0.161E+03-0.257E+03 0.182E-01-0.865E+01 0.108E+01 0.195E+01

860 HyperCrash 12.0 Altair Engineering

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering

 0.186E+00
-0.906E+00 0.150E+03-0.267E+03 0.327E-01-0.200E+01 0.115E+01 0.238E+01
0.184E+00
-0.538E+00 0.184E+03-0.232E+03 0.260E-01-0.988E+01 0.154E+00 0.220E+01
0.180E+00
-0.538E+00 0.173E+03-0.243E+03 0.432E-01-0.303E+01 0.210E+00 0.274E+01
0.178E+00
-0.538E+00 0.161E+03-0.257E+03 0.181E-01-0.862E+01 0.108E+01 0.195E+01
0.186E+00
-0.538E+00 0.150E+03-0.267E+03 0.326E-01-0.196E+01 0.115E+01 0.238E+01
0.184E+00
...

Altair Engineering HyperCrash 12.0 861

Proprietary Inform ation of Altair Engineering